Springer
NEWS
springer.comABCDABCD233 Spring Street New York, NY 10013
Apress
AIP Press
American Institute of Physics
Birkhäuser
Copernicus
Current Medicine
Friends of ED
Humana Press
Lavoisier-Intercept
Physica Verlag
Springer-Praxis
The Royal Society of Chemistry
Springer Wien NewYork
Steinkopff Verlag
Vieweg
2010
AB
V7002
New York
Heidelberg
Dordrecht
London
Tokyo
Boston
Basel
Berlin
Hong Kong
Milan
New Delhi
Paris
2
FEBRUARY
2010
Want this by e-mail?
Subscribe now to the monthly
Library Books E-Newsletter:
springer.com/librarybooks
Get all the content of this catalog in PDF, Excel, and HTML.
FEBRUARY
2010
Want this by e-mail?
Subscribe now to the monthly
Library Books E-Newsletter:
springer.com/librarybooks
Get all the content of this catalog in PDF, Excel, and HTML.
Want this by e-mail?
Subscribe now to the monthly
Library Books E-Newsletter:
springer.com/librarybooks
Get all the content of this catalog in PDF, Excel, and HTML.
Sales and Service
Bookstore and Library Sales:
Matt Conmy, Vice President, Trade Salestel: 800-777-4643 ext. 578e-mail: [email protected]
Trade Marketing Support:
Casey Spear, Product ManagerTrade Channel Marketingtel: 800-777-4643 ext.622e-mail: [email protected]
Agency Account Information
7 Library Approval Plan7 Bookseller Agency Plan7 Annual Prepayment Plan7 Standing Orders
Attn: Joe KozakiewiczP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 303fax: 201-348-4505e-mail: [email protected]
To Order:
SpringerP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485
or call
800-SPRINGER, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM ET
or fax
201-348-4505
or e-mail
World Wide Web:
Springer: springer.comApress: www.apress.comBirkhäuser: www.birkhauser.comCopernicus: www.copernicusbooks.comKey College: www.keycollege.comKey Curriculum: www.keypress.com
Returns:
Returns must be in resaleable condition. Please include a copy of the original invoice or packing slip along with your shipment. For your protection, we recommend all returns be sent via a traceable method. Damaged books must be reported within two months of billing date. Springer reserves the right to reject any return that does not follow the procedures detailed above.
Returns in the Americas (excluding Canada): Springerc/o Mercedes/ABC Distribution CenterBrooklyn Navy Yard; Bldg. 3Brooklyn, NY 11205
Returns in Canada:Springerc/o Georgetown Terminal Warehouse34 Armstrong AvenueGeorgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9
Prices:
Please note that all prices are in US $, and are subject to change without notice.
Continuation Orders
Library Approval Plan:
All books are automatically supplied directly to your library on the date of publication. A minimum of one major discipline on all publications must be selected to receive the Library Approval Plan discount of 15%.
Bookseller Agency Plan:
The bookseller automatically receives all new titles upon publication. To receive the special agency discount, a minimum of one major discipline must be selected. Modifi-cations in the plan may be made at any time.
Annual Prepayment Plan:
Prepayments will be accepted only for subscriptions to Landolt-Börnstein. To enroll in this plan, the library must agree to make one prepayment based on our estimate of the number of volumes and the subscription cost. A prepaid invoice will reflect a 5% discount on the major handbooks.
Standing Orders:
Approval, and standing order customers receive a 15% discount on orders for all series except Landolt-Börnstein. Prepayment is not required for standing orders.
Change of Address for Continuation Orders:
Publisher must be notified at least eight weeks in advance. Please indicate:7 journal or standing order title7 date on which the change is to take effect7 old address7 new address
For more information, contact: Joe Kozakiewicz (above).
General InformationSpringer News 2/2010
Discount Key
P = ProfessionalMC = Medicine/ClinicalMR = Medicine/ReferenceT = TradeC = Computer TradeL = Landolt-Bornstein HandbookS = Special Software
ABCD springerlink.com
7 Books, journals, reference works,protocols & more
7 Over 4 million documents onone integrated platform
7 More productive searcheswith Semantic Linking
VISITTODAY!
014486x
SpringerLinkAccess outstanding STM contentwith sophisticated search tools
springer.com/librarybooks IContents
Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IITitle Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIProceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Apress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Arts/Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Biomedicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Business/Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Earth Sciences/Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Environmental Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63General Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Life Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Management/Business for Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Materials Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Physics/Astronomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Each eBook subject collection (12 collections for English-language/International titles) is designated by its own icon . The icon appears next to each title, indicating its subject group .
Author Index springer.com/booksellersII Springer News 2/2010Author Index
A
26 Abe, Support Vector Machines for Pattern Classification (Advances in Pattern Recognition) 2nd ed .
26 Abrial (Eds), Rigorous Methods for Software Construction and Analysis (LNCS 5115)
1 Aburahma (Eds), Noninvasive Cerebrovascular Diagnosis
1 Aburahma (Eds), Noninvasive Peripheral Arterial Diagnosis
56 Ainslie, Principles of Sonar Performance Modelling (Springer Praxis Books)
53 Albers (Ed), Continuous Media with Microstructure
32 Albers, Motion Control in Offshore and Dredging Industry
1 Al-Kandari (Eds), Difficult conditions in laparoscopic urologic surgery <with online files/updates>
2 Al-Tubaikh, Internal Medicine 47 Amigó, Permutation Complexity in
Dynamical Systems (Springer Series in Synergetics)
12 Anderson (Eds), Bortezomib in the Treatment of Multiple Myeloma (Milestones in Drug Therapy)
32 Ao (Eds), Electronic Engineering and Computing Technology (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 60)
32 Ao, Applied Time Series Analysis and Innovative Computing (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 59)
83 Arvanitopoulos (Ed), Reforming Europe (The Constantinos Karamanlis Institute for Democracy Series on European and International Affairs)
33 Astakhov, Geometry of Single-Point Turning Tools and Drills (Springer Series in Advanced Manufacturing)
26 Axelson-Fisk, Comparative Gene Finding (Computational Biology 11)
B
78 Bakich, 1001 Celestial Wonders to See Before You Die
33 Baliga, Advanced Power MOSFETs Concepts 56 Barale (Eds), Oceanography from Space 83 Bates (Eds), Human Ecology 78 Beech, The Large Hadron Collider 83 Belford et al ., Archaeological Practice
and Heritage in Great Britain (World Archaeological Congress Cultural Heritage Manual Series)
78 Benaroya, Turning Dust to Gold 33 Benyoucef (Eds), Artificial Intelligence
Techniques for Networked Manufacturing Enterprises Management (Springer Series in Advanced Manufacturing)
Author Index
47 Beutler, Methods of Celestial Mechanics, Vol . I (Astronomy and Astrophysics Library) <with online files/updates>
63 Bhatta, Analysis of Urban Growth and Sprawl from Remote Sensing Data (Advances in Geographic Information Science)
87 Biceaga, The Concept of Passivity in Husserl’s Phenomenology (Contrib . Phenomen . 62)
18 Bingham/Fry, Regression (Springer Undergraduate Mathematics Series)
47 Biswas et al ., Mathematical Theory of Dispersion-Managed Optical Solitons (Nonlinear Physical Science)
56 Bjorlykke, Petroleum Geology 27 Blackmore (Ed), Social Learning Systems and
Communities of Practice 48 Blinov, Structure and Properties of Liquid
Crystals (Topics in Applied Physics 123) 18 Bomze et al ., Nonlinear Optimization -
C .I .M .E . Summer School 2007 (Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1989)
18 Borsuk, Transmission Problems for Elliptic Second-Order Equations in Non-Smooth Domains (Frontiers in Mathematics)
19 Bouc, Biset Functors for Finite Groups (Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1990)
30 Bouroushian, Electrochemistry of Metal Chalcogenides (Monographs in Electrochemistry)
68 Braman (Ed), In Vitro Mutagenesis Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology 634) 3rd ed .
87 Bretelle-Establet (Ed), Looking at it from Asia: the Processes that Shaped the Sources of History of Science (Boston Stud . Phil . Science 265)
84 Broadbent (Eds), East Asian Social Movements (Nonprofit and Civil Society Studies)
17 Brock et al ., Identifying, Assessing, and Treating ADHD at School (Developmental Psychopathology at School)
34 Bucalem/Bathe, The Mechanics of Solids and Structures (Computational Fluid and Solid Mechanics)
25 Bukovics, Pro WF 55 von Byern (Eds), Adhesion Phenomena in
Nature
C
84 Chauhan/Garge, Pursuing Archaeological Research in India (World Archaeological Congress Cultural Heritage Manual Series)
27 Cheok (Ed), Technology and Art of Entertainment Computing
12 Chernajovsky (Eds), Gene Therapy for Autoimmune and Inflammatory Diseases (Milestones in Drug Therapy)
19 Chiarella (Eds), Contemporary Quantitative Finance
19 Christensen, Functions, Spaces, and Expansions (ANHA)
2 Chung (Eds), The Massachusetts General Hospital Guide to Clinical Cancer Genetics
68 Ciancio (Eds), Integrated Management of Insect Borne Diseases (Integrated Management of Plant Pests and Diseases 5)
57 Clark/Rilee, Remote Sensing Tools for Exploration
75 Conrady (Eds), Trends and Issues in Global Tourism 2010 (Trends and Issues in Global Tourism)
57 Crosby, Interplanetary Travel and Space Weather
D
30 Dasgupta, Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive Results
34 Davies (Eds), Pumps and Pipes 34 Davison/Aghdam, Decentralized Control of
Large-Scale Systems 35 Demirbas/Demirbas, Algae Energy
(Green Energy and Technology) 48 Demtröder, Atoms, Molecules and Photons
(Graduate Texts in Physics) 2nd ed . 68 Ding (Ed), Cellular Reprogramming and
Reprogramming (Methods in Molecular Biology 636)
35 Djordjevic et al ., Coding for Optical Channels 35 Doi et al ., Computational Electrophysiology,
Vol . 2 63 Doicu et al ., Numerical Regularization for
Atmospheric Inverse Problems (Springer Praxis Books)
36 Dornfeld (Ed), Green Manufacturing (Green Energy and Technology)
84 Drennan, Statistics for Archaeologists, 2nd Edition (Interdisciplinary Contributions to Archaeology) 2nd ed .
93 Driendl (Eds), APOPliving 82 Dronkers (Ed), Quality and Inequality of
Education 2 Dunphy (Ed), Molecular Pathology of
Hematolymphoid Diseases (Molecular Pathology Library 4)
48 Duplantier (Eds), Bio-Physics (Progress in Mathematical Physics 58)
3 Duque (Eds), Osteoporosis in Older Persons
E
17 Erchul/Martens, School Consultation (Issues Clin . Child Psych .) 3rd ed .
36 Eroglu, Wave Propagation and Radiation in Gyrotropic and Anisotropic Media
57 Evans (Eds), Natural and Artificial Rockslide Dams (Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences 133)
Author Indexspringer.com/librarybooks IIISpringer News 2/2010 Author Index
F
12 Fahy (Eds), The Future of Aging 58 Fardis (Ed), Advances in Performance-Based
Earthquake Engineering (Geotechnical, Geological, and Earthquake Engineering 13)
94 Fenz (Eds), Kunst im öffentlichen Raum Steiermark . Public Art in Styria .
58 Ferronsky/Ferronsky, Dynamics of the Earth 72 Filzmoser, Simulation of Automated
Negotiation 58 Flechtner (Eds), System Earth via Geodetic-
Geophysical Space Techniques (Advanced Technologies in Earth Sciences)
G
49 Gargaud (Eds), Encyclopedia of Astrobiology <hard>
49 Gargaud (Eds), Encyclopedia of Astrobiology <eRef>
49 Gargaud (Eds), Encyclopedia of Astrobiology <print+eRef> <Set>
72 Garrido et al ., Water Footprint and Virtual Water Trade in Spain (Natural Resource Management and Policy 35)
25 Gellert/Cristea, Web Dynpro ABAP for Practitioners
13 Georgiev (Ed), National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, NIH, Vol . III (Infectious Disease)
75 Gerybadze (Eds), Innovation and International Corporate Growth
69 Gherbawy (Eds), Molecular Identification of Fungi
59 Glinski (Eds), Encyclopedia of Agrophysics (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <hard>
59 Glinski (Eds), Encyclopedia of Agrophysics (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <eRef>
59 Glinski (Eds), Encyclopedia of Agrophysics (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <print+eRef> <Set>
3 Goldberger (Eds), Practical Signal and Image Processing Concepts for Clinical Cardiology
59 Golding (Eds), Early Life on Earth: Habitats, Environments and Methods of Detection
13 Gomer (Ed), Photodynamic Therapy (Methods in Molecular Biology 635)
36 Gopalakrishnan (Eds), Sustainable and Resilient Critical Infrastructure Systems
3 Greco, Echography in anesthesiology intensive care and emergency medicine for beginners
49 Grigoriev et al ., Symmetries of Integro-Differential Equations (LN Physics 806)
H
20 Hackbusch, Elliptic Differential Equations (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 18)
63 Hager, Wastewater Hydraulics . 2nd ed .
Author Index
20 Hairer et al ., Geometric Numerical Integration (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 31) 2nd ed .
20 Hairer/Wanner, Solving Ordinary Differential Equations II (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 14) 2nd ed .
37 Hammoud (Eds), Advanced Tracking Systems (Augmented Vision and Reality 2)
37 Hardin (Ed), Design and Verification of Microprocessor Systems for High-Assurance Applications
79 Harris, So You Want a Meade LX Telescope! 27 Harteveld, Triadic Game Design 87 Hartimo (Ed), Phenomenology and
Mathematics (Phaenomenologica 195) 37 Hartzell/da Silva, MEMs Reliability (MEMS
Reference Shelf ) 49 Helbing, Quantitative Sociodynamics .
2nd ed . 69 Hell (Eds), Cell Biology of Metals and
Nutrients (Plant Cell Monographs 19) 4 Helmchen (Eds), Ethics in Psychiatry
(Int . Libr . Ethics 45) 4 Henein, Heart Failure in Clinical Practice 21 Hirsch (Eds), Dynamics of Information
Systems (Springer Optimization and Its Applications 40)
89 van Hooft (Eds), Questioning Cosmopolitanism
38 Huggins, Energy Storage 4 Hunt (Ed), Molecular Pathology of Endocrine
Diseases (Molecular Pathology Library 3) 85 Hwang, The Search for a Unified Korea 38 Hwu, Anisotropic Elastic Plates
I
59 Ieda (Ed), Sustainable Urban Transport in an Asian Context (cSUR-UT Series: Library for Sustainable Urban Regeneration 9)
53 Ignatiev/Lyashenko, Heteromagnetic Microelectronics
79 Irwin/Schulze-Makuch, Cosmic Biology 28 Ison, Systems Practice: How to Act in a
Climate Change World
J
22 Johansson/Ohlsson, Non-Life Insurance Pricing with Generalized Linear Models (EAA Lecture Notes)
64 Jurin et al ., Environmental Communication
K
13 Kalter, Teratology in the Twentieth Century Plus Ten
38 Karasaridis, DNS Security 5 Karmazanovsky, MDCT - Contrast Delivery
Systems and Protocol Design
69 Khan (Eds), Microbes for Legume Improvement
5 Kim (Eds), Clinical PET and PET/CT . 2nd ed . 21 Klein/Sommerfeld, Theory of the Top 21 Koekoek et al ., Hypergeometric Orthogonal
Polynomials and their q-analogues (Springer Monographs in Mathematics)
72 Kshetri, The Global Cybercrime Industry
L
39 Lacarbonara, Nonlinear Structural Mechanics 60 Lasaponara (Eds), Satellite Remote Sensing
(RSDIP 16) 64 Lazaridis (Eds), Human Exposure to Pollutants
via Dermal Absorption and Inhalation (Envir . Pollution 17)
60 Leppäranta, The Drift of Sea Ice (Springer Praxis Books) 2nd ed .
64 Leroux, Dynamic Analysis of Weather and Climate (Springer Praxis Books) 2nd ed .
5 Lesch et al ., Alcohol and Nicotine 6 Levin (Eds), A Public Health Perspective of
Women’s Mental Health 6 Lichtenstein, Whole Body Ultrasonography in
the Critically Ill 65 Lobell (Eds), Climate Change and Food
Security (Adv . Global Change Res . 37) 88 Lohmar (Eds), New Contributions to
Husserlian Phenomenology of Time (Phaenomenologica 197)
6 Loitman (Eds), Palliative Care (Current Clinical Oncology)
M
53 Maceri, Theory of Elasticity 73 Maier (Eds), Supercentenarians
(Demographic Res .) 70 Mancuso (Eds), Waterlogging Signalling and
Tolerance in Plants 7 Marik, Handbook of Evidence-Based Critical
Care . 2nd ed . 7 Mathis (Eds), Image-Guided Spine
Interventions . 2nd ed . 22 Maugin (Eds), Mechanics of Generalized
Continua (Adv . Mechanics and Math . 21) 14 Maurel (Ed), Hepatocytes (Methods in
Molecular Biology 640) 7 McCormack (Eds), Molecular Basis of
Pulmonary Disease (Respiratory Medicine) 8 McKay (Eds), Kidney Transplantation: A Guide
to the Care of Kidney Transplant Recipients 82 McKenzie, The Social Psychology of English
as a Global Language (Ed .Ling . 10) 8 McParland, Nuclear Medicine Radiation
Dosimetry 54 Mei et al ., Simulation and Optimization
of Furnaces and Kilns for Nonferrous Metallurgical Engineering
Author Index springer.com/booksellersIV Springer News 2/2010
50 Méndez et al ., Reaction-Transport Systems (Spr . Ser . Synergetics)
60 Meusburger (Eds), Geographies of Science (Knowledge and Space 3)
77 Moens/Trone, Commercial Law of the European Union (Ius Gentium 4)
39 Mollenhauer (Eds), Handbook of Diesel Engines
28 Mueller-Tomfelde (Ed), Tabletops - Horizontal Interactive Displays (Human-Comput . Interaction Series)
24 München/Hilbe, R for Stata Users 75 Munkert (Eds), Founding a Company 8 Murray (Eds), Fibrocystic Diseases of the Liver
(Clinical Gastroenterology)
N
39 Nair et al ., Enterprise Security 50 Nakazawa (Eds), High Spectral Density
Optical Communication Technologies (Optical and Fiber Communications Reports 6)
40 Naylor (Eds), Speech Dereverberation (Signals and Communication Technology)
40 Neustein (Ed), Speech Technology in Healthcare, Call Centers and Mobile Settings
28 Noble (Eds), Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming I (LNCS 5770)
40 Noé, Essentials of Modern Optical Fiber Communication
79 Nordgren, Sky Above, Earth Below
O
73 Ó Conchúir, Overview of the PMBOK® Guide 80 O’Brien, The Apollo Guidance Computer 9 Ochs (Eds), Biomedical Informatics in Cancer
Research 41 Oka et al ., Super Light Water Reactors and
Super Fast Reactors 73 Olson/Wu, Enterprise Risk Management
Models
P
74 Paolucci, Health Care Financing and Insurance (Developments in Health Economics and Public Policy 10)
54 Park (Eds), Biomedical Applications of Hydrogels Handbook
76 Pastinen, High-Performance Process Improvement
80 Perryman, The Making of History’s Greatest Star Map
41 Pilatowsky et al ., Cogeneration Fuel Cell-Sorption Air Conditioning Systems (Green Energy and Technology)
9 Piñal (Ed), Arthroscopic Management of Distal Radius Fractures
9 Piontelli, Development of Normal Fetal Movements
65 Plachter (Eds), Large-scale Livestock Grazing 41 Popovici et al ., Embedded Software Design
and Programming of Multiprocessor System-on-Chip (Embedded Systems)
42 Popp/Schiehlen, Ground Vehicle Dynamics 42 Prasad/Velez, WiMAX Networks 42 Principe, Information Theoretic Learning (ISS)
Q
22 Queffélec, Substitution Dynamical Systems - Spectral Analysis (Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1294) 2nd ed .
R
70 Rai (Eds), Progress in Mycology 29 Randall (Eds), From CSCW to Web2 .0:
European Developments in Collaborative Design (Computer Supported Cooperative Work)
65 Rapp, Assessing Climate Change (Springer Praxis Books) 2nd ed .
43 Ray, Scalable Techniques for Formal Verification
82 Reeves, Professional Learning as Relational Practice
10 Reimer (Eds), Clinical MR Imaging . 3rd ed . 66 Reitner et al ., Advances in Stromatolite
Geobiology (Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences 131)
14 Ribatti (Ed), The Chick Embryo Chorioallantoic Membrane in the Study of Angiogenesis and Metastasis
14 Ribatti, Protagonists of Medicine 10 Ribes/Vilanova, Learning Musculoskeletal
Imaging (Learning Imaging) 80 Ringwood, Astronomers Anonymous 15 Ritsner (Ed), Brain Protection in
Schizophrenia, Mood and Cognitive Disorders
88 Roberts, Abortion and the Moral Significance of Merely Possible Persons
61 Robinson, Discovering the Oceans from Space (Springer Praxis Books)
88 Roeser (Ed), Emotions and Risky Technologies (The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 5)
50 Romano/Marasco, Continuum Mechanics (MSSET)
10 Rovenský (Eds), Polymyalgia Rheumatica and Giant Cell Arteritis
17 Russell (Eds), Asian American Parenting and Parent-Adolescent Relationships (Advancing Responsible Adolescent Development)
S
51 Sabath (Eds), Ultra-Wideband, Short Pulse Electromagnetics 9
89 Sánchez Brigido, Groups, Rules and Legal Practice (Law Philos . Libr . 89)
51 Scheck, Mechanics (Graduate Texts in Physics) 5th ed .
85 Schofield, Aftermath 81 Seedhouse, Prepare for Launch 15 Sen (Ed), Biosurfactants (Advs . Exp . Med . &
Bio . 672) 70 Sharon (Ed), Molecular and Cell Biology
Methods for Fungi (Methods in Molecular Biology 638)
54 Shastri (Eds), Advances in Regenerative Medicine: Role of Nanotechnology, and Engineering Principles (NATO Science A) <hard>
54 Shastri (Eds), Advances in Regenerative Medicine: Role of Nanotechnology, and Engineering Principles (NATO Science A) <soft>
81 Sheeham, A Passion for the Planets 43 Shi, Blind Signal Processing 61 Singh (Eds), Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and
Glaciers (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <hard> 61 Singh (Eds), Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and
Glaciers (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <eRef> 61 Singh (Eds), Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and
Glaciers (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <print+eRef> <Set>
61 Singhal/Gupta, Applied Hydrogeology of Fractured Rocks . 2nd ed .
74 Sonntag, AIDS and Aid (Contributions to Economics)
15 Speicher (Eds), Vogel and Motulsky’s Human Genetics . 4th ed .
85 Spink, Information Behavior (Information Sci . Knowledge Man . 16)
66 Srivastava/Goyal, Novel Biomaterials (Environmental Science and Engineering)
30 Starzak, Energy and Entropy 62 Stigter (Ed), Applied Agrometeorology 43 Strauß/Minker, Proactive Spoken Dialogue
Interaction in Multi-Party Environments 71 Sunkar (Ed), Plant Stress Tolerance (Methods
in Molecular Biology 639)
T
24 Tango, Statistical Methods for Disease Clustering (Statistics Biol .)
11 Taylor, Medical Wisdom and Doctoring 51 Thiel (Eds), Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos:
Advances and Perspectives (Complex Systems)
92 Thymieniecka (Ed), Phenomenology and Existentialsm in the Twentieth Century
77 Tiess, Legal Basics of Mineral Policy in Europe
Author IndexAuthor Index
Author Indexspringer.com/librarybooks VSpringer News 2/2010
90 Travis, Inner Aspect 66 Tscharntke (Eds), Tropical Rainforests
and Agroforests under Global Change (Environmental Science and Engineering)
U
81 Ulivi, Robotic Exploration of the Solar System 67 Uqaili/Khanji, Energy, Environment and
Sustainable Development
V
44 Valavanis (Eds), Selected papers from the 2nd International Symposium on UAVs, Reno, U .S .A . June 8-10, 2009
89 Valleriani, Galileo Engineer (Boston Stud . Phil . Science 269)
44 Vardelle (Eds), Recent Advances in Modeling and Numerical Simulation of Thermal Spray Processes
55 Vardoulakis/Eftaxiopoulos, Engineering Continuum Mechanics
44 Velev, Formal Verification of Microprocessors 86 Vinken (Eds), Civic Engagement in
Contemporary Japan (Nonprofit and Civil Society Studies)
W
11 Waldstein (Eds), Cardiovascular Behavioral Medicine
45 Wang et al ., Rapid Tooling Guidelines For Sand Casting
52 Wang, Modern Thermodynamics 62 Wang, The Dawn Angiosperms
(Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences 121) 71 Ward (Eds), Mouse Cell Culture
(Methods in Molecular Biology 633) 24 Wilcox, Fundamentals of Modern Statistical
Methods . 2nd ed . 23 Williams (Eds), The Mathematical Works of
Leon Battista Alberti 52 Wolberg, Designing Quantitative
Experiments 29 Wolter, Stochastic Models for Fault Tolerance 25 Wooldridge, The Business of iPhone App
Development 23 Wu et al ., Stability Analysis and Robust
Control of Time-Delay Systems 31 Wunderlich, A Science Career Against all
Odds . <with online files/updates>
Y
45 Yoon/Lucas, Biosensors 29 Youm (Eds), Information Security
Applications - WISA 2009 (LNCS 5932) 45 Younis, MEMS Linear and Nonlinear Statics
and Dynamics (Microsystems) 46 Youssef/Haslett, Nanometer CMOS RFICs for
Mobile TV Applications (Analog Circuits and Signal Processing)
Z
11 Zaffagnini (Eds), Patellofemoral Pain, Instabilty, and Arthritis
74 Zäpfel et al ., Metaheuristic Search Concepts 16 Zielinski (Eds), Drugs for HER2-positive Breast
Cancer (Milestones in Drug Therapy) 62 Zonn et al ., The Caspian Sea Encyclopedia 31 Zuidam (Eds), Encapsulation Technologies for
Active Food Ingredients and Food Processing
Author Index
springer.com/booksellersVI Springer News 2/2010Title Index
A
88 Abortion and the Moral Significance of Merely Possible Persons
55 Adhesion Phenomena in Nature 33 Advanced Power MOSFETs Concepts 37 Advanced Tracking Systems 58 Advances in Performance-Based Earthquake
Engineering 54 Advances in Regenerative Medicine: Role of
Nanotechnology, and Engineering Principles 66 Advances in Stromatolite Geobiology 85 Aftermath 74 AIDS and Aid 5 Alcohol and Nicotine 35 Algae Energy 63 Analysis of Urban Growth and Sprawl from
Remote Sensing Data 38 Anisotropic Elastic Plates 80 The Apollo Guidance Computer 93 APOPliving 62 Applied Agrometeorology 61 Applied Hydrogeology of Fractured Rocks 32 Applied Time Series Analysis and Innovative
Computing 83 Archaeological Practice and Heritage in
Great Britain 9 Arthroscopic Management of Distal Radius
Fractures 33 Artificial Intelligence Techniques for
Networked Manufacturing Enterprises Management
17 Asian American Parenting and Parent-Adolescent Relationships
65 Assessing Climate Change 80 Astronomers Anonymous 48 Atoms, Molecules and Photons
B
30 Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive Results
54 Biomedical Applications of Hydrogels Handbook
9 Biomedical Informatics in Cancer Research 48 Bio-Physics 45 Biosensors 15 Biosurfactants 19 Biset Functors for Finite Groups 43 Blind Signal Processing 12 Bortezomib in the Treatment of Multiple
Myeloma 15 Brain Protection in Schizophrenia,
Mood and Cognitive Disorders 25 The Business of iPhone App Development
C
11 Cardiovascular Behavioral Medicine 62 “The Caspian Sea Encyclopedia“ 69 Cell Biology of Metals and Nutrients
68 Cellular Programming and Reprogramming 14 The Chick Embryo Chorioallantoic Membrane
in the Study of Angiogenesis and Metastasis 86 Civic Engagement in Contemporary Japan 65 Climate Change and Food Security 10 Clinical MR Imaging 5 Clinical PET and PET/CT 35 Coding for Optical Channels 41 Cogeneration Fuel Cell-Sorption
Air Conditioning Systems 77 Commercial Law of the European Union 26 Comparative Gene Finding 35 Computational Electrophysiology 87 The Concept of Passivity in Husserl’s
Phenomenology 19 Contemporary Quantitative Finance 53 Continuous Media with Microstructure 50 Continuum Mechanics 79 Cosmic Biology
D
62 The Dawn Angiosperms 34 Decentralized Control of Large-Scale Systems 37 Design and Verification of Microprocessor
Systems for High-Assurance Applications 52 Designing Quantitative Experiments 9 Development of Normal Fetal Movements 1 Difficult conditions in laparoscopic
urologic surgery 61 Discovering the Oceans from Space 38 DNS Security 60 The Drift of Sea Ice 16 Drugs for HER2-positive Breast Cancer 64 Dynamic Analysis of Weather and Climate 21 Dynamics of Information Systems 58 Dynamics of the Earth
E
59 Early Life on Earth: Habitats, Environments and Methods of Detection
84 East Asian Social Movements 3 Echography in anesthesiology intensive care
and emergency medicine for beginners 30 Electrochemistry of Metal Chalcogenides 32 Electronic Engineering and Computing
Technology 20 Elliptic Differential Equations 41 Embedded Software Design and Program-
ming of Multiprocessor System-on-Chip 88 Emotions and Risky Technologies 31 Encapsulation Technologies for Active Food
Ingredients and Food Processing 59 Encyclopedia of Agrophysics 49 Encyclopedia of Astrobiology 61 Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and Glaciers 30 Energy and Entropy 38 Energy Storage 67 Energy, Environment and Sustainable
Development
55 Engineering Continuum Mechanics 73 Enterprise Risk Management Models 39 Enterprise Security 64 Environmental Communication .
Second Edition 40 Essentials of Modern Optical Fiber
Communication 4 Ethics in Psychiatry
F
8 Fibrocystic Diseases of the Liver 44 Formal Verification of Microprocessors 75 Founding a Company 29 From CSCW to Web 2 .0: European
Developments in Collaborative Design 19 Functions, Spaces, and Expansions 24 Fundamentals of Modern Statistical Methods 12 The Future of Aging
G
89 Galileo Engineer 12 Gene Therapy for Autoimmune and Inflam-
matory Diseases 60 Geographies of Science 20 Geometric Numerical Integration 33 Geometry of Single-Point Turning
Tools and Drills 72 The Global Cybercrime Industry 36 Green Manufacturing 42 Ground Vehicle Dynamics 89 Groups, Rules and Legal Practice
H
39 Handbook of Diesel Engines 7 Handbook of Evidence-Based
Critical Care, Second edition 74 Health Care Financing and Insurance 4 Heart Failure in Clinical Practice 14 Hepatocytes 53 Heteromagnetic Microelectronics 50 High Spectral Density Optical
Communication Technologies 76 High-Performance Process Improvement 83 Human Ecology 64 Human Exposure to Pollutants via Dermal
Absorption and Inhalation 21 Hypergeometric Orthogonal Polynomials
and their q-analogues
I
17 Identifying, Assessing, and Treating ADHD at School
7 Image-Guided Spine Interventions 68 In Vitro Mutagenesis Protocols 85 Information Behavior 29 Information Security Applications
Author Indexspringer.com/librarybooks VIISpringer News 2/2010 Title Index
42 Information Theoretic Learning 90 Inner Aspect 75 Innovation and International Corporate
Growth 68 Integrated Management of Arthropod
Pests and Insect Borne Diseases 2 Internal Medicine 57 Interplanetary Travel and Space Weather
K
8 Kidney Transplantation: A Guide to the Care of Kidney Transplant Recipients
94 Kunst im öffentlichen Raum Steiermark . Public Art in Styria .
L
78 The Large Hadron Collider 65 Large-scale Livestock Grazing 10 Learning Musculoskeletal Imaging 77 Legal Basics of Mineral Policy in Europe 87 Looking at it from Asia: the Processes that
Shaped the Sources of History of Science
M
80 The Making of History’s Greatest Star Map 2 The Massachusetts General Hospital Guide
to Clinical Cancer Genetics 47 Mathematical Theory of Dispersion-Managed
Optical Solitons 23 The Mathematical Works of Leon Battista
Alberti 5 MDCT - Contrast Delivery Systems and
Protocol Design 51 Mechanics 22 Mechanics of Generalized Continua 34 The Mechanics of Solids and Structures 11 Medical Wisdom and Doctoring 45 MEMS Linear and Nonlinear Statics
and Dynamics 37 MEMs Reliability 74 Metaheuristic Search Concepts 47 Methods of Celestial Mechanics 69 Microbes for Legume Improvement 52 Modern Thermodynamics 70 Molecular and Cell Biology Methods
for Fungi 7 Molecular Basis of Pulmonary Disease 69 Molecular Identification of Fungi 4 Molecular Pathology of Endocrine Diseases 2 Molecular Pathology of Hematolymphoid
Diseases 32 Motion Control in Offshore and Dredging
Industry 71 Mouse Cell Culture
N
46 Nanometer CMOS RFICs for Mobile TV Applications
13 National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, NIH
57 Natural and Artificial Rockslide Dams 88 New Contributions to Husserlian
Phenomenology of Time 1 Noninvasive Cerebrovascular Diagnosis 1 Noninvasive Peripheral Arterial Diagnosis 22 Non-Life Insurance Pricing with Generalized
Linear Models 51 Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos: Advances
and Perspectives 18 Nonlinear Optimization 39 Nonlinear Structural Mechanics 66 Novel Biomaterials 8 Nuclear Medicine Radiation Dosimetry 63 Numerical Regularization for Atmospheric
Inverse Problems
O
56 Oceanography from Space 3 Osteoporosis in Older Persons 73 Overview of the PMBOK® Guide
P
6 Palliative Care 81 A Passion for the Planets 11 Patellofemoral Pain, Instabilty, and Arthritis 47 Permutation Complexity in Dynamical
Systems 56 Petroleum Geology 92 Phenomenology and Existentialsm in
the Twentieth Century 87 Phenomenology and Mathematics 13 Photodynamic Therapy 71 Plant Stress Tolerance 10 Polymyalgia Rheumatica and Giant
Cell Arteritis 3 Practical Signal and Image Processing
in Clinical Cardiology 81 Prepare for Launch 56 Principles of Sonar Performance Modelling 25 Pro WF 43 Proactive Spoken Dialogue Interaction in
Multi-Party Environments 82 Professional Learning as Relational Practice 70 Progress in Mycology 14 Protagonists of Medicine 6 A Public Health Perspective of Women’s
Mental Health 34 Pumps and Pipes 84 Pursuing Archaeological Research in India
Q
82 Quality and Inequality of Education 49 Quantitative Sociodynamics 89 Questioning Cosmopolitanism
R
24 R for Stata Users 45 Rapid Tooling Guidelines For Sand Casting 50 Reaction-Transport Systems 44 Recent Advances in Modeling and Numerical
Simulation of Thermal Spray Processes 83 Reforming Europe 18 Regression 57 Remote Sensing Tools for Exploration 26 Rigorous Methods for Software Construction
and Analysis 81 Robotic Exploration of the Solar System
S
60 Satellite Remote Sensing 43 Scalable Techniques for Formal Verification 31 A Science Career Against all Odds 17 School Consultation 85 The Search for a Unified Korea 44 Selected papers from the 2nd International
Symposium on UAVs, Reno, U .S .A . June 8-10, 2009
54 Simulation and Optimization of Furnaces and Kilns for Nonferrous Metallurgical Engineering
72 Simulation of Automated Negotiation 79 Sky Above, Earth Below 79 So You Want a Meade LX Telescope! 27 Social Learning Systems and Communities
of Practice 82 The Social Psychology of English as a Global
Language 20 Solving Ordinary Differential Equations II 40 Speech Dereverberation 40 Speech Technology in Healthcare, Call
Centers and Mobile Settings 23 Stability Analysis and Robust Control of
Time-Delay Systems 24 Statistical Methods for Disease Clustering 84 Statistics for Archaeologists, 2nd Edition 29 Stochastic Models for Fault Tolerance 48 Structure and Properties of Liquid Crystals 22 Substitution Dynamical Systems - Spectral
Analysis 41 Super Light Water Reactors and Super Fast
Reactors 73 Supercentenarians 26 Support Vector Machines for Pattern
Classification 36 Sustainable and Resilient Critical
Infrastructure Systems
springer.com/booksellersVIII Springer News 2/2010Title Index
59 Sustainable Urban Transport in an Asian Context
49 Symmetries of Integro-Differential Equations 58 System Earth via Geodetic-Geophysical
Space Techniques 28 Systems Practice: How to Act in a Climate
Change World
T
28 Tabletops - Horizontal Interactive Displays 27 Technology and Art of Entertainment
Computing 13 Teratology in the Twentieth Century Plus Ten 53 Theory of Elasticity 21 The Theory of the Top 28 Transactions on Pattern Languages of
Programming I 18 Transmission Problems for Elliptic Second-
Order Equations in Non-Smooth Domains 75 Trends and Issues in Global Tourism 2010 27 Triadic Game Design 66 Tropical Rainforests and Agroforests under
Global Change 78 1001 Celestial Wonders to See Before You Die 78 Turning Dust to Gold
U
51 Ultra-Wideband, Short Pulse Electromagnetics 9
V
15 Vogel and Motulsky’s Human Genetics
W
63 Wastewater Hydraulics 72 Water Footprint and Virtual Water Trade in
Spain 70 Waterlogging Signalling and Tolerance in
Plants 36 Wave Propagation and Radiation in
Gyrotropic and Anisotropic Media 25 Web Dynpro ABAP for Practitioners 6 Whole Body Ultrasonography in the
Critically Ill 42 WiMAX Networks
springer.com/librarybooks 1Springer News 2/2010 Medicine
A. Aburahma, West Virginia University, Charleston,
WV, USA; J. J. Bergan, UCSD School of Medicine,
La Jolla, CA, USA (Eds.)
Noninvasive Cerebrovascular Diagnosis
“Noninvasive Cerebrovascular Diagnosis” is the
newest definitive text on the current techniques
used in assessing vascular disorders. Readers
will receive authoritative information and will be
guided through the establishment and accredita-
tion of a vascular laboratory and introduced to
the physics of diagnostic testing. Chapters, written
by selected experts, comprehensively explain the
use of ultrasound in diagnosing cerebrovascular,
renovascular, visceral ischemia and peripheral
arterial disease as well as venous disorders and
deep abdominal vascular conditions. Noninvasive
Vascular Diagnosis contains over 300 illustra-
tions, many of them in colour. Due to the special
sections which give clinical correlations, this book
will be invaluable to physicians who treat vascular
disorders, surgeons, cardiologists, vascular radi-
ologists and the vascular laboratory staff.
Features7 Noninvasive Cerebrovascular diagnostic
techniques are increasing in popularity as access
increases, so the demand for such literature
reviews of the techniques and appearances are
increasingly important 7 Text written by the
internationally renowned experts in their field and
will be well supported by high quality illustrative
material
Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Ultrasound; Neurology
Target groupsVascular surgeons, cardiologists, vascular radiolo-
gists
A. Aburahma, West Virginia University, Charleston,
WV, USA; J. J. Bergan, UCSD School of Medicine,
La Jolla, CA, USA (Eds.)
Noninvasive Peripheral Arterial Diagnosis
“Noninvasive Peripheral Arterial Diagnosis” is the
newest definitive text on the current techniques
used in assessing vascular disorders. Readers
will receive authoritative information and will be
guided through the establishment and accredita-
tion of a vascular laboratory and introduced to
the physics of diagnostic testing. Chapters, written
by selected experts, comprehensively explain the
use of ultrasound in diagnosing cerebrovascular,
renovascular, visceral ischemia and peripheral
arterial disease as well as venous disorders and
deep abdominal vascular conditions. Noninvasive
Vascular Diagnosis contains over 300 illustra-
tions, many of them in colour. Due to the special
sections which give clinical correlations, this book
will be invaluable to physicians who treat vascular
disorders, surgeons, cardiologists, vascular radi-
ologists and the vascular laboratory staff.
Features7 Noninvasive diagnostic techniques are
increasing in popularity as access increases, so the
demand for such literature reviews of the tech-
niques and appearances are increasingly important
7 Text written by the internationally renowned
experts in their field and will be well supported
by high quality illustrative material 7 Very few
up to date books on this topic that are written for
surgeons for diagnosis
Fields of interestUltrasound; Imaging / Radiology
Target groupsVascular surgeons, cardiologists, vascular radiolo-
gists
A. Al-Kandari, Kuwait University, Kuwait; I. S. Gill,
Glickman Urological Institute Cleveland Clinic,
Cleveland, Ohio, USA (Eds.)
Difficult conditions in laparoscopic urologic surgery
A book outlining the potential situations faced
by those using laparoscopy, as well as the way in
which one can prepare for these situations, will
be a welcome addition to urological and laparo-
scopic literature. A book focusing on such issues
will enable the practising surgeon to confront and
resolve these possible dilemmas before even having
entered the operating theatre.
Where many books concentrate on complications
faced in the operating room, this book will take a
different stance by addressing the difficulties faced,
perhaps before such complications can occur.
The book will primarily adopt a problem oriented
approach with full clinical details and images.
Description of specific procedures will be given
with drawings and pictures to illustrate. Finally
there will be a brief literature review on the subject
to update the reader.
From the contentsAdvice on laparoscopic mastering.- Difficult lap.
Access ( trans, retroperitoneal).- Bleeding during
laparoscopic urologic procedures.-Adult laparos-
copy: Laparoscopic simple nephrectomy: Not so
simple.- Laparoscopic nephrectomy for Xantho-
granulomatous pyelonephritis.- Laparscopic
radical nephrectomy: difficult conditions.- Laparo-
scopic partial nephrectomy: difficult conditions.-
Laparoscopic renal ablative surgery: difficult
conditions.- Laparoscopic adrenalectomy: difficult
conditions- Laparoscopic urologic conditions in
previously opened abdomen- Laparoscopic pyelo-
plasty: difficult conditions.
Fields of interestUrology/Andrology; Minimally Invasive Surgery;
Surgery
Target groupsResidents, fellows and general urologists with an
interest in laparoscopy
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 150 p. 157 illus., 69 in color. Softcover
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-1-84882-956-5
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 160 p. 99 illus., 43 in color. Softcover
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-1-84882-954-1
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 370 p. 300 illus., 200 in color. With online
files/update. Hardcover
7 approx. $145.00
ISBN 978-1-84882-104-0
springer.com/booksellers2 Springer News 2/2010Medicine
J. A. Al-Tubaikh, University of Munich, Germany
Internal MedicineAn Illustrated Radiological Guide
This book explains how radiology can be a
powerful tool for establishing the diagnosis of
many internal medicine diseases. It is organized
in the classic fashion for internal medicine books,
with eleven chapters covering the different internal
medicine specialties. Within these chapters, more
than 450 diseases are considered. For each disease,
radiological and clinical features are displayed in
images and high-quality digital medical illus-
trations, and those differential diagnoses are
identified that can be ruled out by imaging alone.
In addition, the pathophysiology underlying the
radiological features is described, explaining why
a particular sign is seen on MR images, CT scans,
or plain radiographs. The book will serve as an
excellent radiological atlas for internal medicine
practitioners and family physicians, showing
disease presentations that may be hard to find in
standard medical textbooks and explaining which
imaging modalities are likely to be most informa-
tive in particular patients.
Features7 Explains how radiology can be a powerful
tool in diagnosing numerous internal medicine
diseases 7 Displays radiological and clinical
features in high-quality images and illustrations
7 Identifies differential diagnoses that can be
ruled out by imaging alone 7 Describes the
underlying pathophysiology and its relevance to
radiological features 7 An excellent radiological
atlas for internal medicine practitioners
ContentsGastroenterology.- Neurology.- Pulmonology.-
Cardiology.- Nephrology.- Endocrinology. Rheu-
matology.- Hematology.- Dermatology.- Diabe-
tology.- Infectious and tropical medicine.
Fields of interestDiagnostic Radiology; Internal Medicine
Target groupsRadiologists, radiology students, internal medicine
practitioners, family physicians, medical students
D. C. Chung, D. A. Haber (Eds.)
The Massachusetts General Hospital Guide to Clinical Cancer Genetics
Advances in genetics are transforming estimates
of an individual’s risk of developing cancer and
approaches to prevention and management of
cancer in those who may have increased suscep-
tibility. Identifying and caring for patients with
hereditary cancer syndromes and their family
members present a complex clinical, scientific
and social challenge. This textbook, by leading
experts at Massachusetts General Hospital Cancer
Center, highlights the current understanding of
the genetics of hereditary cancers of the breast,
ovary, colorectum, stomach, pancreas, kidney,
skin, and endocrine organs. Practical guidelines
for the use of genetic testing, cancer screening and
surveillance, prophylactic surgery, and promising
targeted therapeutic agents are discussed.
In addition, ongoing research involving genome-
wide screens to identify novel modest risk-asso-
ciated genetic loci are explored, along with new
approaches to the application of genetic markers in
guiding therapeutic options.
Features7 Designed for professionals in medical genetics,
medical oncology, surgical oncology, and genetic
counseling, each chapter emphasizes the practical,
clinical aspects of integrating genetics into cancer
care
From the contentsBasic principles of cancer genetics.- Principles of
Cancer Genetic Counseling and Genetic Testing.-
Genetics of Hereditary Breast Cancer.- Surgical
management of Hereditary Breast and Ovarian
Cancer.- Hereditary colon cancer: Colonic
Polyposis Syndromes.- Hereditary colon cancer:
Lynch Syndrome.
Fields of interestOncology; Human Genetics
Target groupsProfessionals in medical/surgical oncology,
genetics, genetic counselors, pharma industry,
cancer researchers
C. H. Dunphy, University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, NC, USA (Ed.)
Molecular Pathology of Hematolymphoid Diseases
The past two decades have seen an ever-accel-
erating growth in knowledge about molecular
pathology of human diseases which received a
large boost with the sequencing of the human
genome in 2003. Molecular diagnostics, molecular
targeted therapy and genetic therapy are now
routine in many medical centers. The molecular
field now impacts every field in medicine, whether
clinical research or routine patient care. There is
a great need for basic researchers to understand
the potential clinical implications of their research
whereas private practice clinicians of all types
(general internal medicine and internal medicine
specialists, medical oncologists, radiation oncolo-
gists, surgeons, pediatricians, family practitioners),
clinical investigators, pathologists and medical
laboratory directors and radiologists require
a basic understanding of the fundamentals of
molecular pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment
for their patients.
Features7 Integrated with a medical perspective
7 Divided according to neoplastic and non-
neoplastic disease 7 Each chapter focuses on a
specific disease entity 7 Quick and user-friendly
reference
ContentsSection I: Molecular Pathology of Hematolym-
phoid Neoplasms: General Principles.- Section
II: Specific Techniques and Their Applications in
Molecular Hematopathology.- Section III: Molec-
ular Pathology of Hematolymphoid Neoplasms:
Specific Subtypes.- Index.
Field of interestPathology
Target groupsPathologists, pathology residents
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due March 2010
2010. XII, 619 p. 565 illus., 5 in color. Hardcover
7 $239.00
ISBN 978-3-642-03708-5
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 615 p. 48 illus., 46 in color. Hardcover
7 $149.00
ISBN 978-0-387-93844-8
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 1855 p. 122 illus., 93 in color. (Molecular
Pathology Library, Volume 4) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5697-2
springer.com/librarybooks 3Springer News 2/2010 Medicine
G. Duque, McGill University, Montreal, QC, Canada;
D. P. Kiel, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA
(Eds.)
Osteoporosis in Older PersonsPathophysiology and Therapeutic Approach
The book summarizes recent advances in the
elucidation of the mechanisms involved in senile
osteoporosis as well as its potential treatment,
bringing an integrated approach from the bench to
the clinical practice. A unique aspect of this book
is its emphasis on the application of translational
research in the field of osteoporosis and falls which
make it useful not only to biologists but also to
clinicians and epidemiologists.
The chapters are complemented with color figures
showing the basics of bone biology, bone pheno-
types and falls prevention interventions and also
include tables and flowcharts.
Written by investigators (clinicians and basic
scientists) in the field of aging bone research, this
is a reference guide to geriatricians, gerontolo-
gists, endocrinologists, rheumatologists and bone
biologists, medical trainees as well as other health
professionals (pharmacists, physiotherapists, etc).
Features7 Describes the epidemiology of osteoporotic
fractures and their impact on health care costs
7 Integrates the subject of falls with the one
on fractures - widely neglected by most of the
textbooks on osteoporosis 7 A complete review
on the prevention as well as current and future
treatments of osteoporosis
ContentsBiology of bone.- Aging and bone.- Hormones and
bone.- Animal models for senile osteoporosis.-
Senile osteoporosis: how to recognize a geriatric
syndrome?- Epidemiology of osteoporosis.- Falls
as a geriatric syndrome, how to prevent it? how to
treat it?- Treatment of senile osteoporosis: present
and future.- Non pharmacological treatment and
prevention of falls and fractures.
Fields of interestRheumatology; Orthopedics; Endocrinology
Target groupsRheumatologists, geriatricians, gerontologists,
endocrinologists, bone biologists, medical trainees
J. J. Goldberger, J. Ng, Northwestern University
Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA (Eds.)
Practical Signal and Image Processing in Clinical Cardiology
Modern signal and image acquisition systems used
in the field of cardiology acquire, analyze, and
store data digitally. Surface electrocardiography,
intra-cardiac electrogram recording, echocardio-
grams, x-ray, magnetic resonance imaging, and
computed tomography are among the modalities
in the cardiology field where signal processing
is applied. Digital signal processing techniques
allow us to automate many of the analyses that
had previously been done manually with greater
precision, accuracy and speed, as well as detect
features and patterns in data that may be too
subtle to observe by eye. As more cardiologists are
becoming more reliant on such technology, a basic
understanding of digital signals and the techniques
used to extract information from these signals are
required.
Features7 Comprehensive textbook 7 Currently no
other book that explains biomedical signal
processing to cardiologists 7 Authors have a
unique combination of clinical cardiology and
engineering expertise
ContentsSection 1: Basic signal processing and techniques:
Digital signals and images.-Differentiation and
integration.-Signal averaging.-Data compression.-
Frequency domain.-Wavelets.-Pattern matching.-
Section 2: Applications to clinical cardiology:
Surface ECG.-Intra-cardiac electrograms.-
Echocardiogram.-CT and MRI.-The catheteriza-
tion lab.-Nuclear cardiology.-Holter monitoring.
Fields of interestCardiology; Signal, Image and Speech Processing;
Imaging / Radiology
Target groupsCardiologists and cardiology fellows
F. Greco
Echography in anesthesiology intensive care and emergency medicine for beginners
These pages condense the knowledge to make your
initiation to echography in emergency situations
easier. You will realize that, face to the patient, the
best echographic examination is worth nothing
without a good clinical examination. This Fast
Program of Echography permits you to learn the
process by watching, feeling and talking. It is based
upon an ancestral methodology that regulates
the learning of a manual gesture: “practice makes
perfect”.This book will convince you that you can
control this program of echography, increasing
thus your self-confidence when taking care of your
patients.
Features7 A "How to" book 7 Very easy to understand,
the reader has just to follow each step 7 Really
dedicated to the beginners
Fields of interestAnesthesiology; Emergency Medicine; Intensive /
Critical Care Medicine
Target groupsAnesthesiologists, emergency physicians, radiolo-
gists
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due February 2010
2010. XVIII, 186 p. 60 illus. Softcover
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-1-84882-924-4
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due October 2010
2011. Approx. 255 p. 50 illus., 25 in color. Hardcover
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-1-84882-514-7
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 95 p. Softcover
7 approx. $69.95
ISBN 978-2-8178-0015-8
springer.com/booksellers4 Springer News 2/2010Medicine
H. Helmchen, N. Sartorius (Eds.)
Ethics in PsychiatryEuropean Contributions
Ethics in Psychiatry: (1) presents a comprehensive
review of ethical issues arising in psychiatric care
and research; (2) relates ethical issues to changes
and challenges of society; (3) examines the
application of general ethics to specific psychiatric
problems and relates these to moral implications of
psychiatric practice; (4) deals with recently arising
ethical problems; (5) contains contributions of
leading European ethicists, philosophers, lawyers,
historians and psychiatrists; (6) provides a basis
for the exploration of culture-bound influences
on morals, manners and customs in the light of
ethical principles of global validity.
Features7 A comprehensive and clearly written descrip-
tion of ethical issues relevant to the care of
mentally ill people and psychiatric research
7 Brings together contemporary European points
of view 7 Relates practical problems to interna-
tional codes and currently debated major ethical
dilemmas
Contents1 Introduction. 2 Context. 3 Principles of ethics
in medicine. 4 Applications. 5 Non-medical uses
of psychiatry. 6 Teaching ethics in psychiatry.
7 Conclusions and summary. Index.
Fields of interestEthics; Psychiatry; Theory of Medicine/Bioethics
Target groupsStudents of medicine, psychology, social work,
psychiatrists, lawyers, postgraduate students of
psychiatry, sociologists
M. Y. Henein, Umeå University Hospital, Umeå,
Sweden
Heart Failure in Clinical Practice
The global size of the syndrome of heart failure is
very large. Nearly 5 million Americans are living
with heart failure, and 550,000 new cases are
diagnosed each year. As heart failure is commonly
increasing, there is a need for all medical practitio-
ners to be aware of the early signs and symptoms
so early diagnosis and appropriate management
can be offered. Management of heart failure is
dominated by appropriate investigations and adop-
tion of national and international published guide-
lines. Heart Failure in Clinical Practice provides a
toolkit for clinicians to guide them in the diagnosis
and treatment of patients with suspected heart
failure. Algorithms and flow diagrams are included
to give the reader an illustrated snapshot of the
decisions involved in the management of these
patients.
Features7 Algorithms and flow diagrams enable quick
reference 7 Rapid practical handbook
ContentsDefinition of heart failure.-Epidemiology of heart
failure.-Aetiology of heart failure.-Common
pathophysiology of heart failure.-Signs and symp-
toms of heart failure.-Investigations: (Noninvasive
and Invasive).-Treatment of heart failure.-Pacing.-
Cardiac assist devices.-Cardiac transplantation.-
Right ventricular dysfunction.
Fields of interestCardiology; Internal Medicine; Emergency Medi-
cine
Target groupsCardiology and internal medicine residents
J. L. Hunt, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston,
MA, USA (Ed.)
Molecular Pathology of Endocrine Diseases
The past two decades have seen an ever-accel-
erating growth in knowledge about molecular
pathology of human diseases which received a
large boost with the sequencing of the human
genome in 2003. Molecular diagnostics, molecular
targeted therapy and genetic therapy are now
routine in many medical centers. The molecular
field now impacts every field in medicine, whether
clinical research or routine patient care. There is
a great need for basic researchers to understand
the potential clinical implications of their research
whereas private practice clinicians of all types
(general internal medicine and internal medicine
specialists, medical oncologists, radiation oncolo-
gists, surgeons, pediatricians, family practitioners),
clinical investigators, pathologists and medical
laboratory directors and radiologists require
a basic understanding of the fundamentals of
molecular pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment
for their patients.
Features7 Integrated with a medical perspective
7 Divided according to neoplastic and non-
neoplastic disease 7 Each chapter focuses on a
specific disease entity 7 Quick and user-friendly
reference
ContentsSection I: General Endocrine Molecular
Pathology.- Section II: Thyroid Diseases.- Section
III: Parathyroid Diseases.- Section IV: Pituitary
Diseases.- Section V: Adrenal Diseases.- Section
VI: Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors.- Section
VII: Other Neuroendocrine Lesions.- Index.
Field of interestPathology
Target groupsPathologists, pathology residents
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 495 p. (International Library of Ethics, Law,
and the New Medicine, Volume 45) Hardcover
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8720-1
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due August 2010
2010. Approx. 230 p. 110 illus., 30 in color. Softcover
7 $49.95
ISBN 978-1-84996-152-3
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 630 p. 148 illus., 139 in color. (Molecular
Pathology Library, Volume 3) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1706-5
springer.com/librarybooks 5Springer News 2/2010 Medicine
G. G. Karmazanovsky, Vishnevsky Institute of
Surgery, Moscow, Russia
MDCT – Contrast Delivery Systems and Protocol Design
This book provides an in-depth look at the
potential of modern computerized contrast
delivery systems. The characteristics of bolus
injection techniques are described and illustrated
with comparative CT scans, accompanied by a
review of the literature. The book also offers a
detailed analysis of MDCT protocols for various
anatomical regions. Clear explanations of each
phase of contrast enhancement, along with tables
summarizing the main MDCT protocols in use
today, allow the reader to select easily an optimal
protocol for the investigation of different target
organs.
Features7 In-depth analysis of the parameters of contrast
media boluses 7 Clear guide on how to create
optimal MDCT protocols 7 Includes illustrated
case reports
From the contentsRole of bolus contrast injections in modern
computed tomography.- Evolution of contrast
delivery systems. Simple injector. Single-head
injection system. Dual-head injection system.-
Parameters for optimization of bolus injection.
Dosage. Concentration of contrast media. Volume.
Rate of injection. Delay between start of injec-
tion and scanning. Body weight of patients. Saline
chaser bolus. Pre-filled syringes. Direction of scan-
ning. Type of injection. Type of contrast media.
Protocols of MDCT and bolus injection. Head
and neck. Lungs, mediastinum and lung’s vessels.
Thoracic aorta and its branches. Heart (chambers
& coronary arteries). Liver, portal vein, gallbladder
and biliary tract. Pancreas and spleen. Stomach,
small intestines and large intestines. Adrenals,
retroperitoneum and inferior v. cava. Abdominal
aorta and kidney. Prostate, uterus and ovarian.
Lower extremities.
Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Diagnostic Radiology
Target groupsClinicians and practitioners, technologists
E. Kim, M. C. Lee, T. Inoue, W. Wong (Eds.)
Clinical PET and PET/CTPrinciples and Applications
This book presents a valuable overview of the basic
principles and clinical applications of PET and
PET/CT. Emphasis is placed on the familiarization
of normal distribution, artifacts, and common
imaging agents such as FDG in conjunction with
CT, MRI, and US to establish the clinical effective-
ness of PET and PET/CT. Practical understanding
of updated PET and PET/CT scanners, imaging
processing, correlation, and quantification of PET
and PET/CT measurements is also discussed. The
book is divided into two sections, with 9 chapters
dealing with the basic principles of PET and PET/
CT for instrumentation, fusion, radiopharmaceu-
ticals, radiosynthesis, safety and cost analysis. The
second part of the book presents 16 chapters on
the clinical techniques and applications of PET and
PET/CT within common oncologic, cardiologic,
and neurologic diseases. Numerous full color
images provides comprehensive coverage on essen-
tial clinical PET and PET/CT studies.
ContentsPart I: Basic Principles. Principles of PET Imaging.
Production of Isotopes. Principles of PET/CT
and Radiation Dose. Generator Products and
Radiopharmaceuticals. Automated Synthesis of
Radiopharmaceuticals. Economics of Clinical
Operation. Protocols of PET and PET/CT. Normal
and Variable Patterns. Artifacts in FDG-PET and
PET/CT.- Part II: Clinical Applications. Epilepsy.
Dementia and Cerebrovascular Disease. Cardi-
ology. Infectious and Inflammatory Diseases. Brain
Tumors. Head and Neck Tumors. Thoracic Cancer.
Breast Cancer. Esophageal, Gastric, Pancreatic,
and Colorectal Cancers. Hepatobiliary Tumors.
Gynecologic Cancers. Urologic Cancer. Melanoma,
Myeloma, and Sarcoma. Lymphoma. Endocrine
Tumors. Utility of PET/CT.
Field of interestImaging / Radiology
Target groupsNuclear medicine physicians, radiologists, oncolo-
gists, neurologists
O. Lesch, H. Walter, C. Wetschka, Austria;
M. Hesselbrock, V. Hesselbrock, University of
Connecticut, Farmington, CT, USA
Alcohol and NicotineMedical and Sociological Aspects of Usage,
Abuse and Addiction
Alcohol and nicotine addiction mostly occur
together. Over the last ten years therapeutic
aspects and motivational strategies have been
considerably improved. Hence, groups and
subgroups have been defined and can be treated
with specific medication and tailor-made psycho-
therapies, leading in the long term to considerably
better and more effective results than the once
broadly applied, rigorous abstinence -based thera-
pies. However, alcohol and nicotine addiction still
represent major medical and social problems.
In this book, new therapeutic approaches are
comprehensively described, outlining the different
interactions between personality, environment and
the effects of the substance.
In addition to prevention-based therapies and
diagnosis, essential psychological and sociological
strategies, as well as medication-based therapies,
are also presented in detail.
Features7 Comprehensive guide for detection and therapy
of acohol and nicotine abuse 7 Classification of
disease into groups and subgroups 7 Description
of tailor-made therapies of global validity
7 Interdisciplinary approach
From the contents1.Introduction 2.Dependence-overwiew over
widespread disease 3.Etiology 4.Prevention strate-
gies 5.Diagnosis 6.Types, dimension illness course
7.Motives to seek medical help 8.Detection of
dependence 9.Therapeutic strategies
Fields of interestPsychiatry; General Practice / Family Medicine;
Psychotherapy
Target groupsPsychiatrists, general practitioners, psychologists,
psychotherapists
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due March 2010
2010. XII, 250 p. 350 illus., 30 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $119.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78786-0
Discount groupP
Medicine
Due February 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 400 p. 250 illus., 200 in color.
Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0801-8
Discount groupP
Medicine
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 380 p. 50 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $109.00
ISBN 978-3-7091-0145-2
springer.com/booksellers6 Springer News 2/2010Medicine
B. L. Levin, M. A. Becker, University of South Florida,
Tampa, FL, USA (Eds.)
A Public Health Perspective of Women’s Mental Health
As many as one-half of all women in the U.S. will
experience some form of mental illness in their
lives—an especially distressing fact when health
care budgets are in flux, adding to existing dispari-
ties and unmet health needs.
Written from a unique multidisciplinary frame-
work, A Public Health Perspective of Women’s
Mental Health addresses today’s most pressing
mental health challenges: effective treatment,
efficient prevention, equal access, improved service
delivery, and stronger public policy. Eminent clini-
cians, researchers, academicians, and advocates
examine the effects of mental illness on women’s
lives and discuss the scope of clinical and service
delivery issues affecting women, focusing on these
major areas:
Epidemiology of mental disorders in girls, female
adolescents, adult women, and older women.
Selected disorders of particular concern to women,
including depression and postpartum depression,
eating disorders, menopause, chemical depen-
dence, and HIV/AIDS.
Fields of interestPublic Health/Gesundheitswesen; Psychiatry;
Clinical Psychology
Target groupsProfessionals and graduate students in the public
health, health administration, health disparities,
social work, behavioral health, and health services
research fields, as well as nursing, community/
health psychology and community/public
psychiatry
D. A. Lichtenstein, Hopital Ambroise-Paré, Boulogne,
France
Whole Body Ultrasonography in the Critically Ill
Over the past two decades it has been increas-
ingly recognized that whole-body ultrasound is
an invaluable tool in the critically ill. In addition
to offering rapid whole-body assessment, it has
the advantage of being a bedside approach that is
available at all times and can be repeated at will.
Accordingly, it permits the immediate institution
of appropriate therapeutic management. Whole-
Body Ultrasound in the Critically Ill is the sequel
to the author’s previous books on the subject,
which were first published in French in 1992 and
2002 and in English in 2004. This new volume
reflects the latest state of knowledge by including
a variety of improvements, revised definitions,
and updated algorithms. Findings in respect of
individual organs are clearly presented, and a
particular feature is the in-depth coverage of the
lungs, traditionally regarded as an area unsuitable
for ultrasound. Throughout, the emphasis is on the
practical therapeutic impact of the technique.
Features7 Written by the chief pioneer in the field
7 Significantly updated since the previous edition
to reflect the latest state of knowledge 7 The
only book on whole-body ultrasound to focus
exclusively on critical care medicine 7 Detailed
coverage of lung findings and less frequent applica-
tions 7 Consistent emphasis on the therapeutic
impact of the technique 7 Clearly explains
common pitfalls
Fields of interestIntensive / Critical Care Medicine; Emergency
Medicine; Ultrasound
Target groupsIntensivists, emergency physicians, anaestheisolo-
gists, radiologists, cardiologists, surgeons
J. E. Loitman, Washington University School of
Medicine, St. Louis, MO, USA; C. T. Sinclair, Kansas
City Hospice, Kansas City, KS, USA; M. J. Fisch, MD
Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)
Palliative CareA Case-based Guide
This concise book offers an engaging case-based
approach to palliative care. Experts in the field
provide the essential aspects of daily practice with
real cases presented as forums for the discussion
of the complexities and practicalities of palliative
treatment.
Clearly structured, each chapter opens with bullet
points highlighting the most relevant aspects of
the case and points for discussion. Covering the
full range of symptoms from cardiac care to pain
management to wound healing, the vital elements
of management are put into context through
insightful dissections of history, examination,
and goals of care. Each chapter concludes with a
section on further reading.
Palliative Care: a Case-based Guide provides the
clinician with a crucial set of skills to address
the challenging issues related to communication
and symptom management. Care-oriented and
practical, this book is ideal for all health care
professionals committed to providing quality,
compassionate care to end-of-life patients.
Features7 Unique case-based approach covers a multitude
of perspectives and environments 7 Practical
guide to daily practice 7 Helpful bullet points
synthesize key aspects of management 7 Incisive
evaluation of complex clinical scenarios
Fields of interestInternal Medicine; Pain Medicine; Health Promo-
tion and Disease Prevention
Target groupsInternal medicine, palliative care trainees, hospice
care trainees, family medicine, pain management,
oncologists, physicians assistants, nurses
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 470 p. Softcover
7 approx. $24.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1537-5
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due March 2010
2010. XII, 230 p. 320 illus. Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05327-6
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 65 p. 2 illus. (Current Clinical Oncology)
Softcover
7 approx. $69.95
ISBN 978-1-60761-589-7
springer.com/librarybooks 7Springer News 2/2010 Medicine
P. E. Marik, Eastern Virginia Medical School, Norfolk,
VA, USA
Handbook of Evidence-Based Critical Care, Second edition
This updated and revised edition of the classic
bedside pocket reference remains the gold stan-
dard in critical care medicine. The new edition
maintains Dr. Marik’s trademark humor and
engaging writing style, while adding numerous
references to make this book the most current and
thorough treatment of evidence-based critical care
available. The handbook enables the clinician to
find the evidence to support or refute an interven-
tion and to help choose the most appropriate,
cost-effective treatment. The analysis of treatment
strategies is presented by organ system, and the
handbook also covers miscellaneous ICU topics
(such as sedation, toxicology, radiology, and
sepsis) based on the most frequently found and
difficult to solve problems in ICU patient manage-
ment.
Features7 The premier evidence-based reference in
critical care 7 Clinical pearls conclude each
chapter 7 Concise, high-yield text in a pocket-
sized handbook
From the contentsPart One: Introduction To Critical Care Medicine.-
Part Two: Respiratory. Cardiac. Gastrointestinal.
Metabolic. Central Nervous System.- Part Three:
Miscellaneous ICU Topics.
Fields of interestIntensive / Critical Care Medicine; Internal Medi-
cine; Anesthesiology
Target groupsCritical care M.D.’s, internal medicine M.D.’s,
critical care residents, internal medicine residents,
cardiac pulmonary surgeons, nurses
J. M. Mathis, Center for Advanced Imaging, Roanoke,
VA, USA; S. Golovac, Space Coast Pain Institute,
Merritt Island, FL, USA (Eds.)
Image-Guided Spine Interventions
This second, completely revised and updated
edition of the successful practical guide to image-
guided spine intervention contains revised text
and images as well as new sections and chapters
including intradiscal pharmacological injec-
tions, balloon assisted vertebroplasty, selective
nerve blocks, radiofrequency neurolysis and RF
therapy. The updated text thoroughly discusses
both well-established and new interventions that
are applied to the spine for the purpose of pain
relief. Traditionally, pain procedures were in the
limited purview of the pain anesthesiologist. Only
a portion of these procedures were image-guided.
The continued growth in utilization of spine inter-
vention and resultant improvement in outcomes
and safety have inspired this comprehensive and
reader friendly updated edition. This book is an
ideal aid for radiologists and other physicians who
deal with back pain.
Features7 Completely revised edition contains updated
text including new sections and chapters
7 Accessible and reader friendly format
7 Ideal aid for radiologists and other physicians
who deal with back pain
From the contentsSpine Anatomy.- Materials Used in Image-Guided
Spine Interventions.- Patient Evaluation and
Procedure Selection.- Spine Biopsy.- Discography.-
Intradiscal Electrothermal Annuloplasty.- Intra-
discal Pharmacological Injections.- Percutaneous
Discectomy.- Epidural Steroid Injections.- Selec-
tive Nerve Root Blocks.
Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Anesthesiology; Interven-
tional Radiology
Target groupsRadiologists, interventional radiologists, pain
medicine specialists, orthopedists, neurosurgeons,
anesthesiologists
F. X. McCormack, R. J. Panos, B. C. Trapnell (Eds.)
Molecular Basis of Pulmonary DiseaseInsights from Rare Lung Disorders
The study of rare lung disorders enhances our
understanding of common pulmonary diseases
such as fibrosis and emphysema. Molecular Basis
of Lung Disease: Insights from Rare Disorders
brings together a panel of distinguished clini-
cians and molecular scientists who are experts in
a range of rare lung diseases and their underlying
molecular defects. Each chapter focuses on the
pathogenic mechanisms and therapeutic targets
suggested by basic research and follows an easy to
read format: brief introduction followed by discus-
sion of epidemiology, genetic basis and molecular
pathogenesis, animal models, clinical presentation,
diagnostic approaches, conventional management
and treatment strategies, as well as future thera-
peutic targets and directions. Disorders ranging
from the Marfan and Goodpasture’s syndromes to
Sarcoidosis and alpha one antitrypsin deficiency
are treated in detail.
Features7 Comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of rare
lung diseases 7 Thoroughly sheds light on the
molecular mechanisms that evoke the clinical
presentation and engender treatment strategies for
each rare lung disease
Field of interestPneumology/Respiratory System
Target groupsPulmonologists, investigators, and basic scientists
Discount groupMC
Medicine
Due April 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 520 p. 28 illus. Softcover
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5922-5
Discount groupMC
Medicine
Due February 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 560 p. 281 illus., 60 in color.
Hardcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0351-8
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 445 p. 49 illus., 27 in color. (Respiratory
Medicine) Hardcover
7 approx. $155.00
ISBN 978-1-58829-963-5
springer.com/booksellers8 Springer News 2/2010Medicine
D. B. McKay, The Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla,
CA, USA; S. M. Steinberg, Sharp Memorial Hospital,
San Diego, CA, USA (Eds.)
Kidney Transplantation: A Guide to the Care of Kidney Transplant Recipients
Kidney Transplantation: A Guide to the Care of
Transplant Recipients is an easy to read, up to date,
clinical resource written by experts in the field of
kidney transplantation. The book explains how
donors and recipients are selected for transplanta-
tion, how the surgical procedure is performed, and
how the experts recognize and treat rejection.
Clearly illustrated chapters show how the immune
system works in the setting of transplantation and
how immunosuppressive medications prevent
rejection of the transplanted kidney; knowledge
essential for the proper care of the transplant
recipient.
The acute and long-term care of the patient is
described from the perspective not only of proper
immunosuppressive medication management,
but also from the perspective of comorbidities
most common to transplanted patients, including
cardiovascular disease, diabetes mellitus, infec-
tious diseases, malignancies, and bone disease.
From the contentsTen Things Not to Do.- The Transplant Procedure:
Surgical Techniques and Complications.- What is
Transplant Immunology and Why are Allografts
Rejected?.- What is Histocompatability Testing
and How is It Done?.- What is UNOS and How are
Kidneys Allocated/What is an OPO and How Does
it Work?.- Live Donors: How to Optimally Protect
the Donor.- Laparoscopic Donor Nephrectomy:
Essentials for the Nephrologist.- New Sources in
Living Kidney Donation.- What are the Immu-
nosuppressive Medications?How Do They Work?
What Are Their Side Effects?
Fields of interestNephrology; Transplant Surgery; Internal Medi-
cine
Target groupsNephrologists, nephrology trainees, transplant
surgeons, nephrology nurse practitioners
B. J. McParland
Nuclear Medicine Radiation DosimetryAdvanced Theoretical Principles
Complexities of the requirements for accurate
radiation dosimetry evaluation in both diagnostic
and therapeutic nuclear medicine (including
PET) have grown over the past decade. This is due
primarily to four factors: Growing consideration
of accurate patient-specific treatment planning for
radionuclide therapy as a means of improving the
therapeutic benefit, development of more realistic
anthropomorphic phantoms and their use in
estimating radiation transport and dosimetry in
patients, Design and use of advanced Monte Carlo
algorithms in calculating the above-mentioned
radiation transport and dosimetry which require
the user to have a thorough understanding of the
theoretical principles used in such algorithms,
their appropriateness and their limitations,
increasing regulatory scrutiny of the radiation
dose burden borne by nuclear medicine patients
in the clinic and in the development of new radio-
pharmaceuticals, thus requiring more accurate and
robust dosimetry evaluations.
From the contentsThe Role of Radiation Dosimetry in Nuclear
Medicine.- Theoretical Tools.- Nuclear Prop-
erties, Structure and Stability.- Radioactive
Decay: Microscopic Theory.- Radioactive Decay:
Macroscopic Theory.- Photon Interactions with
Matter.- Charged Particle Interactions with
Matter.- Radiation Fields and Radiometrics.- Radi-
ation Dosimetry: Theory, Detection and Measure-
ment.- Biological Effects of Ionising Radiation.-
Nuclear Medicine Dosimetry.- Anthropomorphic
Phantoms and Models of Biological Systems.- The
Biodistribution (I) Preclinical.- The Biodistribu-
tion (II)- Human.- The Biodistribution (III)- Anal-
ysis.- The Ethics of Using Human Subjects.
Fields of interestNuclear Medicine; Imaging / Radiology; Interven-
tional Radiology
Target groupsPractising research medical physicists in this
discipline
K. F. Murray, University of Washington School of
Medicine, Seattle, WA, USA; A. M. Larson, St. Paul
University Hospital, Dallas, TX, USA (Eds.)
Fibrocystic Diseases of the Liver
In recent years there have been huge advances in
the understanding of the genetic and molecular
basis of the fibrocystic diseases. This volume
provides a thorough review of fibrocyctic
diseases that affect the liver. It contains in-depth
discussions of the genetics, molecular biology,
pathogenesis, histology, clinical presentations,
complications of, treatment, and prognosis of the
conditions affecting children and adults, and hence
will be the gold-standard reference for these condi-
tions. In addition, the histological features that
distinguish these conditions from other potentially
fibrosing hepatopathies are illustrated. Conditions
with syndromic features involving the kidney or
other organ systems are also reviewed. Thorough
review of the clinical phenotypes, their presenta-
tions, treatment, potential complications of, and
prognosis is discussed.
Features7 Unique focus on fibrocystic diseases 7 The
gold-standard reference for these conditions
From the contentsA. Pathophysiology & Development. 1. Embry-
ology & development of the ductal plate. 2.
Cholangiocyte biology as relevant to cystic liver
diseases. 3. Cholangiocyte cilia & basal bodies.
4. Genetics of fibrocystic diseases of the liver &
molecular approaches to therapy.- B. Diagnosis.
Fields of interestGastroenterology; Hepatology; Nephrology
Target groupsGastroenterologists, hepatic surgeons, nephrolo-
gists and the pediatric component of these
specialities
Discount groupMC
Medicine
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 400 p. 44 illus., 13 in color. Softcover
7 approx. $95.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1689-1
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 465 p. 312 illus. Hardcover
7 $219.00
ISBN 978-1-84882-125-5
Discount groupMR
Springer Protocols
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 650 p. 161 illus., 70 in color. (Clinical
Gastroenterology) Hardcover
7 approx. $239.00
ISBN 978-1-60327-523-1
springer.com/librarybooks 9Springer News 2/2010 Medicine
M. F. Ochs, Baltimore, MD, USA; J. Cassagrande,
Los Angeles, CA, USA; R. Davuluri, Philadelphia, PA,
USA (Eds.)
Biomedical Informatics in Cancer Research
This book will review work from a number of
researchers who have produced open source
software addressing the need for data manage-
ment, integration, analysis, and visualization to
aid cancer research. With the advent of high-
throughput technologies in biomedicine, the
need for data management and appropriate data
analysis tools in genomics has increased dramati-
cally, joining clinical trials data as a major driver of
informatics at cancer research centers.
The gathering of this data requires careful
encoding of metadata, usually through the use of
controlled vocabularies or ontologies, as well as
the linking of data from model organisms, done
at both a physiological level (e.g., anatomy) and at
a molecular level (e.g., orthology). This data will
then find use within computational and statistical
models, which require data pipelines and analysis
systems, as well as algorithms, visualization
methods, and computational modeling systems.
From the contentsBiomedical Informatics for Cancer Research:
Introduction.- Clinical Research Systems and
Integration with Medical Systems.- Data Manage-
ment, Databases and Warehousing.- Middleware
Architecture Approaches for Collaborative Cancer
Research.- Federated Authentication.- Genomics
Data Analysis Pipelines.- Mathematical Modeling
in Cancer.- Reproducible Research Concepts and
Tools for Cancer Bioinformatics.- The Cancer
Biomedical Informatics Grid (caBIG®): An
Evolving Community for Cancer Research.- The
caBIG® Clinical Trials Suite.- The CAISIS Research
Data System.- A Common Application Frame-
work that is Extensible: CAF--É.- Shared Resource
Management (SRM).
Fields of interestHealth Informatics; Popular Science, general;
Cancer Research
Target groupsDecision makers at cancer research centers,
systems architects, developers and implementers
F. d. Piñal, Hospital Mutua Montañesa, Santander,
Spain (Ed.)
Arthroscopic Management of Distal Radius Fractures
The management of distal radius fracture has
changed considerably over the past 15 years,
particularly with the introduction of wrist arthros-
copy and the volar locking plates. The most diffi-
cult group of fractures is those where the joint has
also been involved, and for those arthroscopy plays
an important role. “Arthroscopic Management of
Distal Radius Fractures” will be the first one-point
reference to comprehensively cover this subject.
Instructively illustrated with line drawings, X-rays
and clinical photos this hands-on guide depicts
novel techniques in general and arthroscopic tech-
niques in particular. The book includes chapters
for beginners (e.g. anatomy of portals), as well as
the step-by-step descriptions of sophisticated tech-
niques like arthroscopic ulnar reattachment.
Features7 One-point reference for all physicians dealing
with wrist fractures 7 Instructively illustrated
7 Step-by-step guide to procedures 7 Written
by international experts in the field
From the contentsPreoperative assessment.- Set up and arthroscopic
principles.- Management of simple articular
fractures.- Explosion fractures.- TFCC injuries
without instability.- DRUJ Instability. Ulnar tears.-
DRUJ Instability: Radial tears.- Scapholunate
dissociation.- Other ligament injuries.- Manage-
ment of concomitant scaphoid fractures.- Perilu-
nate dislocation and fracture dislocation.- The role
of arthroscopy in postfracture stiffness.
Fields of interestSurgical Orthopedics; Traumatic Surgery; Plastic
Surgery
Target groupsOrthopaedic surgeons, hand and plastic surgeons,
and all other physicians dealing with wrist frac-
tures
A. Piontelli, Mangiagalli Clinic, Milan, Italy
Development of Normal Fetal MovementsThe First 25 Weeks of Gestation
This work aims to provide a detailed reasoned map
of fetal behavior by describing its features and
evolution from 10 to 25 weeks gestation. Subse-
quent fetal behavior has already been thoroughly
investigated by obstetricians and especially by
paediatricians engaged in the care of premature
infants.
Each behavioral event is described, measured in
seconds and presented as it occurs in its natural
sequence, thus providing a ‘real-time’ picture of
fetal behavior. Links between events become clear,
and events are connected to the changing anatomy
and physiology of the nervous system and of the
fetal body in general.
Transient behaviour with its underlying structures
and possible functions is carefully distinguished
from anticipatory functions heralding post-natal
life. Furthermore, phenomena of physiologic
significance during prenatal life, but which can
acquire pathological connotations for the prema-
ture infant having to meet the different require-
ments of the post-natal environment, are also
outlined.
Features7 This work provides a detailed reasoned map
of fetal behavior from 10 to 25 weeks gestation
7 Each behavioral event is described, measured
in seconds and presented as it occurs in its natural
sequence, thus providing a ‘real-time’ picture of
fetal behavior
From the contentsHeartbeat. Startles, Twitches and Cloni.
General Movements (also called total pattern or
holokynetic movements). Hiccups. Fetal Breathing
Movements and Shallow Fetal Breathing Move-
ments. Swallowing, Sucking and Yawning. Isolated
Movements (also called Ideokinetic Movements).
Fields of interestObstetrics/Perinatology; Ultrasound; Neurology
Target groupsObstetricians, perinatal pediatrists, neurologists,
developmental psychologists
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due April 2010
2010. XX, 230 p. 57 illus., 37 in color. Hardcover
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5712-2
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 295 p. 322 illus., 267 in color. Hardcover
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05353-5
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 180 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-88-470-1401-5
springer.com/booksellers10 Springer News 2/2010Medicine
P. Reimer, P. M. Parizel, J. F. Meaney, F. A. Stichnoth
(Eds.)
Clinical MR ImagingA Practical Approach
Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) has become
the leading cross-sectional imaging method in
clinical practice. Continuous technical improve-
ments have significantly broadened the scope
of applications. At present, MR imaging is not
only the most important diagnostic technique in
neuroradiology and musculoskeletal radiology,
but has also become an invaluable diagnostic tool
for abdominal, pelvic, cardiac, breast and vascular
imaging. This book offers practical guidelines
for performing efficient and cost-effective MRI
examinations in daily practice. The underlying
idea is that, by adopting a practical protocol-based
approach, the work-flow in a MRI unit can be
streamlined and optimized.
Features7 Thoroughly revised and updated edition
including new techniques and new figures
7 Practical, protocol-based approach that helps to
streamline the workflow in any MR unit
ContentsPrinciples of magnetic resonance (MR) imaging
and magnetic resonance angiography.- Contrast
agents for MR imaging.- Hemorrhage.- MR
imaging of the brain.- MR imaging of the spine.-
Head and neck.- Joints.- Bone and soft tissues.-
Upper abdomen: liver, pancreas, biliary system,
and spleen.- Kidneys and adrenal glands.- Pelvis.-
Heart.- Large vessels and peripheral vessels.-
Chest.- MR of the breast.- MR imaging of pediatric
patients.- Interventional magnetic resonance.
Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Neuroradiology; Pediatrics
Target groupsClinicians and practitioners, radiologists in private
practice, non-hospital based physicians, MR
technologists
R. Ribes, Hospital Reina Sofia, Córdoba, Spain;
J. C. Vilanova, Resonáncia Girona, Gerona, Spain
Learning Musculoskeletal Imaging
This introduction to musculoskeletal imaging
is a further volume in the Learning Imaging
series. Written in a user-friendly format, it takes
into account that musculoskeletal radiology is a
subspecialty which has widely expanded its scope
and imaging capabilities with the advent of ultra-
sound, MRI, multidetector CT, and PET. The book
is divided into ten sections covering: infection
and arthritis, tumors, tendons and muscles, bone
marrow, spine, shoulder, elbow, hand and wrist,
hip and pelvis, knee, and ankle and foot. Each
chapter is presented with an introduction and ten
case studies with illustrations and comments from
anatomical, physiopathological and radiological
standpoints along with bibliographic recommen-
dations.
Features7 Complete teaching file with selected references
from web, articles and books on Musculoskeletal
Radiology in just 250 pages 7 Learning Imaging
is a unique case-based series for those in profes-
sional education in general and for physicians in
particular
ContentsInfection and Arthritis.- Tumors.- Tendons and
Muscles.- Bone Marrow.- Spine.- Shoulder.-
Ellbow, Hand and Wrist.- Hip and Pelvis.- Knee.-
Ankle and Foot.
Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Surgical Orthopedics; Rheu-
matology
Target groupsRadiologists, radiology residents, orthpedic
surgeons, rheumatologists, oncologists, mematolo-
gists, sports medicine physicians
J. Rovenský, B. F. Leeb, H. Bird, V. Stvrtinová,
R. Imrich (Eds.)
Polymyalgia Rheumatica and Giant Cell Arteritis
This monograph offers current insights into
polymalgia rheumatica and giant cell artritis. Both
diseases are typical for advanced age and their
incidences increase with aging. Early diagnosis
and rapid treatment can save one of the most
precious senses – our vision. This book provides
an overview on the pathophysiology, their genetic,
immunologic, endocrinologic mechanism of these
diseases, but most important it deals with state-of-
the-art diagnosis and current treatment in elderly
with the attempt to diagnose and treat these
rheumatic diseases even faster and more effectively
in the future.
Features7 Current insights into polymyalgia rheumatica
and giant cell arteritis 7 Provides state-of-the-art
diagnostic modalities 7 Also includes chapters
on immunology, genetics and endocrinologic
mechanism
Fields of interestRheumatology; Internal Medicine; Angiology
Target groupsRheumatologists, internists, angiologists
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due March 2010
3rd, completely rev. and updated ed. 2010. XXIV, 850 p.
837 illus., 20 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-3-540-74501-3
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due March 2010
2010. XLII, 354 p. 25 illus. (Learning Imaging) Softcover
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-3-540-87999-2
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 140 p. 22 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-3-211-99358-3
springer.com/librarybooks 11Springer News 2/2010 Medicine
R. B. Taylor, Oregon Health & Sciences University,
Portland, OR, USA
Medical Wisdom and DoctoringThe Art of 21st Century Practice
Medical Wisdom and Doctoring aims to fill a need
in the current medical literature for a resource that
presents some of the classic wisdom of medicine,
presented in a manner that can help today’s physi-
cians achieve their full potential. This book details
the lessons every physician should have learned
in medical school but often didn’t, as well as
classic insights and examples from current clinical
literature, medical history, and anecdotes from the
author’s long and distinguished career in medicine.
Medical Wisdom and Doctoring: the Art of 21st
Century Practice presents lessons a physician may
otherwise need to learn from experience or error,
and is sure to become a must-have for medical
students, residents and young practitioners.
Features7 Applicable to physicians in all specialties and
career stages 7 Contains both clinical infor-
mation and anecdotal advice 7 An excellent
resource for young physicians and students
ContentsMedical wisdom in the 21st century.- Caring
for the patient.- Clinical dialogue and commu-
nication.- The art of clinical diagnosis.- Disease
management and prevention.- Caring for dying
patients and their families.- Making a living as a
clinician.- Staying up to date.- Mentoring tomor-
row’s physicians.- About your family and commu-
nity.- Caring for you, the physician.- Ethics,
credibility and trust.- Planning for tomorrow.-
Wise physicians, 21st century challenges, and
doctoring.- Epilogue.
Fields of interestMedicine/Public Health, general; History of Medi-
cine; General Practice / Family Medicine
Target groupsPhysicians, medical students, residents, young
practitioners, all who provide patient care
S. Waldstein, W. Kop, L. Katzel (Eds.)
Cardiovascular Behavioral Medicine
Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of
morbidity and mortality in the United States and
most other westernized nations. It is well recog-
nized that traditional risk factors for cardiovas-
cular disease have limited predictive utility in the
identification of new cardiovascular disease cases
and outcomes. Thus, investigators have argued
that application of a biopsychosocial research
paradigm in this field may be of particular utility
in understanding cardiovascular disease pathogen-
esis. Accordingly, a subdiscipline within the field
of behavioral medicine – cardiovascular behav-
ioral medicine – examines interrelations among
biological, behavioral, psychological, and social
factors in cardiovascular health and disease.
In 1989, Schneiderman and colleagues published
a seminal work entitled “Research Methods in
Cardiovascular Behavioral Medicine.” Since that
time, there has been an exponential increase in the
amount and scope of work in this topic area, but
no similar edited volume has been undertaken.
Features7 There is no similar work available with such
scope of coverage 7 Inclusion of relevant
measurement issues and construct definitions
of a comprehensive set of risk factors is of great
assistance to researchers and clinicians who wish
to improve their assessment of these variables
yet are not sufficiently familiar with or trained in
the various methodologies 7 Multidisciplinary
contributors enhances the utility of the work
Fields of interestHealth Psychology; Cardiology; Public Health/
Gesundheitswesen
Target groupsHealth psychologists, primary care physicians,
cardiologists, clinical psychologists, nurses
S. Zaffagnini, University of Bologna, Italy; D. Dejour,
Clinique de la Sauvegarde, Lyon, France; E. A. Arendt,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, USA (Eds.)
Patellofemoral Pain, Instabilty, and ArthritisClinical Presentation, Imaging, and
Treatment
Despite numerous studies, a lack of consensus
still exists over many aspects of patellofemoral
pain, instability, and arthritis. This book adopts an
evidence-based approach to assess each of these
topics in depth. The book reviews general features
of clinical examination and global evaluation
techniques including the use of different imaging
methods, e.g. x-rays, CT, MRI, stress x-rays, and
bone scan. Various conservative and surgical treat-
ment approaches for each of the three presenta-
tions – pain, instability, and arthritis – are then
explained and assessed. Postoperative management
and options in the event of failed surgery are also
evaluated. Throughout, careful attention is paid to
the literature in an attempt to establish the level of
evidence for the efficacy of each imaging and treat-
ment method. It is hoped that this book will serve
as an informative guide for the practitioner when
confronted with disorders of the patellofemoral
joint.
Features7 Adopts an evidence-based approach to
assess the efficacy of conservative and surgical
approaches to the treatment of patellofemoral pain,
instability, and arthritis 7 Considers in detail the
role of the different imaging methods in patients
presenting with patellofemoral disorders 7 Pays
careful attention to findings documented in the
literature 7 Discusses postoperative management
and what to do if surgery fails
Fields of interestOrthopedics; Imaging / Radiology
Target groupsOrthopaedic surgeons, orthopaedists, radiologists
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 220 p. Softcover
7 approx. $29.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5520-3
Discount groupP
Behavioral Science
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 1000 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $349.00
ISBN 978-0-387-85959-0
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 400 p. 217 illus., 113 in color. Hardcover
7 $219.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05423-5
springer.com/booksellers12 Springer News 2/2010Biomedicine
K. C. Anderson, P. G. Richardson, I. Ghobrial,
Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, MA, USA (Eds.)
Bortezomib in the Treatment of Multiple Myeloma
Multiple Myeloma (MM) is the second most-
common blood cancer, resulting from overproduc-
tion of cancerous infection-fighting white blood
cells, known as plasma cells. Plasma cells are a
crucial part of the immune system responsible
for the production of antibodies. Bortezomib is a
promising anticancer-drug targeting the protea-
some. This proteasome inhibitor induces cell stress
and apoptosis in the cancer cells. While multiple
mechanisms are likely to be involved, proteasome
inhibition may prevent degradation of pro-apop-
totic factors, permitting activation of programmed
cell death in neoplastic cells dependent upon
suppression of pro-apoptotic pathways.
This monograph on bortezomib is a valuable
source of information for researchers and clini-
cians from oncology and pharmacology, working
either in academia or the pharmaceutical industry.
Fields of interestOncology; Cancer Research; Pharmacology/
Toxicology
Target groupsScientific libraries, researchers and clinicians from
pharmacology, cancer research/oncology, biomedi-
cine, pharmaceutical companies
Y. Chernajovsky, Queen Mary’s School of Medicine
and Dentistry, Barts and The London, UK;
P. D. Robbins, University of Pittsburgh, PA, USA (Eds.)
Gene Therapy for Autoimmune and Inflammatory Diseases
This book addresses the latest advances in viral
and non-viral vectors, novel targets and methods
for the treatment of autoimmune and inflam-
matory disease with a main focus in pre-clinical
testing with up to date clinical trials. The first
section of the book deals with current research
approaches for treating rheumatoid arthritis,
osteoarthritis, diabetes, Crohn’s disease, multiple
sclerosis, Sjögrens syndrome, cystic fibrosis,
myositis and lupus. The second section is devoted
to cell delivery and vector development including
plasmids, regulated promoters, adenovirus gutted
vectors and adeno-associated vectors. All chapters
are summarised by leaders in these fields. A must
read for post graduate students, clinical and non-
clinical researchers in the disciplines of immu-
nology, molecular medicine, pharmacology, gene
and cell-mediated therapy.
From the contentsRheumatoid arthritis.- Crohn’s disease/IBD.-
Diabetes.- Cystic fibrosis.- Multiple sclerosis.-
Myositis.- Osteoarthritis.- Sjögrens syndrome.-
Lupus.- New developments in vectors:Regulated
promoters.- AAV Vectors.- Plasmid delivery.-
Gutted adenovirus.- Cells as carriers of gene
therapy including stem cells.- Perspectives for the
future developments of gene therapy for autoim-
mune and inflammatory therapy.
Fields of interestGene Therapy; Pharmacology/Toxicology;
Immunology
Target groupsScientific libraries; researchers and clinicians from
pharmacology, immunology, molecular medicine,
rheumatology; pharmaceutical companies
G. M. Fahy, Intervene Biomedical, LLC, CA, USA;
S. B. Harris, Critical Care Research, Inc., Rancho
Cucamonga, CA, USA; M. D. West, BioTime, Inc.,
Alameda, CA, USA; L. S. Coles, Computer Science
Department, Los Angeles, USA (Eds.)
The Future of AgingPathways to Human Life Extension
Just as the health costs of aging threaten to bank-
rupt developed countries, this book makes the
scientific case that a biological “bailout” could be
on the way, and that human aging can be different
in the future than it is today. Here 40 authors argue
how our improving understanding of the biology
of aging and selected technologies should enable
the successful use of many different and comple-
mentary methods for ameliorating aging, and why
such interventions are appropriate based on our
current historical, anthropological, philosophical,
ethical, evolutionary, and biological context.
Challenging concepts are presented together
with in-depth reviews and paradigm-breaking
proposals that collectively illustrate the potential
for changing aging as never before.
Features7 Showcases 17 interventions with the potential
to make a material difference 7 The showcased
interventions include many that the reader is likely
to be unaware of 7 Contains much unique infor-
mation that can be found no where else
7 Contains unique perspectives that can be found
no where else 7 Intended to introduce and make
the reader think about new ideas
From the contents1 Bridges to Life. 2 Analyzing Predictions: An
Anthropological View of Anti-Aging Futures.
3 Towards Naturalistic Transcendence: The Value
of Life and Life Extension to Persons as Conative
Processes. 4 The Ethical Basis for Using Human
Embryonic Stem Cells in the Treatment of Aging.
5 Evolutionary Origins of Aging. 6 Precedents for
the Biological Control of Aging.
Target groupsBiogerontologists, physicans, politicans, laypeople,
researches and university libraries.
Discount groupP
Medicine
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. (Milestones in Drug Therapy)
Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-7643-8947-5
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. (Milestones in Drug Therapy)
Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-0346-0164-1
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3998-9
springer.com/librarybooks 13Springer News 2/2010 Biomedicine
V. S. Georgiev, National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Diseases, Bethesda, MD, USA (Ed.)
National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, NIHVolume III: Intramural Research
National Institute of Allergy and Infectious
Diseases, NIH: Volume III: Intramural Research
contains a broad overview of the research activity
of the NIAID intramural scientists working in
the Division of Intramural Research (DIR) and
the Vaccine Research Center (VRC), both in the
Bethesda campus, and the Rocky Mountains
Research Laboratories. Each of these laboratories
employs scientists internationally recognized as
leaders in their fields of biomedical research.
This volume focuses on individual research contri-
butions by internationally known scientists doing
research in the NIAID laboratories.
Features7 Contains individual research contributions by
internationally known scientists doing research in
the NIAID laboratories 7 Covers new research
findings in immunology, infectious diseases,
and vaccine research 7 Three-volume set will
make the current state-of-the-art advancements
of biomedical research available to the scientific
community worldwide
From the contentsPart I: NIAID Intramural Laboratories.- Chapter 1:
Laboratory of Allergic Diseases.- Chapter 2: Labo-
ratory of Clinical Infectious Diseases.- Chapter
3: Laboratory of Cellular and Molecular Immu-
nology.- Chapter 4: Cytokine Biology Section.-
Chapter 5: Laboratory of Host Defenses.- Chapter
6: Laboratory of Human Bacterial Pathogen-
esis.- Chapter 7: Laboratory of Immunogenetics.-
Chapter 8: Laboratory of Immunology.
Fields of interestImmunology; Allergology; Infectious Diseases
Target groupsImmunologists, allergists, and infectious disease
specialists
C. J. Gomer, University of Southern California, Los
Angeles, CA, USA (Ed.)
Photodynamic TherapyMethods and Protocols
In Photodynamic Therapy: Methods and Protocols,
leading PDT scientists and clinicians provide the
first comprehensive collection of methods and
protocols specifically related to relevant mecha-
nistic, dosimetric, preclinical, and clinical proce-
dures used in current PDT research. Reflecting
the growing number of studies demonstrating that
immunological, tumor microenvironmental, and
vascular responses are all contributing to PDT
treatment outcomes, the contents of this volume
move beyond the more traditional PDT concepts
in order to investigate the numerous signal trans-
duction and cell death pathways involved. Written
in the highly successful Methods in Molecular
Biology™ series format, chapters include introduc-
tions to their respective topics, lists of the neces-
sary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily
reproducible laboratory protocols, and notes which
highlight tips on troubleshooting and avoiding
known pitfalls.
Features7 Covers state-of-the-art dosimetric proce-
dures for measuring PDT doses and responses
7 Details the step-by-step procedures required
for accurately documenting cell death pathways
following PDT mediated oxidative stress
7 Presents thorough procedures for evaluating
microvascular and immunological responses
induced by PDT 7 Includes extensive protocols
for the emerging use of PDT to treat microbial
infections
Fields of interestMolecular Medicine; Pathology
Target groupsMolecular and cellular biologists, pathologists,
clinicians
H. Kalter
Teratology in the Twentieth Century Plus Ten
Serious congenital malformations are a major
contributor to the infant death rate worldwide.
Their nonhereditary causes are multiple and
complex, and include infectious and metabolic
dangers, disease medication, nutritional inad-
equacy, medicinal products, environmental agents
and pollutants, among them. The cause of many
however is still unknown.
The wide range of these causes makes the defects
of interest to those of a wide range of medical and
investigatory backgrounds, especialy clinicians,
fundamental scientists, and environmentalists.
Features7 Up-to-date 7 Topical 7 Comprehensive
7 Analytical 7 Controversial
ContentsIntroductory Matters. Pioneering Studies.
Pioneering Works. Early Experiments. New Chal-
lenges. Thalidomide. Testing For Teratogenicity.
Teratological Detours. Surveillance Of Congenital
Malformations. Epidemiology Of Congenital
Malformations. Human Disease As Teratogen.
Environmental Hazards And Disasters. Disease
Medication And Teratogenesis. Folic Acid And
Human Malformations. Alcohol Consumption
During Pregnancy. The Accomplishment And The
Expectation.
Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Life Sciences, general;
Pediatrics
Target groupsPediatricians, gynecologists, geneticists, public
health workers and the pharmaceutical industry
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. (Infectious Disease) Hardcover
7 approx. $199.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-511-8
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. 75 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 635) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-696-2
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 280 p. Hardcover
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8819-2
springer.com/booksellers14 Springer News 2/2010Biomedicine
P. Maurel, Université Montpellier 1, Montpellier,
France (Ed.)
HepatocytesMethods and Protocols
In Hepatocytes: Methods and Protocols, expert
researchers provide the reader with methods,
technical protocols, and review chapters focusing
on selected areas of hepatocyte biology including
isolation, culture, differentiation and stem cells,
and hepatocyte use in clinical, basic, and applied
research. With a specific emphasis on human
hepatocytes, the volume presents chapters covering
subjects including hepatocyte culture models,
cryopreservation methods, differentiation assess-
ment, liver ontogenesis, production of hepatocytes
from stem cells, drug/xenobiotic metabolism,
toxicity and transport, bile acid and blood coagula-
tion factor production, infection by HBV and
HCV, humanized animals, biortificial liver devices,
hepatocyte transplantation. As a volume in the
highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology™
series, protocol chapters include brief introduc-
tions to their respective topics, lists of the neces-
sary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily
reproducible laboratory protocols, and more.
Features7 Supplies core methods for human hepatocyte
isolation, culture, differentiation, cryopreservation,
and transplantation 7 Examines the state of the
art of liver development 7 Provides methods for
generating hepatocytes from stem cells of different
sources 7 Details technical aspects of hepatocyte
use in drug metabolism and toxicology as well as
technical aspects of hepatocyte use in endogenous
metabolism and virology
Fields of interestMolecular Medicine; Hepatology
Target groupsStem cell biologists, hepatologists, pharmacologists
and toxicologists
D. Ribatti, University of Bari Medical School, Bari,
Italy
The Chick Embryo Chorioallantoic Membrane in the Study of Angiogenesis and MetastasisThe CAM assay in the study of angiogenesis
and metastasis
The chick embryo chorioallantoic membrane
(CAM) is an extraembryonic membrane which
serves as a gas exchange surface and its function is
supported by a dense capillary network. Because
of its extensive vascularization and easy acces-
sibility, the CAM has been broadly used to study
the morpho-functional aspects of the angiogenesis
process in vivo and to investigate the efficacy and
mechanisms of action of pro-angiogenic and anti-
angiogenic natural and synthetic molecules. The
CAM is a suitable site for transplanting tissues,
which can survive and develop in the CAM by
peripheral anastomoses between graft and original
CAM vasculature or by new angiogenic vessels
grown from the CAM that invade the graft. While
the formation of peripheral anastomoses between
host and pre-existing donor vessels is the main,
and the most common, mechanism involved in the
revascularization of embryonic grafts, the growth
of CAM-derived vessels into the graft is only
stimulated in tumor grafts.
Features7 Several in vivo assays are currently used in the
study of angiogenesis and antiangiogenesis
7 The chick embryo chorioallantoic membrane
is one of the most common and versatile assay to
study angiogenesis and antiangiogenesis in vivo
7 Angiogenesis plays a critical role in tumor
progression and metastasis 7 Antiangiogenesis is
one of most promising approach to the treatment
of cancer and metastasis
Fields of interestCancer Research; Oncology; Pathology
Target groupsMedical libraries; research workers in the field
of angiogenesis and oncology; pharmacological
industry
D. Ribatti, Università degli Studi di Bari, Italy
Protagonists of Medicine
The study of medical history is interesting in
itself and may help to modify the view sometimes
expressed that medical students and doctors are
lacking in culture of any sort. Moreover, some
historical perspective is often advantageous when
one is considering the multitude of advances that
are now taking place in the theory and practice
of medicine. This book, containing a series of
collected papers concerning immunology and
pathology and vascular biology and angiogen-
esis, drives us through scientific milestones in
the history of medicine in the course of the past
two centuries and highlights the contribution of
pioneering scientists whose discoveries have paved
the way to many researchers working in the fields
of cell biology, developmental biology, immu-
nology, pathology, and oncology.
This book will serve as a resource for scientists,
historians of medicine and philosophers of science
and medicine.
Features7 Historical approach to the medicine help to
the knowledge of the present 7 Immunology
has fascinated and inspired some of the greatest
scientists of our time and numerous Nobel prizes
have been awarded for fundamental discoveries in
immunology 7 Advances in vascular biology in
the last century have contributed to the develop-
ment of many therapies and preventive strategies
From the contents1. Immunology and pathology. 1.1. Foreword. 1.
2. Paul Ehrlich’s doctoral thesis: a milestone in the
study of mast cells. 1.3. The contribution of Gianni
Bonadonna to the history of chemotherapy. 1.4. Sir
Frank Macfarlane Burnet and the clonal selection
theory of antibody formation. 1.5. The contribu-
tion of Bruce Glick to the definition of the role
played by the bursa of Fabricius in the develop-
ment of the B cell lineage. 1.6. Miller’s seminal
studies on the role of thymus in immunity.
Fields of interestCancer Research; Oncology; History of Medicine
Target groupsLibraries; scientists; historians of medicine;
philosophers of science and medicine
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 490 p. 86 illus. (Methods in Molecular
Biology, Volume 640) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-687-0
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 140 p. Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3843-2
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due February 2010
2010. 140 p. Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3742-8
springer.com/librarybooks 15Springer News 2/2010 Biomedicine
M. S. Ritsner, Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel
(Ed.)
Brain Protection in Schizophrenia, Mood and Cognitive Disorders
The first section serves as an introduction and
overview of conceptual issues of the neuroprotec-
tive approach, and some neurobiological advances.
Chapters in this section review definitions,
perspectives, and issues that provide a conceptual
base for the rest of the book. In addition, this part
includes chapters in which the authors present
and discuss the findings from basic studies of
neurodegenerative mechanisms that are associ-
ated with the pathogenesis of major mental health
disorders. The second section focuses on findings
obtained from clinical trials with neuroprotective
compounds, and neuromodulatory techniques.
The take-home message is that principles of the
neuroprotective approach may be applied to
treatment of schizophrenia, mood and cognitive
disorders. Contributors to this book are among the
most active investigators and clinicians in the field
who provide new perspectives not only clarifying
ongoing controversies but also propose diverse
aspects and new insights to neuroprotection.
Features7 Neuroprotective strategies 7 Mechanisms
of brain protection 7 Neuromodulation for
neuropsychiatric disorders 7 Novel neuroprotec-
tive agents
ContentsForeword Michael S Ritsner. Contributors.
Content. Part I. Neuroprotective Strategies and
Mechanisms. Part II. Neuroprotective Treatment
and Neuromodulation. Index.
Fields of interestNeurosciences; Psychiatry;
Target groupsNeuroscientists, psychiatrists, neurologists,
pharmacologists, clinical psychologists, general
practitioners, geriatricians, graduate students, and
health care providers in the field of mental health
R. Sen, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur,
West Bengal, India (Ed.)
Biosurfactants
This is supposed to be the most up-to-date
book on ‘biosurfactants’. Moreover, the enor-
mous commercial and healthcare potentials of
biosurfactants and the current market demand
for cost competitive and environment friendly
alternatives to synthetic surfactants, particularly
when an impending petroleum crisis is looming
large all over the world, have encouraged me to
undertake the challenge of editing this book on
‘Biosurfactants’. We endeavor not only to highlight
the tremendous progress made by the scientific
community in this field of research, but also to
critically analyze the lacunae to improve the
commercial prospects of these wonder biomol-
ecules by resorting to novel screening methods,
metabolic pathway engineering, and innovative
process development and application strategies.
I do fervently hope that the book will be able to
cater to the needs of the research scientists and
technologists at large.
ContentsSection I. Screening, Genetics and Biophysics.-
Section II. Properties and Potential Applications.-
Section III. Biosurfactant Production.- Section IV.
The Most Studied Biosurfactants.
Field of interestBiomedicine general
Target groupsResearchers and scientists
M. R. Speicher, University of Graz, Austria;
S. E. Antonarakis, University of Geneva, Switzerland;
A. G. Motulsky, University of Washington, Seattle,
WA, USA (Eds.)
Vogel and Motulsky’s Human GeneticsProblems and Approaches
The fourth, completely revised edition presents
a cohesive and up-to-date exposition of the
concepts, results, and problems underlying theory
and practice in human and medical genetics. In
the 10 years since the appearance of the third
edition, many new data and insights have emerged
for understanding the genetic and genomic basis
of development and function in human health and
disease. Human genetics, with its emphasis on
molecular concepts and techniques, has become
a key discipline in medicine and the biomedical
sciences. While the chapters of this edition are
written by multiple experts, the general spirit of
this book highlighting problems, approaches, and
history continues.
The fourth edition has been extensively expanded
by new chapters on epigenetics, pharmacogenetics,
gene therapy, cloning, and genetic epidemiology,
and databases for basic and clinical genetics.
Features7 The one and only comprehensive reference
for all aspects of human genetics 7 Unique in
breadth and authority
From the contentsHistory of Human Genetics.- Human Genome
Sequence and Variation.- Chromosomes.- From
Genes to Genomics to Proteomics.- Formal
Genetics of Humans: Modes of Inheritance.-
Linkage Analysis for Monogenic Traits.- Oligo-
genic Disease.- Formal Genetics of Humans:
Multifactorial Inheritance and Common Diseases.-
Lessons from the Genome-Wide Studies for
Complex Multifactorial Disorders and Traits.-
Epigenetics.
Fields of interestHuman Genetics
Target groupsHuman and medical geneticists, researchers in
biomedical sciences, physicians and epidemiolo-
gists, graduate and postgraduate students
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 1015 p. Hardcover
7 $269.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8552-8
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 360 p. 64 illus. (Advances in Experimental
Medicine and Biology, Volume 672) Hardcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5978-2
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due February 2010
4th ed. 2010. LIV, 981 p. 343 illus., 160 in color. Hardcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-3-540-37653-8
springer.com/booksellers16 Springer News 2/2010Biomedicine
C. C. Zielinski, M. Sibilia, T. Grunt, R. Bartsch,
Medical University of Vienna, Austria (Eds.)
Drugs for HER2-positive Breast Cancer
Growth factor receptors have long been known
to drive malignant transformation and cancer
progression. The epidermal growth factor
receptor (EGFR, ErbB, HER) system probably
represents the best described membrane receptor
tyrosine kinase family in malignant tumors.
With implementation of the growth-inhibitory
anti-HER-2 antibody trastuzumab (Herceptin)
for the treatment of HER-2 positive advanced
metastatic breast cancer, a new era has started for
therapy of this malignant disease. Unfortunately,
trastuzumab-sensitive cancers invariably develop
resistance against the antibody after some time.
Recent clinical studies revealed that these refrac-
tory tumors are still responsive to inhibition of the
HER receptor family using dual HER-1/-2 inhibi-
tors such as lapatinib (Tykerb/Tyverb). Moreover, a
multiplicity of novel, improved irreversibly acting
small molecular HER tyrosine kinase inhibitors are
in the pipeline of many drug developing compa-
nies and are being evaluated in the clinical setting.
ContentsEGFR family members in breast cancer: from
molecular functions to therapies.- Application of
trastuzumab as adjuvant.- Trastuzumab resistance
in HER-2 positive breast cancer.- Treatment with
trastuzumab beyond progression.- Pertuzumab in
clinical application.- Second generation targeted
therapies against EGFR/HER2 and VEGFR.
Fields of interestPharmacology/Toxicology; Oncology; Cancer
Research
Target groupsScientific libraries, researchers and clinicians from
pharmacology, oncology, immunology; pharma-
ceutical industry
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. (Milestones in Drug Therapy)
Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-0346-0093-4
springer.com/librarybooks 17Springer News 2/2010 Psychology
S. E. Brock, California State University, Sacramento,
CA, USA; S. R. Jimerson, University of California,
Santa Barbara, CA, USA; R. L. Hansen, University of
California, Sacramento, CA, USA
Identifying, Assessing, and Treating ADHD at School
This volume, designed as a practical, easy-to-
use reference for school psychologists and other
mental health and educational professionals:
(1) Explains why school psychologists and their
colleagues need to be prepared and able to identify
and serve students with ADHD. (2) Identifies the
prevalence, influences, and associated conditions.
(3) Provides a review of screening, referral, and
diagnostic assessment processes. (4) Offers guidance
on conducting psychoeducational assessments.
(5) Reviews evidence-based treatments. (6) Offers
practical guidance on setting up programs that
address individual and classroom issues. School
psychologists and other education and mental
health professionals will find Identifying, Assessing,
and Treating ADHD at School an exceptional
resource in working to enhance the mental health
and academic development of students.
Features7 Provides the most current guidance for school
psychologists on working with the ADHD student
in the school setting 7 Focuses on the school’s
role in the identification of ADHD 7 Focuses on
the assessment, identification, and treatment of
students in the school context 7 Offers guidance
on the legal issues generated by federal regulations
that all schools must be prepared to address
From the contentsIntroduction and Overview.- Causes.- Preva-
lence and Associated Conditions.- Case Finding,
Screening, and Referral.- Diagnostic Assessment.-
Psycho-Educational Assessment.- Treatment.
Fields of interestChild and School Psychology; Education (general);
Social Work
Target groupsSchool psychologists and allied educational
professionals
W. P. Erchul, North Carolina State University, Raleigh,
NC, USA; B. K. Martens, Syracuse University,
Syracuse, NY, USA
School ConsultationConceptual and Empirical Bases of Practice
The authors provide real-world contexts for
all participants in the equation—consultants,
teachers, students, staff, and the school itself—and
thoroughly review consultation processes and
outcomes for a contemporary practice-oriented
approach suited to the new consultant, trainee, or
researcher.
Key features of the Third Edition include:
(1) An integrated mental health/behavioral model
for school consultation. (2) An organizational
study of the school as a setting for consultation.
(3) Assessment issues and strategies particularly
relevant to school consultation. (4) Approaches to
providing teachers with implementation support.
(5) Conceptual models for selecting academic
and behavioral interventions. (6) Administrative
perspectives on school consultation. (7) A real,
transcribed case study analyzed by the authors.
Features7 Promotes a scientist-practitioner viewpoint
by providing guidance for the practice of school
consultation based on research findings 7 Offers
a preliminary integration of the consultation
literature with the emerging RTI/problem-solving
literature 7 Considers school consultation as a
type of interpersonal influence process, and then
applies relevant literature on behavioral change to
explain and affect change
Fields of interestChild and School Psychology; Education (general);
Social Work
Target groupsResearchers in school psychology, clinical child
psychology, educational specialties, school coun-
seling, special education, and school social work
S. T. Russell, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ, USA;
L. J. Crockett, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, NE,
USA; R. K. Chao, University of California-Riverside,
CA, USA (Eds.)
Asian American Parenting and Parent-Adolescent Relationships
Synthesizing data on adolescent autonomy
and dependence, parental support and control
(both crucial to adolescents’ wellbeing), and the
rarely-explored concept of parental sacrifice,
Asian American Parenting and Parent-Adolescent
Relationships: (1) Compares the parental belief
systems of European Americans and immigrant
Chinese and their influence on parenting styles.
(2) Discusses the role of measurement equivalence
in understanding Asian American parenting prac-
tices. (3) Examines sacrifice as a central concept
in Asian American parenting and in immigrant
parenting in general. (4) Analyzes how Asian
American teenagers understand the support and
control provided by their parents. (5) Explores
the dynamics of parent and child gender in Asian
American parenting. (6) Places these findings in
the context of previous parenting research and
identifies new directions for the field.
Features7 Addresses the growing interest in Asian
American family lives and adolescent development
7 Provides empirical data comparing the experi-
ences of subgroups of Asian Americans, including
Chinese and Filipino Americans 7 Compares the
interaction and development of Asian American
and European American families 7 Offers
perspectives across multiple disciplines
Fields of interestChild and School Psychology; Anthropology;
Sociology
Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in the fields
of developmental, clinical child, and school
psychology, anthropology, sociology, ethnic
studies, and women’s studies
Discount groupP
Behavioral Science
Due February 2010
2010. XI, 168 p. (Developmental Psychopathology at
School) Softcover
7 $39.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5990-4
Discount groupP
Behavioral Science
Due April 2010
3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 300 p. (Issues in Clinical Child
Psychology) Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5746-7
Discount groupP
Behavioral Science
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 145 p. 4 illus. (Advancing Responsible
Adolescent Development) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5727-6
springer.com/booksellers18 Springer News 2/2010Mathematics
N. Bingham, Imperial College London, UK; J. Fry
RegressionLinear Models in Statistics
Regression is the branch of Statistics in which a
dependent variable of interest is modelled as a
linear combination of one or more predictor vari-
ables together with a random error. Because the
subject is inherently two- or higher- dimensional,
and one should first meet Statistics in one dimen-
sion, this book presupposes some prior knowledge
of Statistics. But these prerequisites are minimal:
the contents of any first course in Statistics will
suffice.
In addition to a first course in (one-dimensional)
Statistics, important pre-requisites are a first
course in Probability and some knowledge of
standard Linear Algebra. Here the book’s needs
are well served within the SUMS series, by John
Haigh’s Probability Models and by the two volumes
Basic Linear Algebra and Further Linear Algebra
by T. S. Blyth and E. F. Robertson.
ContentsLinear Regression.- The Analysis of Variance
(ANOVA).- Multiple Regression.- Further Multi-
linear Regression.- Analysis of Covariance.- Linear
Hypotheses.- Model Checking and Transformation
of Data.- Generalized linear models.- Solutions.
Fields of interestApplications of Mathematics
Target groups2nd/3rd year undergraduates studying statistics
I. M. Bomze, University of Vienna, Austria;
V. F. Demyanov, St.-Petersburg State University,
Russia; R. Fletcher, University of Dundee, UK;
T. Terlaky, I. Pólik, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, PA,
USA; G. Di Pillo, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy;
F. Schoen, Università di Firenze, Italy (Eds.)
Nonlinear OptimizationLectures given at the C.I.M.E. Summer School
held in Cetraro, Italy, July 1-7, 2007
This volume presents recent advances in contin-
uous optimization; it is authored by four well-
known experts in the field and presents classical
as well as advanced material on currently active
research areas, such as: the family of Sequen-
tial Quadratic Programming methods for local
constrained optimization, the study of Global
Optimization by means of (non-convex) standard
quadratic problems, Nonsmooth Optimization,
and recent advances in Interior Point Methods for
nonlinear optimization. The book is intended as a
reference work for advanced research in the field
of optimization theory and methods.
ContentsI.M. Bomze: Global Optimization – a Quadratic
Programming Perspective.- V.F. Demyanov: Nons-
mooth Optimization.- R. Fletcher: The Sequential
Quadratic Programming Method.- I. Pólik, T.
Terlaky: Interior Point Methods for Nonlinear
Optimization.
Fields of interestOperations Research, Management Science;
Optimization
Target groupsResearchers and graduate students
M. Borsuk, University of Warmia & Mazury, Olsztyn,
Poland
Transmission Problems for Elliptic Second-Order Equations in Non-Smooth Domains
The goal of this book is to investigate the behav-
iour of weak solutions to the elliptic transmisssion
problem in a neighborhood of boundary singu-
larities: angular and conic points or edges. We
consider this problem both for linear and quasi-
linear (till now very little studied) equations.
Features7 Estimates of weak solutions to the transmis-
sion problem for linear elliptic equations with
minimal smooth coefficients in n-dimensional
conic domains 7 Investigation of weak solutions
for general divergence quasi-linear elliptic second-
order equations in n-dimensional conic domains
or in domains with edges
Contents1 Preliminaries.- 2 Eigenvalue problem and
integro-differential inequalities.- 3 Best possible
estimates of solutions to the transmission problem
for linear elliptic divergence second order
equations in a conical domain.- 4 Transmission
problem for the Laplace operator with N different
media.- 5 Transmission problem for weak quasi-
linear elliptic equations in a conical domain.-
6 Transmission problem for strong quasi-linear
elliptic equations in a conical domain.- 7 Best
possible estimates of solutions to the transmis-
sion problem for a quasi-linear elliptic diver-
gence second order equation in a domain with a
boundary edge.- Bibliography.
Fields of interestPartial Differential Equations
Target groupsGraduate students and researchers in elliptic
boundary value problems and applications
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due June 2010
2010. VI, 120 p. 50 illus. (Springer Undergraduate Math-
ematics Series) Softcover
7 $49.95
ISBN 978-1-84882-968-8
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due March 2010
2010. X, 272 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics /
Fondazione C.I.M.E., Firenze, Volume 1989) Softcover
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11338-3
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Frontiers in Mathematics) Soft-
cover
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0476-5
springer.com/librarybooks 19Springer News 2/2010 Mathematics
S. Bouc, Université de Picardie, Amiens, France
Biset Functors for Finite Groups
This volume exposes the theory of biset functors
for finite groups, which yields a unified framework
for operations of induction, restriction, inflation,
deflation and transport by isomorphism. The
first part recalls the basics on biset categories and
biset functors. The second part is concerned with
the Burnside functor and the functor of complex
characters, together with semisimplicity issues and
an overview of Green biset functors. The last part
is devoted to biset functors defined over p-groups
for a fixed prime number p. This includes the
structure of the functor of rational representa-
tions and rational p-biset functors. The last two
chapters expose three applications of biset functors
to long-standing open problems, in particular the
structure of the Dade group of an arbitrary finite
p-group.This book is intended both to students
and researchers, as it gives a didactic exposition of
the basics and a rewriting of advanced results in
the area, with some new ideas and proofs.
Contents1 Examples.- Part I General properties.- 2 G-sets
and (H,G)-bisets.- 3 Biset functors.- 4 Simple func-
tors.- Part II Biset functors on replete subcatego-
ries.- 5 The Burnside functor.- 6 Endomorphism
algebras.- 7 The functor CRC.- 8 Tensor product
and internal hom.- Part III p-biset functors.-
9 Rational representations of p-groups.- 10 p-biset
functors.- 11 Applications.- 12 The Dade group.
Fields of interestGroup Theory and Generalizations; K-Theory
Target groupsResearchers and graduate students
C. Chiarella, A. Novikov, University of Technology,
Sydney, Australia (Eds.)
Contemporary Quantitative FinanceEssays in Honour of Eckhard Platen
Several contributors to this volume write a series
of articles outlining contemporary advances in
a number of key areas of mathematical finance
such as, optimal control theory applied to finance,
interest rate models, credit risk and credit
derivatives, use of alternative stochastic processes,
numerical solution of equations of mathematical
finance, estimation of stochastic processes in
finance. The list of authors contains many of the
researchers who have made the major contribu-
tions to these various areas of mathematical
finance.
ContentsProbabilistic aspects of arbitrage.- Finitely additive
probabilities and the fundamental theorem of
asset pricing.- M6 - On minimal market models
and minimal martingale measures.- The economic
plausibility of strict local martingales in financial
modelling.- A remarkable $\sigma$-finite measure
associated with last passage times and penalisation
problems.- Pricing without equivalent martingale
measures under complete and incomplete observa-
tion.- Existence and non-uniqueness of solutions
for BSDE.- Comparison theorems for finite state
backward stochastic differential equations.- Results
on numerics for FBSDE with drivers of quadratic
growth.- Variance Swap Portfolio Theory.
Fields of interestQuantitative Finance; Calculus of Variations
and Optimal Control; Optimization; Probability
Theory and Stochastic Processes
Target groupsResearchers in mathematical finance, quantitative
finance, probability theory, stochastic processes,
optimal control theory, nonlinear filtering as well
as professionals in financial institutions and regu-
lators working in these areas
O. Christensen, Technical University of Denmark,
Lyngby, Denmark
Functions, Spaces, and ExpansionsMathematical Tools in Physics and
Engineering
This graduate-level textbook presents a detailed
exposition of key mathematical tools in analysis,
which will appeal to students and professionals
across science and engineering. Every topic
covered has been specifically chosen because it
plays a role outside the field of pure mathematics,
so although the treatment of each is mathematical
in nature, and concrete applications are not delin-
eated, the principles and tools presented are quite
useful when exploring the computational areas of
physics and engineering. A central theme of the
textbook is the structure of various vector spaces
(most importantly, Hilbert spaces) and expansions
of elements in these spaces in terms of bases.
Features7 Collected topics represent a wide founda-
tion of applied mathematical tools not often
found together in one book 7 Interdisciplinary
approach provides students the mathematical
tools required for studying computational topics
in engineering and physics 7 Contains over 150
exercises 7 Presents a smooth introduction to
the idea of the mathematical proof
From the contentsNormed Vector Spaces.- Banach Spaces.- Hilbert
Spaces.- The L^p-spaces.- The Hilbert Space
L^2.- The Fourier Transform.- An Introduction to
Wavelet Analysis.- A Closer Look on Multireso-
lution Analysis.- B-splines.- Special Functions.
Fields of interestFunctional Analysis; Appl.Mathematics/Compu-
tational Methods of Engineering; Mathematical
Methods in Physics
Target groupsGraduate students, researchers, and practitioners
in applied mathematics, physics, and engineering
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due March 2010
2010. X, 302 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Volume
1990) Softcover
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11296-6
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due February 2010
2010. X, 440 p. Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-3-642-03478-7
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 280 p. 30 illus. (Applied and Numerical
Harmonic Analysis) Softcover
7 approx. $49.95
ISBN 978-0-8176-4979-1
springer.com/booksellers20 Springer News 2/2010Mathematics
W. Hackbusch, Max-Planck-Institute for Mathematics
in the Sciences, Leipzig, Germany
Elliptic Differential EquationsTheory and Numerical Treatment
Translated from the German: R. Fadiman, P. Ion
This is the softcover reprint of the very popular
hardcover edition. The book offers a simultaneous
presentation of the theory and of the numerical
treatment of elliptic problems. The author starts
with a discussion of the Laplace equation in the
classical formulation and its discretisation by
finite differences and deals with topics of gradually
increasing complexity in the following chapters.
He introduces the variational formulation of
boundary value problems together with the neces-
sary background from functional analysis and
describes the finite element method including the
most important error estimates. A more advanced
chapter leads the reader into the theory of regu-
larity. The reader will also find more details about
the discretisation of singularly perturbed equations
and eigenvalue problems. The author discusses the
Stokes problem as an example of a saddle point
problem taking into account its relevance to appli-
cations in fluid dynamics.
Fields of interestAnalysis; Numerical Analysis; Systems Theory,
Control
Target groupsLecturers, postgraduates and students of math-
ematics
E. Hairer, University of Geneva, Switzerland;
C. Lubich, University of Tübingen, Germany;
G. Wanner, University of Geneva, Switzerland
Geometric Numerical IntegrationStructure-Preserving Algorithms for Ordinary
Differential Equations
Numerical methods that preserve properties
of Hamiltonian systems, reversible systems,
differential equations on manifolds and problems
with highly oscillatory solutions are the subject
of this book. A complete self-contained theory of
symplectic and symmetric methods, which include
Runge-Kutta, composition, splitting, multistep and
various specially designed integrators, is presented
and their construction and practical merits
are discussed. The long-time behaviour of the
numerical solutions is studied using a backward
error analysis (modified equations) combined
with KAM theory. The book is illustrated by many
figures, it treats applications from physics and
astronomy and contains many numerical experi-
ments and comparisons of different approaches.
The second edition is substantially revised and
enlarged, with many improvements in the presen-
tation and additions concerning in particular non-
canonical Hamiltonian systems, highly oscillatory
mechanical systems, and the dynamics of multistep
methods.
Fields of interestNumerical Analysis; Analysis; Theoretical, Math-
ematical and Computational Physics
Target groupsGraduate students and researchers
E. Hairer, G. Wanner, University of Geneva,
Switzerland
Solving Ordinary Differential Equations IIStiff and Differential-Algebraic Problems
This book is the solution of stiff differential
equations and of differential-algebraic systems
(differential equations with constraints). The book
is divided into four chapters. The beginning of
each chapter is of introductory nature, followed by
practical applications, the discussion of numerical
results, theoretical investigations on the order
and accuracy, linear and nonlinear stability,
convergence and asymptotic expansions. Stiff and
differential-algebraic problems arise everywhere in
scientific computations (e.g., in physics, chemistry,
biology, control engineering, electrical network
analysis, mechanical systems). Many applications
as well as computer programs are presented.
Features7 Runge-Kutta, extrapolation and multistep
methods are considered and their accuracy,
stability, convergence, and implementation are
studied. Many applications in mechanics, chem-
istry, and electrical network analysis complement
the theoretical investigations
Fields of interestNumerical Analysis; Analysis; Theoretical and
Computational Chemistry
Target groupsTeachers and students working in applied math-
ematics, numerical analysis, scientific computa-
tion; researchers doing computations of differen-
tial equations, dynamical systems, simulations in
physics, chemistry, biology, engineering
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due March 2010
1st. ed. 1992. 2nd printing 2010. XIII, 311 p. (Springer
Series in Computational Mathematics, Volume 18)
Softcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05244-6
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due March 2010
1st. ed. 2006. 2nd printing 2010. XVII, 644 p. (Springer
Series in Computational Mathematics, Volume 31)
Softcover
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-3-642-05157-9
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due March 2010
1st ed. 1996. 2nd printing 2010. XVI, 614 p. (Springer
Series in Computational Mathematics, Volume 14)
Softcover
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-3-642-05220-0
springer.com/librarybooks 21Springer News 2/2010 Mathematics
M. J. Hirsch, Raytheon Inc., Orlando, FL, USA;
P. M. Pardalos, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL,
USA; R. Murphey, Air Force Research Laboratory,
Munitions Directorate, Eglin Air Force Base, FL, USA
(Eds.)
Dynamics of Information SystemsTheory and Applications
Our understanding of information and informa-
tion dynamics has outgrown classical information
theory. The theory does not account for the value
or influence of information within the context of a
system or network and does not explain how these
properties might influence how information flows
though and interacts with a system. The invited
chapters in this collection present new theories,
methods, and applications that address some of
these limitations.
Dynamics of Information Systems presents state-
of-the-art research explaining the importance of
information in the evolution of a distributed or
networked system. This book presents techniques
for measuring the value or significance of informa-
tion within the context of a system. Each chapter
reveals a unique topic or perspective from experts
in this exciting area of research.
From the contents1. The Role of Dynamics in Extracting Informa-
tion Sparsely Encoded in High Dimensional Data
Streams. 2. Information Trajectory of Optimal
Learning. 3. Performance Information Analysis
and Distributed Feedback Stabilization in Large-
Scale Interconnected Systems. 4. A General
Approach For Modules Identification in Evolving
Networks. 5. Topology Information Control in
Feedback Based Reconfiguration Processes.
Fields of interestOperations Research, Management Science;
Systems Theory, Control; Operations Research/
Decision Theory
Target groupsGraduate students and researchers interested in
the most recent developments in information
theory and dynamical systems; applied scientists
interested in the application of these principles to
their own area of study
F. Klein, A. Sommerfeld, deceased
The Theory of the TopVolume 2: Development of the Theory for
the Heavy Symmetric Top
The Theory of the Top: Volume II. Develop-
ment of a Theory of the Heavy Symmetric Top
is the second installment of a series of four self-
contained English translations of the classic and
definitive treatment of rigid body motion.
Key features: Complete and unabridged presenta-
tion with recent advances and additional notes,
annotations by the translators provide insights into
the nature of science and mathematics in the late
19th century, each volume interweaves theory and
applications.
The Theory of the Top was originally presented by
Felix Klein as an 1895 lecture at Göttingen Univer-
sity that was broadened in scope and clarified as a
result of collaboration with Arnold Sommerfeld.
Graduate students and researchers interested in
theoretical and applied mechanics will find this a
thorough and insightful account.
Features7 Provides insights into kinematic theory
7 Discusses practical uses of applied theoretical
mechanics 7 Incorporates both historical matter
and recent advances
Fields of interestHistory of Mathematical Sciences; Mathematical
Methods in Physics; Mechanics
Target groupsResearchers and graduate students interested in
basic kinematic theory and its history
R. Koekoek, Delft University of Technology, Delft,
The Netherlands; P. A. Lesky, University of
Stuttgart, Germany; R. F. Swarttouw, Free University
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Hypergeometric Orthogonal Polynomials and their q-analogues
The very classical orthogonal polynomials named
after Hermite, Laguerre and Jacobi, satisfy many
common properties. For instance, they satisfy a
second-order differential equation with polyno-
mial coefficients and they can be expressed in
terms of a hypergeometric function.
Replacing the differential equation by a second-
order difference equation results in (discrete)
orthogonal polynomial solutions with similar
properties. Generalizations of these differ-
ence equations, in terms of Hahn’s q-difference
operator, lead to both continuous and discrete
orthogonal polynomials with similar properties.
For instance, they can be expressed in terms of
(basic) hypergeometric functions.
Based on Favard’s theorem, the authors first
classify all families of orthogonal polynomials
satisfying a second-order differential or difference
equation with polynomial coefficients. Together
with the concept of duality this leads to the fami-
lies of hypergeometric orthogonal polynomials
belonging to the Askey scheme.
From the contents1.Definitions and miscellaneous formulas.-
2.Polynomial solutions of eigenvalue problems.-
3.Orthogonality of the polynomial solutions.- Part
I: Classical orthogonal polynomials.- 4.Orthogonal
polynomial solutions of differential equations,
Continuous classical orthogonal polynomials.-
5.Orthogonal polynomial solutions of real
difference equations, Discrete classical orthogonal
polynomials I.
Fields of interestSpecial Functions
Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in the fields of
mathematics, physics and statistics
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 385 p. 22 illus., 18 in color. (Springer Opti-
mization and Its Applications, Volume 40) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5688-0
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due May 2010
Translated by Raymond J. Nagem and Guido Sandri
2010. Approx. 300 p. 25 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $79.95
ISBN 978-0-8176-4824-4
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due April 2010
2010. X, 560 p. (Springer Monographs in Mathematics)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05013-8
springer.com/booksellers22 Springer News 2/2010Mathematics
G. A. Maugin, Université Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris,
France; A. V. Metrikine, Delft University of
Technology, Delft, The Netherlands (Eds.)
Mechanics of Generalized ContinuaOne Hundred Years After the Cosserats
In their 1909 publication Théorie des corps
déformables, Eugène and François Cosserat made
a historic contribution to materials science by
establishing the fundamental principles of the
mechanics of generalized continua. The chapters
collected in this volume showcase the many areas
of continuum mechanics that grew out of the foun-
dational work of the Cosserat brothers.
The included contributions provide a detailed
survey of the most recent theoretical developments
in the field of generalized continuum mechanics.
The diverse topics covered include: the proper-
ties of Cosserat media, micromorphic bodies,
micropolar solids and fluids, weakly- and strongly-
nonlocal theories, gradient theories of elasticity
and plasticity, defect theory, everywhere-defective
materials, bodies with fractal structure, as well as
other related topics.
Features7 Showcases several areas of continuum
mechanics that are outgrowths of the work of the
Cosserat brothers 7 Focuses on recent develop-
ments in continuum mechanics and materials
design, presenting several applications of these
theories 7 Provides an overview of research from
many different areas of continuum mechanics
Fields of interestMathematical Modeling and Mathematics in
Industry; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics
of Materials; Appl.Mathematics/Computational
Methods of Engineering
Target groupsGraduate students and researchers in mechanical
engineering, materials science, applied physics and
applied mathematics
E. Ohlsson, B. Johansson
Non-Life Insurance Pricing with Generalized Linear Models
Non-life insurance pricing is the art of setting the
price of an insurance policy, taking into consider-
ation varoius properties of the insured object and
the policy holder. Introduced by British actuaries
generalized linear models (GLMs) have become
today a the standard aproach for tariff analysis.
The book focuses on methods based on GLMs
that have been found useful in actuarial practice
and provides a set of tools for a tariff analysis.
Basic theory of GLMs in a tariff analysis setting
is presented with useful extensions of standarde
GLM theory that are not in common use.
The book meets the European Core Syllabus for
actuarial education and is written for actuarial
students as well as practicing actuaries. To support
reader real data of some complexity are provided
at www.math.su.se/GLMbook.
Features7 Written for actuaries and actuariel students
7 Meets the European Core Syllabus for actuarial
education 7 Additional real data for deeper
understanding available
ContentsNon-life Insurance Pricing.- The Basics of Pricing
with GLMs.- GLM Model Building.- Multi-Level
Factors and Credibility Theory.- Generalized
Additive Models.- Appendix A: Some Results
from Probability and Statistics.- Appendix B:
Some Results on Splines.- Appendix C: Some SAS
Syntax.
Fields of interestQuantitative Finance; Statistics for Business/
Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance
Target groupsActuarial Students and practicing actuaries
M. Queffélec, University of Lille, France
Substitution Dynamical Systems - Spectral Analysis
This volume mainly deals with the dynamics of
finitely valued sequences, and more specifically,
of sequences generated by substitutions and
automata. Those sequences demonstrate fairly
simple combinatorical and arithmetical proper-
ties and naturally appear in various domains. As
the title suggests, the aim of the initial version of
this book was the spectral study of the associated
dynamical systems: the first chapters consisted in a
detailed introduction to the mathematical notions
involved, and the description of the spectral
invariants followed in the closing chapters.
This approach, combined with new material
added to the new edition, results in a nearly self-
contained book on the subject. New tools - which
have also proven helpful in other contexts - had to
be developed for this study.
Contents1 The Banach Algebra M(T).- 2 Spectral Theory of
Unitary Operators.- 3 Spectral Theory of Dynam-
ical Systems.- 4 Dynamical Systems Associated
with Sequences.- 5 Dynamical Systems Arising
From Substitutions.- 6 Eigenvalues of Substitution
Dynamical Systems.- 7 Matrices of Measures.-
8 Matrix Riesz Products.- 9 Bijective Automata.-
10 Maximal Spectral Type of General Automata.-
11 Spectral Multiplicity of General Automata.-
12 Compact Automata.
Fields of interestDynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory; Fourier
Analysis; Number Theory
Target groupsResearchers and professionals
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 355 p. 68 illus., 11 in color. (Advances in
Mechanics and Mathematics, Volume 21) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5694-1
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due March 2010
2010. XII, 180 p. (EAA Lecture Notes) Softcover
7 approx. $59.95
ISBN 978-3-642-10790-0
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due February 2010
2nd ed. 2010. XVI, 332 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics,
Volume 1294) Softcover
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11211-9
springer.com/librarybooks 23Springer News 2/2010 Mathematics
K. Williams, Torino, Italy; L. March, Stretham near
Ely, Cambridgeshire, UK; S. R. Wassell, Sweet Briar
College, Sweet Briar, VA, USA (Eds.)
The Mathematical Works of Leon Battista Alberti
Leon Battista Alberti was an outstanding polymath
of the fifteenth century, alongside Piero della
Francesca and before Leonardo da Vinci. While
his contributions to architecture and the visual
arts are well known and available in good English
editions, and much of his literary and social writ-
ings are also available in English, his mathematical
works are not well represented in readily available,
accessible English editions have remained acces-
sible only to specialists. The four treatises included
here – Ludi matematici, De Componendis Cifris,
Elementi di pittura and De lunularum quadra-
tura – are extremely valuable in rounding out the
portrait of this multitalented thinker. The treatises
are presented in modern English translations, with
commentary that is intended to make evident the
depths of Alberti’s knowledge as well as address
the treatises’ mathematical, historical and cultural
context, their classical Greek roots, and their rela-
tionship to later works by Renaissance thinkers.
Features7 A collection of Alberti’s four mathematical trea-
tises, intended to capture Alberti’s unique combi-
nation of formal and informal writing, will be
available for the first time to an English-speaking
readership 7 Commentary with illustrations
sets Alberti’s mathematical works in their proper
historical and cultural context, as well as collocate
them within the entire range of Alberti’s architec-
tural and literary works
Fields of interestHistory of Mathematical Sciences; Mathematics,
general
Target groupsHistorians of science, historians of mathematics,
historians of art and architecture
M. Wu, Y. He, J. She, Central South University,
Changsha, Hunan, China
Stability Analysis and Robust Control of Time-Delay Systems
“Stability Analysis and Robust Control of Time-
Delay Systems” focuses on essential aspects of this
field, including the stability analysis, stabilization,
control design, and filtering of various time-delay
systems. Primarily based on the most recent
research, this monograph presents all the above
areas using a free-weighting matrix approach first
developed by the authors. The effectiveness of this
method and its advantages over other existing ones
are proven theoretically and illustrated by means
of various examples. The book will give readers
an overview of the latest advances in this active
research area and equip them with a pioneering
method for studying time-delay systems. It will be
of significant interest to researchers and practitio-
ners engaged in automatic control engineering.
Prof. Min Wu, senior member of the IEEE, works
at the Central South University, China.
Features7 Presents the detailed free-weighting matrix
approach, an innovation devised by the authors
7 Includes the integration of an improved
free-weighting matrix approach, an augmented
Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional method and an
improved cone complementarity linearization
algorithm, also developed by the authors
Fields of interestSystems Theory, Control; Control; Vibration,
Dynamical Systems, Control
Target groupsResearchers engaged in automatic control engi-
neering
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due August 2010
2010. Approx. 160 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $109.00
ISBN 978-3-0346-0473-4
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due April 2010
Distribution rights in China: Science Press
Jointly published with Science Press. Based on an
original Chinese edition: Shizhi Xitong Lubang Kongzhi
— Ziyou Quan Juzhen Fangfa, Science Press, 2008
2010. Approx. 335 p. 13 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-03036-9
springer.com/booksellers24 Springer News 2/2010Statistics
R. A. Muenchen, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
TN, USA; J. M. Hilbe, Arizona State University,
Florence, AZ, USA
R for Stata Users
Stata is the most flexible and extensible data
analysis package available from a commercial
vendor. R is a similarly flexible free and open
source package for data analysis, with over 3,000
add-on packages available. This book shows you
how to extend the power of Stata through the use
of R. It introduces R using Stata terminology with
which you are already familiar. It steps through
more than 30 programs written in both languages,
comparing and contrasting the two packages’
different approaches. When finished, you will
be able to use R in conjunction with Stata, or
separately, to import data, manage and transform
it, create publication quality graphics, and perform
basic statistical analyses.
A glossary defines over 50 R terms using Stata
jargon and again using more formal R termi-
nology. The table of contents and index allow you
to find equivalent R functions by looking up Stata
commands and vice versa. The example programs
and practice datasets for both R and Stata are
available for download.
Features7 Read data from various types of text files and
Stata data sets 7 Manage your data through
transformations, recodes, and combining data
sets from both the add-cases and add-variables
approaches and restructuring data from wide to
long formats and vice versa
7 Create publication quality graphs including bar,
histogram, pie, line, scatter, regression, box, error
bar, and interaction plots
From the contentsIntroduction.- Installing and Updating
R.- Running R.- Help and Documentation.-
Programming Language Basics.- Data Acquisi-
tion.- Selecting Variables.- Selecting Observa-
tions.- Selecting Variables and Observations.- Data
Management.- Enhancing Your Output.
Fields of interestStatistics and Computing/Statistics Programs
Target groupsPractitioners, graduate students
T. Tango, National Institute of Public Health, Wako,
Saitama, Japan
Statistical Methods for Disease Clustering
The development of powerful computing environ-
ment and the geographical information system
(GIS) in recent decades has thrust the analysis
of geo-referenced disease incidence data into the
mainstream of spatial epidemiology. This book
offers a modern perspective on statistical methods
for detecting disease clustering, an indispensable
procedure to find a statistical evidence on aeti-
ology of the disease under study.
With increasing public health concerns about
environmental risks, the need for sophisticated
methods for analyzing spatial health events is
immediate. Furthermore, the research area of
statistical methods for disease clustering now
attracts a wide audience due to the perceived need
to implement wide-ranging monitoring systems
to detect possible health-related events such as
the occurrence of the severe acute respiratory
syndrome (SARS), pandemic influenza and bioter-
rorism.
Features7 Historical overview of methods for disease clus-
tering 7 Detailed treatment of selected methods
useful for practical investigation of disease clus-
tering 7 Analysis and illustration of methods for
a variety of real data sets
ContentsIntroduction.- Clustering and clusters.- Disease
mapping: Visualization of spatial clustering.- Tests
for temporal clustering.- General tests for spatial
clustering: Regional count data.- General tests for
spatial clustering: Case-control point data.- Tests
for space-time clustering.- Focused tests for spatial
clustering.- Space-time scan statistics.
Fields of interestStatistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health
Sciences; Biostatistics; Epidemiology
Target groupsResearchers
R. R. Wilcox, University of Southern California, Los
Angeles, CA, USA
Fundamentals of Modern Statistical MethodsSubstantially Improving Power and Accuracy
Conventional statistical methods have a very
serious flaw. They routinely miss differences
among groups or associations among variables
that are detected by more modern techniques,
even under very small departures from normality.
Hundreds of journal articles have described the
reasons standard techniques can be unsatisfactory,
but simple, intuitive explanations are generally
unavailable. Situations arise where even highly
nonsignificant results become significant when
analyzed with more modern methods.
Without assuming the reader has any prior
training in statistics, Part I of this book describes
basic statistical principles from a point of view that
makes their shortcomings intuitive and easy to
understand.
ContentsIntroduction.- Getting started.- The normal curve
and outlier detection.- Accuracy and inference.-
Hypothesis testing and small sample sizes.- The
Bootstrap.- A fundamental problem.- Robust
measures of location.- Inferences about robust
measures of location.- Measures of association.-
Robust regression.- Alternative strategies and
software.
Field of interestStatistics for Social Science, Behavorial Science,
Education, Public Policy, and Law
Target groupsGraduate students
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due March 2010
2010. XXII, 542 p. (Statistics and Computing) Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1317-3
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due March 2010
2010. XII, 246 p. (Statistics for Biology and Health)
Hardcover
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1571-9
Discount groupP
Mathematics
Due February 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 295 p. Hardcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5524-1
springer.com/librarybooks 25Springer News 2/2010 Apress
B. Bukovics
Pro WFWindows Workflow in .NET 4.0
Windows Workflow Foundation has been consid-
erably revised in .NET 4.0, and will cause a major
shift in how process automation is thought of and
developed. Substantial additions to Visual Studio
have been added to support the new functionality.
Workflows allow you to chart both human
and code interactions as a series of flow-chart
diagrams, allowing you to see your code as a series
of interacting elements that can move and change
rather than as static blocks.
This book aims to provide the reader with a solid
grounding in how workflows are implemented,
executed, maintained and customized. Given the
importance of this technology release and the
book’s broad appeal, it will be useful to almost all
existing or migrating .NET developers and should
see very healthy sales as WF is rapidly adopted.
Features7 An update of a successful original Workflow
title from Bukovics, which was one of the first
books to be released on this innovative new
technology 7 Comprehensively covers WF from
setup through implementation to customization
so readers are given a one stop grounding in the
subject 7 Demonstrates how to use the extensive
new functionality of WF in .NET 4.0, and provides
a logical path forward
Field of interestProgramming Techniques
Target groupsIntermediate to Advanced.NET
U. Gellert, S+P LION AG, Heddesheim, Germany;
A. D. Cristea, Niefern, Germany
Web Dynpro ABAP for Practitioners
Web Dynpro ABAP, a NetWeaver web application
user interface tool of SAP enables web program-
ming connected to SAP Systems. The main
focus of the authors was to create a book based
on practical experience. Each chapter includes
examples which lead through the content step-by-
step and enable the reader to gradually emerge in
the topic of the Web Dynpro ABAP process. The
authors explain in particular how to design a Web
Dynpro component, the data binding and inteface
methods, and the view controller methods. They
also describe the other SAP NetWeaver Elements
(ABAP Dictionary, Authorization) and the integra-
tion of the Web Dynpro Application into the SAP
NetWeaver Portal.
Features7 Step-by-step-introduction into Web Dynpro
ABAP 7 Practical examples for every step
7 Integration of the Web Dynpro application into
the SAP NetWeaver portal
ContentsWhat is Web Dynpro?- SAP Easy Access.-
Designing a Web Dynpro Component.- ABAP
Dictionary.- Context Nodes and Attributes at
Design Time.- Data Binding, Context Mapping
and Interface Methods.- View Controller
Methods.- Layout UI Elements.- User Interface
Elements.- Messages, Exceptions, and Web Dynpro
ABAP.- Writing Multilanguage Applications.- Web
Dynpro Model.- ALV and Select Options.- Inte-
grating the Web Dynpro Application into the SAP
NetWeaver Portal.- Web Dynpro and Authoriza-
tion.- Web Dynpro ABAP Mind Map.
Fields of interestSoftware Engineering/Programming and Oper-
ating Systems; Information Systems and Commu-
nication Service; Operating Systems
Target groupsSAP-programmer, ABAP-programmer, software
developer, application developer, IT project
manager
D. Wooldridge
The Business of iPhone App Development
The Business of iPhone App Development is the
book every iPhone and iPod touch developer
NEEDS to own to maximize their chances for
success on Apple’s iTunes App Store. This is the
only guide devoted just to the business aspects of
developing great iPhone.
Features7 The only book devoted to the Business aspect of
iPhone and iPod touch app development 7 Not
your typical marketing book, written by developers
(who are also business pros) for developers
7 Includes practical real-world advice, case
studies, and numerical analysis gathered from
Apple’s iTunes App Store
Contents1: Seeing the Big Picture in a Crowded App Store
Marketplace. 2: iPhone App Ideas & Competi-
tive Research. 3: Protecting Your Intellectual
Property. 4: Your iPhone App is Your Most
Powerful Marketing Tool. 5: Exploring New Busi-
ness Models with In-App Purchase. 6: Testing
& Usability: Putting Your Best Foot Forward.
7: Creating a Pre-Release Buzz. 8: The App Store
Submission Process. 9: Increasing Awareness for
Your iPhone App. 10: Sustaining Momentum in
the App Store.
Fields of interestData Structures, Cryptology and Information
Theory
Target groupsBeginning to Advanced Wireless
Discount groupC
Computer Science
Due February 2010
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic
of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
2010. Approx. 850 p. Softcover
7 approx. $54.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-2721-2
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. 200 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11384-0
Discount groupC
Computer Science
Due February 2010
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic
of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
2010. Approx. 250 p. Softcover
7 approx. $29.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-2733-5
springer.com/booksellers26 Springer News 2/2010Computer Science
S. Abe, University of Kobe, Nada-Ku, Japan
Support Vector Machines for Pattern Classification
A guide on the use of SVMs in pattern classifi-
cation, including a rigorous performance compa-
rison of classifiers and regressors. The book
presents architectures for multiclass classification
and function approximation problems, as well as
evaluation criteria for classifiers and regressors.
Features: Clarifies the characteristics of two-class
SVMs; Discusses kernel methods for improving
the generalization ability of neural networks and
fuzzy systems; Contains ample illustrations and
examples; Includes performance evaluation using
publicly available data sets; Examines Mahalanobis
kernels, empirical feature space, and the effect
of model selection by cross-validation; Covers
sparse SVMs, learning using privileged informa-
tion, semi-supervised learning, multiple classifier
systems, and multiple kernel learning; Explores
incremental training based batch training and
active-set training methods, and decomposi-
tion techniques for linear programming SVMs;
Discusses variable selection for support vector
regressors.
Features7 A comprehensive resource for the use of
Support Vector Machines in Pattern Classifica-
tion 7 Takes the unique approach of focussing on
classification rather than covering the theoretical
aspects of Support Vector Machines 7 Includes
application of SVMs to pattern classification,
extensive discussions on multiclass support vector
machines, and performance evaluation of major
methods using benchmark data sets
From the contentsTwo-Class Support Vector Machines.- Multiclass
Support Vector Machines.- Variants of Support
Vector Machines.- Training Methods.
Fields of interestPattern Recognition; Document Preparation
and Text Processing; Artificial Intelligence (incl.
Robotics)
Target groupsResearchers and developers in academia and
industry, postgraduate students
J. Abrial, Marseille, France; U. Glässer, Simon Fraser
University, Burnaby, BC, Canada (Eds.)
Rigorous Methods for Software Construction and AnalysisEssays Dedicated to Egon Börger on the
Occasion of His 60th Birthday
This Festschrift volume, published in honor of
Egon Börger, contains 14 papers from a Dagstuhl
Seminar, which was organized as a “Festkollo-
quium” on the occasion of his 60th birthday in
May 2006. Focusing on applied formal methods,
the volume covers a wide range of applied
research, spanning from theoretical and method-
ological foundations to practical applications of
Abstract State Machines, B, and beyond, empha-
sizing universal methods and tools that, regard-
less of their applicational orientation, are still
committed to the ideal of mathematical rigor.
Fields of interestTheory of Computation; Mathematical Logic
and Formal Languages; Algorithm Analysis and
Problem Complexity
Target groupsResearchers and professionals
M. Axelson-Fisk, Chalmers University of Technology,
Gothenburg, Sweden
Comparative Gene FindingModels, Algorithms and Implementation
This unique text/reference describes the state
of the art in computational gene finding, with
a particular focus on comparative approaches.
Providing both an overview of the various
methods that are applied in the field, and a concise
guide on how computational gene finders are built,
the book covers a broad range of topics from prob-
ability theory, statistics, information theory, opti-
mization theory and numerical analysis. Features:
describes how algorithms and sequence alignments
can be combined to improve the accuracy of gene
finding; introduces the basic biological terms and
concepts in genetics, and provides an historical
overview of algorithm development; explores
the gene features most commonly captured by a
computational gene model; discusses the algo-
rithms most commonly used for single-species
gene finding; investigates approaches to pairwise
and multiple sequence alignments; explains the
basics of parameter training; illustrates how to
implement a comparative gene finder.
Features7 This practical guide provides detailed descrip-
tions of the models and algorithms and how to
implement them in an easy-to-follow style
7 The book summarizes the advances in the field
and gives clear and concise instructions on how
to proceed though the project process, enabling
readers to be able to construct their own gene
finding software
ContentsIntroduction.- Single Species Gene Finding.-
Sequence Alignment.- Comparative Gene
Finding.- Gene Structure Submodels.- Parameter
Training.- Implementation of a Comparative Gene
Finder.
Fields of interestComputational Biology/Bioinformatics; Bioinfor-
matics
Target groupsResearchers, practitioners, advanced students
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due March 2010
2nd ed. 2010. XX, 473 p. 114 illus. (Advances in Pattern
Recognition) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-097-7
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due February 2010
2009. XVI, 235 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science
/ Theoretical Computer Science and General Issues,
Volume 5115) Softcover
7 $72.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11446-5
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due March 2010
2010. XVI, 314 p. 78 illus. (Computational Biology,
Volume 11) Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-103-5
springer.com/librarybooks 27Springer News 2/2010 Computer Science
C. Blackmore (Ed.)
Social Learning Systems and Communities of Practice
Social learning systems and Communities of
Practice is a collection of classical and contem-
porary writing associated with learning and
systemic change in contexts ranging from cities,
to rural development to education to nursing to
water management to public policy. It is likely
to be of interest to anyone trying to understand
how to think systemically and to act and interact
effectively in situations experienced as complex,
messy and changing. While mainly concerned with
professional praxis, where theory and practice
inform each other, there is much here that can
apply at a personal level.
This book offers conceptual tools and suggestions
for new ways of being and acting in the world in
relation to each other, that arise from both old and
new understandings of communities, learning and
systems.
Features7 Social Learning Systems and Communities of
Practice explores and synthesises four different
traditions of social learning systems that separately
have already influenced many individuals and
groups in how they think about and facilitate
learning and change whether through policy or
practice
Fields of interestComputer Appl. in Social and Behavioral Sciences;
Computers and Society; Computer Science,
general
Target groupsResearcher, lecturers, consultants interested in
learning systems theories and examples, graduates,
practitioners and policy makers from public and
private sectors interested in understanding social
change and public learning
A. D. Cheok, National University of Singapore (Ed.)
Technology and Art of Entertainment ComputingAdvances in Interactive New Media for
Entertainment Computing
Digital entertainment media is unique in that
its products and services are intimately tied to
digital technology, which has been in a continuous
state of innovation since its inception. Each new
generation of integrated circuits has the poten-
tial to shake-up the landscape of market leaders,
products and services that are possible, and
boundaries between market segments. Arguably,
digital technology innovation today is driven by
entertainment applications.
Although digital entertainment relies heavily upon
technology, it is equally dependent upon creative
art, content, and design. It has been demonstrated
time and time again (from web portals to broad-
band networks to electronic toys to video game
consoles to digital audio formats) that state-of-the-
art products and services will fail in the market-
place without compelling content or creative
intellectual property (CIP).
Features7 A unique book which brings together pioneers
in computer entertainment to write a research
oriented publication on interactive new media and
computer entertainment 7 The book will contain
a full open source toolkit, with fully developed
applications, to develop mixes reality entertain-
ment, the first time such advanced techniques have
been openly available outside the labs to the public
at large
Fields of interestMultimedia Information Systems; User Interfaces
and Human Computer Interaction; Computer
Appl. in Arts and Humanities
Target groupsResearchers in computer entertainment,
academics, graduates, undergraduates,
practitioners
C. Harteveld, Delft University of Technology,
The Netherlands
Triadic Game Design
Serious games have become the new buzzword.
Many of us are starting to understand the useful-
ness and power of games beyond entertainment.
However, few of us actually know how to design
these types of instructional methods.
Harteveld describes the fundamental components
that make up a serious game. Based on a deep and
thorough investigation of each component and
his experience in developing the serious game
Levee Patroller he captures the important design
principles of a serious game.
These design principles and the experience of
designing serious games has led Harteveld to
define a new methodology for developing serious
games. This new methodology will bring us one
step closer in understanding how to design serious
games.
Features7 The first to describe an underlying design
philosophy of serious games 7 Written in a
clever, humoristic and clear way. It’s accessible to
all kinds of audiences and a nice read 7 Links
existing theories on game design, pedagogy etc.
with practice (an engineering perspective). No
other book has done this. At least not with as
much rigor and depth
ContentsPress Start.- Foundations.- Reality.- Meaning.-
Play.- Balancing.- Game Over?- The Triadic Game
Design Workshop.- Life after a Game.- The Next
Level.- Notes.- Literature Bibliography.- Game
Bibliography.- Solutions.- Workshop.- Worksheets.
Fields of interestSimulation and Modeling; Computers and Educa-
tion; Media Design
Target groupsResearchers in serious games and virtual worlds,
professional institutions interested in gaming (e.g.
Army, fire deparment), educational institutions
interested in gaming, graduates/undergraduates
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due April 2010
2010. XII, 247 p. Softcover
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-1-84996-132-5
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 400 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-136-3
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 360 p. 50 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-156-1
springer.com/booksellers28 Springer News 2/2010Computer Science
R. Ison, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK
Systems Practice: How to Act in a Climate Change World
Systems Practice: How to Act in a Climate Change
World is a Reader that shows how to do systems
thinking and to translate thinking into action (i.e
praxis). The Open University has been teaching
Systems for nearly forty years and although it
has developed an effective approach to teaching
students, there is still a major deficiency in the
market about the doing of systems. This book aims
to fill this gap and meet an important need by
building the case for a systems praxiology. Praxi-
ology is that branch of knowledge dealing with
practical activity and human conduct.
One of the main findings to emerge from the
activities of the EPSRC-funded Systems Practice
for Managing Complexity (SPMC) Network was
the idea that systems practice is highly valued by
those who do it and know about it but most use it
as a silent practice.
Features7 In contrast to competing titles in this field, this
book will focus on the history of the practitioner
(as a biological and social person) and their
unfolding relationship with complex situations – it
will not be methodology led
Fields of interestComputer Appl. in Social and Behavioral
Sciences; Computers and Society; Management of
Computing and Information Systems
Target groupsSystems academics and academics in business
studies, information systems, environmental
management, family therapy, social work, town
planning and other fields which draw on system
thinking as well as professionals who draw on
systems thinking in their work, such as manage-
ment consultants.
This book may also be of interest to alumni and
students of other Open University systems courses
as well as sections of the educated public. A
potential growth market is civil servants whose
career progression in the future is likely to require
sustainability and associated systems thinking
skills.
C. Mueller-Tomfelde, CSIRO-ICT Centre, Sydney,
Australia (Ed.)
Tabletops - Horizontal Interactive Displays
This book is the first attempt to bring together
current research findings in the domain of interac-
tive horizontal displays. The novel compilation will
integrate and summarise findings from the most
important international tabletop research teams.
It will provide a state-of-the art overview of this
research domain and therefore allow for discussion
of emerging and future directions in research and
technology of interactive horizontal displays.
Latest advances in interaction and software tech-
nologies and their increasing availability beyond
research labs, refuels the interest in interactive
horizontal displays. In the early 1990s Mark
Weiser’s vision of Ubiquitous Computing redefined
the notion of Human Computer Interaction. Inter-
action was no longer considered to happen only
with standard desktop computers but also with
elements of their environment.
This book is structured in three major areas:
‘under’, ‘on/above’ and ‘around’ tabletops.
Features7 This book is the first attempt to bring together
current research findings in the domain of interac-
tive horizontal displays 7 This novel compilation
will integrate and summarise findings from the
most important international tabletop research
teams
From the contentsA Short History of Tabletop Research, Technolo-
gies, and Products.- Part One.- Under Tabletops.-
Building Interactive Multi-Touch Surfaces.- From
Table-System to Tabletop: Integrating Technology
into Interactive Surfaces.- High-Resolution Inter-
active Displays.
Fields of interestUser Interfaces and Human Computer Interac-
tion; Input/Output and Data Communications;
Computer Appl. in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Target groupsResearcher, practitioners, lecturers/students
J. Noble, Victoria University, Wellington, Australia;
R. Johnson, Siebel Center for Computer Science,
Urbana, IL, USA (Eds.)
Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming I
This book, the first volume in the Transactions on
Pattern Languages of Programming series, presents
eight papers that have been through a careful peer
review process involving both pattern experts and
domain experts, by researchers and practitioners.
The papers cover a wide range of topics, from the
architectural design of large-scale systems down
to very detailed design for microcontroller-based
embedded systems. The first paper presents a
substantial pattern language for constructing an
important part of an integrated development envi-
ronment. The following papers present patterns for
batching requests in client-server systems; graceful
degradation to handle errors and exceptions; and
accurate timing delays. Two papers present related
patterns that address aspects of service-oriented
architectures, considering synchronization and
workflow integration. Finally, the last two papers
show how patterns can be combined into systems
and then used to document those systems’ designs.
Fields of interestSoftware Engineering; Software Engineering/
Programming and Operating Systems; Program-
ming Techniques
Target groupsResearchers and professionals
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due May 2010
2010. X, 334 p. 17 illus. Softcover
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-1-84996-124-0
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due March 2010
2010. XXIV, 484 p. (Human-Computer Interaction Series)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-112-7
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due February 2010
2010. IX, 231 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /
Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming,
Volume 5770) Softcover
7 $98.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10831-0
springer.com/librarybooks 29Springer News 2/2010 Computer Science
D. Randall, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK;
P. Salembier, Université de Technologie de Troyes,
France (Eds.)
From CSCW to Web 2.0: European Developments in Collaborative DesignSelected Papers from COOP08
Many challenges were identified in CSCW some
thirty years ago, and some of these remain prob-
lematic today. However they are being progres-
sively transformed and this edited volume contains
contributions that demonstrate how these new
challenges are being dealt with in a variety of ways,
reflecting the balance of rigour and creativity that
has always characterised the field.
Originally presented at COOP ’08 which took
place in Carry-le-Rouet, France in 2008, the
contributions to this volume have been substan-
tially extended and revised. New technologies,
new domains and new methods are described
for supporting design and evaluation. Taking a
progressive and critical stance, the authors cover
a variety of themes including inter-organisational
working, non task-based environments, creativity,
and the development of Web 2.0 (and even Web
3.0) applications, including new cooperative
mechanisms and new classification possibilities.
Features7 Presents recent research and results in the area
of CSCW and the Semantic Web
From the contentsSection 1: Awareness of Work.- Anticipative
Awareness in a Groupware System.- ‘Colour,
It’s just a constant problem’: an examination of
practice, infrastructure and workflow in colour
printing.- Towards Regional Clusters: networking
events, collaborative research and the business
finder.- Section 2: Work and Creativity.- Design
Issues for Supporting Collaborative Creativity.
Fields of interestUser Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction;
Computers and Society; e-Commerce/e-business
Target groupsReseacher
K. Wolter, Humboldt-Universität, Berlin, Germany
Stochastic Models for Fault ToleranceRestart, Rejuvenation and Checkpointing
As modern society relies on the fault-free
operation of complex computing systems, system
fault-tolerance has become an indispensable
requirement. Therefore, we need mechanisms that
guarantee correct service in cases where system
components fail, be they software or hardware
elements. Redundancy patterns are commonly
used, for either redundancy in space or redun-
dancy in time.
Wolter’s book details methods of redundancy in
time that need to be issued at the right moment.
In particular, she addresses the so-called “timeout
selection problem”, i.e., the question of choosing
the right time for different fault-tolerance mecha-
nisms like restart, rejuvenation and checkpointing.
Restart indicates the pure system restart, rejuvena-
tion denotes the restart of the operating environ-
ment of a task, and checkpointing includes saving
the system state periodically and reinitializing the
system at the most recent checkpoint upon failure
of the system.
ContentsPart I: Introduction.- 1) Basic Concepts and Prob-
lems - 2) Task Completion Time.- Part II: Restart.-
3) Applicability Analysis of Restart - 4) Moments
of Completion Time under Restart - 5) Meeting
Deadlines through Restart.- Part III: Software
Rejuvenation.- 6) Practical Aspects of Preventive
Maintenance and Software Rejuvenation -
7) Stochastic Models for Preventive Maintenance
and Software Rejuvenation.- Part IV: Check-
pointing.- 8) Checkpointing Systems - 9) Stochastic
Models for Checkpointing - 10) Summary, Conclu-
sion and Outlook.- Appendix.- A) Properties in
Discrete Systems - B) Important Probability Distri-
butions - C) Estimating the Hazard Time - D) The
Laplace and the Laplace-Stieltjes Transform.
Fields of interestSystem Performance and Evaluation; Probability
and Statistics in Computer Science; Simulation and
Modeling
Target groupsResearchers and libraries
H. Y. Youm, Soonchunhyang University, Asan-si,
Chungnam-do, Korea; M. Yung, Columbia University,
New York, NY, USA (Eds.)
Information Security Applications10th International Workshop, WISA 2009,
Busan, Korea, August 25-27, 2009,
Revised Selected Papers
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-
conference proceedings of the 10th International
Workshop on Information Security Applications,
WISA 2009, held in Busan, Korea, during August
25-27, 2009.
The 27 revised full papers presented were care-
fully reviewed and selected from a total of 79
submissions. The papers are organized in topical
sections on mutlimedia security, device security,
HW implementation security, applied cryptog-
raphy, side channel attacks, cryptograptanalysis,
anonymity/authentication/access controll, and
network security.
Fields of interestData Encryption; Computer Communication
Networks; Discrete Mathematics in Computer
Science
Target groupsResearchers and professionals
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due March 2010
2010. X, 290 p. (Computer Supported Cooperative Work)
Softcover
7 approx. $99.95
ISBN 978-1-84882-964-0
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due March 2010
2010. X, 220 p. Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11256-0
Discount groupP
Computer Science
Due February 2010
2009. XIII, 386 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /
Security and Cryptology, Volume 5932) Softcover
7 $95.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10837-2
springer.com/booksellers30 Springer News 2/2010Chemistry
A. Dasgupta
Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive ResultsA Toxicologist’s Perspective
A majority of the Fortune 500 Companies imple-
ment some practice of workplace drug testing in
their company policies. This practice was first initi-
ated by President Ronald Reagan when he ordered
federal agencies to drug test federal employees
involved in sensitive positions as well as positions
involving public safety.
As a practicing toxicologist, Dr. Amitava Dasgupta
is involved with the pre-employment drug testing
at his own hospital and aptly shares his expertise
in Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive
Results: A Toxicologist’s Perspective, which covers
all major issues concerning how people try to
beat drug tests and defend positive test results.
In each chapter, extensive references are cited
so that readers can access more information on
a particular topic that may interest them. The
book will undoubtedly prove helpful to toxicolo-
gists, medical technologists, pathologists, human
resources professionals and anyone interested in
workplace drug testing.
Features7 Current and relevant data 7 Useful informa-
tion for multiple fields of study
From the contents1. Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive
Results: A General Overview. 2. Pharmacology
of Commonly Abused Drugs. 3. Workplace Drug
Testing: SAMHSA and Non-SAMHSA Drugs.
4. Diuretics, Flushing and Detoxifying Agents for
Beating Urine Drug Tests: Are they effective?
Fields of interestForensic Science; Forensic Medicine; Pharma-
cology/Toxicology
Target groupsToxicologists, medical technologists, pathologists,
and human resources professionals
M. Bouroushian, National Technical University of
Athens, Greece
Electrochemistry of Metal Chalcogenides
Starting with the chemical fundamentals of the
chalcogens and their major compounds, the initial
part of the book includes a systematic description
of the MCh solids on the basis of the Periodic
Table in terms of their structures and key proper-
ties. This is followed by a general discussion on
the electrochemistry of chalcogen species, and
the principles underlying the electrochemical
formation of inorganic compounds/alloys. The
core of the book offers an insight into available
experimental results and inferences regarding the
electrochemical preparation and microstructural
control of conventional and novel MCh structures.
It also aims to survey their photoelectrochemistry,
both from a material-oriented point of view and as
connected to specific processes such as photoca-
talysis and solar energy conversion.
Finally, the book illustrates the relevance of MCh
materials to various applications of electrochem-
ical interest.
Features7 First book dedicated to the electrochemical
preparation of alloys and compounds made up of
metal chalcogenides 7 Metal chalcogenides such
as oxides or sulfides have a large range of existing
and potential applications i. a. in electronics,
optics, magnetics, solar energy conversion or fuel
cells
Fields of interestElectrochemistry; Materials Science, general;
Inorganic Chemistry
Target groupsElectrochemists, analytical chemists, researchers
in solid state electrochemistry, electrocatalysis,
surface science, electroplating, fuel cells, materials
science, electric engineering
M. E. Starzak, State University of New York at
Binghamton, NY, USA
Energy and EntropyEquilibrium to Stationary States
This book presents the various branches of ther-
modynamics – classical, statistical, and others –
and kinetics in a lucid manner that will appeal
both to advanced undergraduates and beginning
graduate students. The mathematical treatment is
neither overly elaborate nor absent, but has been
illustrated by examples from biology, physics, and
other disciplines.
The models drawn from diverse areas should make
it attractive to readers seeking a clearer physical
understanding of these fields and how they inter-
relate.
Features include: (1) worked examples, (2) exer-
cises, (3) solutions to some of the exercises, avail-
able to all readers, (40 solutions to all the exercises,
available to instructors.
Features7 Bridges equilibrium and time dependent
processes 7 Mathematical techniques are
developed using simple models 7 The same basic
models illustrate the physical concepts in different
chapters 7 Temporal and spatial equations are
developed using basic thrmodynamics equations
Fields of interestPhysical Chemistry; Thermodynamics; Math.
Applications in Chemistry
Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate or introductory graduate
courses in thermodynamics in chemistry, physics,
biophysics, and engineering programs; supple-
mental text in physical chemistry courses; basic
review for advanced graduate students, post-
docs, and people moving into the area, as well as
working scientists and engineers in specialties
other than thermodynamics, including non-
academic scientists; reference: (1) to give instruc-
tors problems and examples to illustrate compli-
cated concepts and (2) to provide an overview of
areas of thermodynamics that often do not appear
in traditional coursesDiscount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 415 p. 16 illus. Hardcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-526-2
Discount groupP
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due March 2010
2010. I, 322 p. 69 illus. (Monographs in Electrochemistry)
Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-3-642-03966-9
Discount groupP
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due February 2010
2010. XIII, 314 p. 31 illus. Hardcover
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-0-387-77822-8
springer.com/librarybooks 31Springer News 2/2010 Chemistry
B. Wunderlich, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
TN, USA
A Science Career Against all Odds A Life of Survival, Study, Teaching and
Travel in the 20th Century
This autobiography is written to follow the initially
turbulent and seemingly random path of education
and life experiences of the author in the 1930s and
40s during the oppressive 3rd German Reich. His
early childhood experiences made the author an
undesirable student in the 1950s in the totalitarian
German Democratic Republic, and ultimately
brought him to the USA. Ideally prepared, he
completed a first-rate education in record time,
leading in 1965 to a tenured professorship in
chemistry at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,
specializing in research of the solid state of linear
macromolecules (polymers, plastics). Early
retirement in 1988 led to a new 20-year career
as Professor and Distinguished Scientist at the
University of Tennessee and Oak Ridge National
Laboratory. The unforeseeable results of writing
this book were the many links between Bernhard
Wunderlich’s love of teaching and research to the
earliest experiences in his life. He would not want
to miss or change anything.
Features7 Intertwines the political circumstances in
Europe before, during and after World War II and
those later on in the USA with a scientific career
7 Enough records were kept during all these years
to reconstruct in this book the spirit of the times
and, perhaps, show that many present day educa-
tion and life experiences may be wanting
Fields of interestChemistry/Food Science, general; History and
Philosophical Foundations of Physics; History of
Science
Target groupsFor teachers and students interested in the
development of learning science and choice of
profession, anyone interested in scientists, history
of science, as well as social and political sciences,
for polymer scientists and engineers
N. J. Zuidam, Unilever Research & Development,
Vlaardingen, The Netherlands; V. Nedovic, University
of Belgrade, Serbia and Montenegro (Eds.)
Encapsulation Technologies for Active Food Ingredients and Food Processing
This book provides a detailed overview of
technologies for preparing and characterisation
of encapsulates for food active ingredients to be
used in food products, food processing or food
production. The book is aimed to inform people
who work in the academia or R&D of companies
on delivery of food compounds via encapsulation
and on food processing using immobilized cells or
enzymes, with both a limited and an advantaged
knowledge of the field. The structure of the book is
according to the use of encapsulates for a specific
application. Emphasis has been put to strategy,
since encapsulation technologies may change.
Most chapters include application possibilities of
the encapsulation technologies in specific food
products or processes.
The first part of the book reviews general technolo-
gies, food-grade materials and characterization
methods for encapsulates.
The second part, discusses encapsulates of active
ingredients (i.e. aroma, fish oil, minerals, vitamins,
peptides, proteins, probiotics).
Features7 A reference for those working on food
processing using immobilized cells or enzymes and
on delivery of food compounds via encapsulation
Fields of interestFood Science; Chemistry/Food Science, general;
Biochemical Engineering
Target groupsPeople who work in academia or in the R&D of
companies on food processing using immobi-
lized cells or enzymes and on delivery of food
compounds via encapsulation
Discount groupP
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 560 p. 654 illus. With online files/update.
Hardcover
7 approx. $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11195-2
Discount groupP
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due February 2010
2010. X, 400 p. 81 illus. Hardcover
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1007-3
springer.com/booksellers32 Springer News 2/2010Engineering
P. Albers, Delft University of Technology,
The Netherlands
Motion Control in Offshore and Dredging Industry
High loads with high dynamics in severe condi-
tions can only be driven by fluid power mecha-
nisms. Motion Control is often used as a descrip-
tion in various engineering disciplines to refer
to a technological solution that is able to control
motion, e.g. the movement of at least one part rela-
tive to another. This volume describes how drives,
sometimes very large, are designed and realised.
The book gives a practical explanation of the way
in which the different mechanisms described work.
A distinction is made between rotating and linear
drives. In the case of rotating drives, the choice
for an electrical drive is becoming more and more
prevalent. Linear drives remain important, because
of the large forces and highly dynamic behaviour
in the domain of hydraulic drive technology.
Both these important technologies are extensively
discussed in this book, together with design rules
and the many installation requirements for appli-
cations in the offshore and dredging industry.
Features7 Presents an up to date overview on motion
control for the offshore and dredging industry
Fields of interestVibration, Dynamical Systems, Control; Offshore
Engineering; Engineering Design
Target groupsCivil and hydraulical engineers and designers of
new drive mechanisms
S. Ao, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, USA
Applied Time Series Analysis and Innovative Computing
Applied Time Series Analysis and Innovative
Computing contains the applied time series
analysis and innovative computing paradigms,
with frontier application studies for the time series
problems based on the recent and current works
at the Time Series Center, Initiative in Innovative
Computing, Harvard University, the University of
Hong Kong, the Chinese University of Hong Kong
and the Oxford University Computing Labora-
tory, University of Oxford. It provides a systematic
introduction to the use of innovative computing
paradigms as an investigative tool for applications
in time series analysis. Applied Time Series Anal-
ysis and Innovative Computing offers the state of
art of tremendous advances in applied time series
analysis and innovative computing paradigms
and also serves as an excellent reference work
for researchers and graduate students working
on applied time series analysis and innovative
computing paradigms.
Features7 With comprehensive introductory chapter to
the time series analysis 7 With detailed descrip-
tions of some current innovative computing
paradigms 7 With detailed descriptions of some
tailor-made innovative computing paradigms for
specific time series problems 7 With frontier
case studies based on the recent and current works
at top universities such as University of Oxford
and Harvard University
From the contents1. Introduction. 2. Applied Time Series Analysis.
3. Advances in Innovative Computing Paradigms.
4. Real-Word Application I: Developing Innovative
Computing Algorithms for Business Time Series.
Fields of interestAppl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Fourier Analysis; Electronics and
Microelectronics, Instrumentation
Target groupsExcellent reference for researchers and graduate
students working on applied time series analysis
and innovative computing paradigms
S. Ao, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, USA;
L. Gelman, Cranfield University, UK (Eds.)
Electronic Engineering and Computing Technology
Electronic Engineering and Computing Tech-
nology contains sixty-one revised and extended
research articles written by prominent researchers
participating in the conference. Topics covered
include Control Engineering, Network Manage-
ment, Wireless Networks, Biotechnology, Signal
Processing, Computational Intelligence, Compu-
tational Statistics, Internet Computing, High
Performance Computing, and industrial applica-
tions. Electronic Engineering and Computing
Technology will offer the state of art of tremendous
advances in electronic engineering and computing
technology and also serve as an excellent refer-
ence work for researchers and graduate students
working with/on electronic engineering and
computing technology.
Features7 Offers the state of art of tremendous advances
in electronic engineering and computing tech-
nology 7 Serves as an excellent reference work
for researchers and graduate students working
with/on electronic engineering and computing
technology 7 Contains revised and extended
research articles written by prominent researchers
Fields of interestElectronics and Microelectronics, Instrumenta-
tion; Computer Hardware; Software Engineering
Target groupsReference work for researchers and graduate
students working on electronic engineering and
computing technologyDiscount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. 350 p. Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8802-4
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 180 p. (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engi-
neering, Volume 59) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8767-6
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engi-
neering, Volume 60) Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8775-1
springer.com/librarybooks 33Springer News 2/2010 Engineering
V. P. Astakhov, Michigan State University, East
Lansing, MI, USA
Geometry of Single-Point Turning Tools and DrillsFundamentals and Practical Applications
Geometry of Single-Point Turning Tools and Drills
outlines clear objectives of cutting tool geom-
etry selection and optimization, using multiple
examples to provide a thorough explanation. It
addresses several urgent problems that many
present-day tool manufacturers, tool application
specialists, and tool users, are facing. It is both a
practical guide, offering useful, practical sugges-
tions for the solution of common problems, and
a useful reference on the most important aspects
of cutting tool design, application, and trouble-
shooting practices.
Covering emerging trends in cutting tool design,
cutting tool geometry, machining regimes, and
optimization of machining operations, Geom-
etry of Single-Point Turning Tools and Drills is
an indispensable source of information for tool
designers, manufacturing engineers, research
workers, and students.
Features7 Addresses many urgent problems face tool
manufacturers, application specialists and users
within the automotive industry today 7 Formu-
lates and explains clear objectives of cutting tool
geometry selection, using multiple examples
ContentsWhat Does It Mean “Metal Cutting”?.- Basics Defi-
nitions and Cutting Tool Geometry, Single Point
Cutting Tools.- Fundamentals of the Selection of
the Cutting Tool Geometry Parameters.- Straight
Flute and Twist Drills.- Deep-Hole Tools.
Fields of interestManufacturing, Machines, Tools; Machinery and
Machine Elements; Operating Procedures, Mate-
rials Treatment
Target groupsTool designers, manufacturing engineers; research
workers, undergraduate and postgraduate students
B. J. Baliga, North Carolina State University, Raleigh,
NC, USA
Advanced Power MOSFETs Concepts
During the last decade many new concepts have
been proposed for improving the performance of
power MOSFETs. The results of this research are
dispersed in the technical literature among journal
articles and abstracts of conferences. Conse-
quently, the information is not readily available to
researchers and practicing engineers in the power
device community. There is no cohesive treatment
of the ideas to provide an assessment of the relative
merits of the ideas.
Advanced Power MOSFETs Concepts provides an
in-depth treatment of the physics of operation of
advanced power MOSFETs. Analytical models for
explaining the operation of all the advanced power
MOSFETs will be developed. The results of numer-
ical simulations will be provided to give additional
insight into the device physics and validate the
analytical models. The results of two-dimensional
simulations will be provided to corroborate the
analytical models and give greater insight into the
device operation.
Features7 Covers the CC-MOSFETs and the
GD-MOSFET and applications in all lower voltage
circuits, especially the automotive electronics
area 7 Includes numerical simulation examples
to explain the operating physics and validate the
models 7 Eoverage of the role of silicon carbide
in the design and structure of power rectifiers
From the contentsThe SSCFET (silicon semiconductor corp FET).-
The JBSFET (junction barrier controlled Schottky
FET).- The CC-MOSFET (charge-coupled
MOSFET).- The GD-MOSFET (graded-doped
MOSFET).
Fields of interestPower Engineering; Circuits and Systems; Elec-
tronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation
Target groupsResearchers and practicing engineers in the power
semiconductor device community
L. Benyoucef, INRIA Nancy-Grand Est, Metz, France;
B. Grabot, LGP-ENIT, Tarbes, France (Eds.)
Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Networked Manufacturing Enterprises Management
Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Networked
Manufacturing Enterprises Management addresses
prominent concepts and applications of AI
technologies in the management of networked
manufacturing enterprises.
The aim of this book is to align latest practices,
innovation and case studies with academic
frameworks and theories, where AI techniques
are used efficiently for networked manufacturing
enterprises. More specifically, it includes the latest
research results and projects at different levels
addressing quick-response system, theoretical
performance analysis, performance and capability
demonstration. The role of emerging AI technolo-
gies in the modelling, evaluation and optimisation
of networked enterprises’ activities at different
decision levels is also covered.
Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Networked
Manufacturing Enterprises Management is a valu-
able guide for postgraduates and researchers in
industrial engineering, computer science, automa-
tion and operations research.
Features7 Aligns latest practice, innovation and case
studies with academic frameworks and theories
7 Includes most up-to-date research
Fields of interestManufacturing, Machines, Tools; Industrial and
Production Engineering
Target groupsPostgraduates and researchers in industrial
engineering, computer science, automation and
operation research
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. XXII, 564 p. 451 illus. (Springer Series in Advanced
Manufacturing) Hardcover
7 $209.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-052-6
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5916-4
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. XXVI, 510 p. 228 illus. (Springer Series in Advanced
Manufacturing) Hardcover
7 $209.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-118-9
springer.com/booksellers34 Springer News 2/2010Engineering
M. L. Bucalem, University of São Paulo, Brazil;
K. Bathe, MIT, Cambridge, MA, USA
The Mechanics of Solids and StructuresHierarchical Modeling
In the recent decades, computational procedures
have been applied to an increasing extent in
engineering and the physical sciences. Mostly, two
separate fields have been considered, namely, the
analysis of solids and structures and the analysis of
fluid flows. These continuous advances in analyses
are of much interest to physicists, mathematicians
and in particular, engineers. Also, computational
fluid and solid mechanics are no longer treated
as entirely separate fields of applications, but
instead, coupled fluid and solid analysis is being
pursued. The objective of the Book Series is to
publish monographs, textbooks, and proceedings
of conferences of archival value, on any subject
of computational fluid dynamics, computational
solid and structural mechanics, and computa-
tional multi-physics dynamics. The publications
are written by and for physicists, mathematicians
and engineers and are to emphasize the modeling,
analysis and solution of problems in engineering.
ContentsHierarchical modeling with mathematical models
and the finite element solution.- Mathematical
models used in engineering structural analysis.-
The finite element solution process.- Effective finite
elements.- Modeling in static analysis.- Modeling
in dynamic analysis.- Modeling for nonlinear
analysis. An aperçu.
Fields of interestTheoretical and Applied Mechanics
Target groupsResearchers and professionals
M. G. Davies, A. B. Lumsden, Methodist Hospital,
Houston, TX, USA; W. E. Kline, ExxonMobile
Upstream Research Company, Houston, TX, USA;
I. Kakadiaris, University of Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)
Pumps and PipesProceedings of the Annual Conference
The Pumps and Pipes collaboration and confer-
ence brings together energy, medicine, and higher
education in a unique shared effort, exploring
ideas and research common to these important
fields and stimulating discussion and sharing
technologies that can further the reach and goals
of each individual area. The Proceedings explores
the common attributes of oil and gas technology,
computational sciences and cardiovascular medi-
cine and probe the areas where there is room to
cross-fertilize and develop research and commer-
cial programs.
Features7 Offers a unique perspective on the collabora-
tion between medicine, petroleum technology
and computational science 7 Discusses the
cross-disciplinary nature of hydraulics conduits
and pumps, atherosclerosis, corrosion and scale
management, piping and stenting, imaging and
monitoring and robotics and much more
ContentsAnatomy and physiology of the vascular system.-
Geology and physics of hydrocarbon produc-
tion.- Computational sciences.- Hydraulics
conduits and pumps.- CPB and VAD.- Subsurface
pumps.- Modeling flow.- Atherosclerosis.- Corro-
sion and scale management.- Down hole coring
and sampling.- Atherectomy and plaque analysis.-
Navigating and viewing.- Geosteering a drill bit.
Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Control, Robotics,
Mechatronics; Cardiology
Target groupsMicrowave engineers and academic researchers
E. J. Davison, University of Toronto, ON, Canada;
A. G. Aghdam, Concordia University, Montreal, QC,
Canada
Decentralized Control of Large-Scale Systems
Large-scale system refers to a system that consists
of several interconnected subsystems. In large-
scale systems it is often desired to have some form
of decentralization in control structure. In fact, for
such systems it is not realistic to assume that all
output measurements can be transmitted to every
local control station. Problems of this kind appear
for example in electric power systems, commu-
nication networks, large space structures, robotic
systems, economic systems and traffic networks,
to name only a few. Typical large-scale control
systems have several local control stations which
observe only local outputs and control only local
outputs. All controllers are involved, however, in
the control operation of the overall system.
Decentralized Control of Large-Scale Systems
provides various analysis and design techniques
for decentralized control of large-scale systems.
A systematic study of multi-input, muti-output
systems with a special focus on industrial applica-
tions is given.
Features7 Discusses different analysis and synthesis tech-
niques, not focused on a particular method
7 Provides industrial system application prob-
lems to give a focus to realistic real world problems
7 Presents systematic design techniques to clarify
important results
Fields of interestControl, Robotics, Mechatronics; Vibration,
Dynamical Systems, Control; Systems Theory,
Control
Target groupsResearchers in the area of control systems, particu-
larly large-scale systems; graduate students in the
area of systems control who have background in
linear systems
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due February 2010
2009. Approx. 400 p. (Computational Fluid and Solid
Mechanics) Hardcover
7 approx. $119.00
ISBN 978-3-540-26331-9
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-6011-5
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-6013-9
springer.com/librarybooks 35Springer News 2/2010 Engineering
A. Demirbas, Sirnak University, Turkey;
M. F. Demirbas, Sila Science and Energy, Trabzon,
Turkey
Algae EnergyAlgae as a New Source of Biodiesel
Algae Energy covers the production of algae
culture and the usage of algal biomass conversion
products. It also reviews modern biomass-based
transportation fuels, including biodiesel, bio-oil,
biomethane and biohydrogen.
Each chapter opens with fundamental explanations
suitable for those with a general interest in algae
energy and goes on to provide in-depth scientific
details for more expert readers. Algae energy is
discussed within the wider context of green energy,
with chapters covering topics such as: green energy
facilities, algae technology, energy from algae and
biodiesel from algae.
Algae Energy addresses the needs of energy
researchers, chemical engineers, fuel and envi-
ronmental engineers, postgraduate and advanced
undergraduate students, and others interested
in a practical tool for pursuing their interest in
bio-energy.
Features7 Discusses algae's potential as a new source of
biodiesel 7 Examines the economic, political and
environmental impacts of algae
ContentsGreen Energy Facilities.- Biofuels.- Algae Tech-
nology.- Energy from Algae.- Biodiesel from
Algae.- Biorefinery.- Future Developments.
Fields of interestRenewable Energy Sources; Biochemical Engi-
neering; Environmental Engineering/Biotech-
nology
Target groupsChemical engineers, energy researchers, fuel
and environmental engineers, postgraduate and
advanced undergraduate students
I. Djordjevic, W. Ryan, B. Vasic, University of Arizona,
Tucson, USA
Coding for Optical Channels
In order to adapt to the ever-increasing demands
of telecommunication needs, today’s network oper-
ators are implementing 100 Gb/s per dense wave-
length division multiplexing (DWDM) channel
transmission. At those data rates, the performance
of fiberoptic communication systems is degraded
significantly due to intra- and inter-channel fiber
nonlinearities, polarization-mode dispersion
(PMD), and chromatic dispersion. In order to deal
with those channel impairments, novel advanced
techniques in modulation and detection, coding
and signal processing are needed.
This unique book represents a coherent and
comprehensive introduction to the fundamentals
of optical communications, signal processing and
coding for optical channels. It is the first to inte-
grate the fundamentals of coding theory with the
fundamentals of optical communication.
Features7 Integrates the fundamentals of coding theory
with the fundamentals of optical communication
7 Provides detailed coverage of joint coding
and modulation for optical communications
7 Applies turbo equalization to integrate channel
equalizers and soft iterative decoding for optical
channels 7 Includes coverage of both fiber-optics
and free-space optical (FSO) channels
From the contentsIntroduction.- Fundamentals of Optical Commu-
nications.- Channel Impairments and Optical
Communication Systems Engineering.- Channel
Coding for Optical Channels.- Graph-Based
Codes.- Coded Modulation.- Turbo Equaliza-
tion in Fiber Optics Communication Systems.-
Constrained Coding for Optical Channels.-
Constrained Coding for Optical Communication.
Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Signal,
Image and Speech Processing; Microwaves, RF and
Optical Engineering
Target groupsPractitioners in communications engineering;
optical communications
S. Doi, Kyoto University, Japan; J. Inoue, Kyoto Koka
Women’s University, Osaka, Japan; Z. Pan,
K. Tsumoto, Osaka University, Japan
Computational ElectrophysiologyA First Course in “in Silico” Medicine vol.2
Biological systems inherently possess much
ambiguity or uncertainty. Computational electro-
physiology is the one area, from among the vast
and rapidly growing discipline of computational
and systems biology, in which computational or
mathematical models have succeeded. This book
provides a practical and quick guide to both
computational electrophysiology and numerical
bifurcation analysis. Bifurcation analysis is a
very powerful tool for the analysis of such highly
nonlinear biological systems. Bifurcation theory
provides a way to analyze the effect of a param-
eter change on a system and to detect a critical
parameter value when the qualitative nature of the
system changes. Included in this work are many
examples of numerical computations of bifurcation
analysis of various models as well as mathematical
models with different abstraction levels from
neuroscience and electrophysiology. This volume
will benefit graduate and undergraduate students
as well as researchers in diverse fields of science.
Contents1. Introduction. 2. A short course of mathematical
modeling and analysis. 3. Computational and
mathematical models of biology. 4. The Hodgkin-
Huxley theory of neuronal excitation and spikes.
5. Whole system analysis of various Hodgkin-
Huxley systems. 6. Computational biology of cells,
tissues and organs.
Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Molecular Medicine;
Medicinal Chemistry
Target groupsGraduate students, undergraduates, specialists
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due July 2010
2010. XXIV, 280 p. 45 illus. (Green Energy and Tech-
nology) Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-049-6
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 400 p. 273 illus. Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5568-5
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $75.00
ISBN 978-4-431-53861-5
springer.com/booksellers36 Springer News 2/2010Engineering
D. Dornfeld, University of California, Berkeley, CA,
USA (Ed.)
Green ManufacturingFundamentals and Applications
Green Manufacturing: Fundamentals and
Applications introduces the basic definitions and
constraints/issues surrounding green manu-
facturing at the process, machine and system
(including supply chain) levels; shows, by way of
several examples from different industry sectors,
the potential for substantial improvement and
the paths to achieve the improvement. Discusses
regulatory and government motivations for green
manufacturing and outlines the path for greening
of manufacturing to more sustainable production.
Features7 Discusses: 7 New engineering approaches
for manufacturing and provides a path from
traditional manufacturing to green manufacturing
7 Regulatory and economic issues surrounding
green manufacturing 7 New supply chains that
need to be in place before going green 7 State
of the art case studies in the areas of automotive,
semiconductor and medical areas as well as in the
supply chain and packaging areas
ContentsRegulatory, social and business environment for
green manufacturing.- Metrics and analytical
tools.- Green supply chains.- Present state of green
manufacturing.- Case study 1: Automotive.- Case
study 2: Semiconductor.- Case study 3: Alterna-
tive energy supplies.- Case study 4: Supply chain
and packaging.- Case study 5: Manufacturing
technology for green production.- Future oppor-
tunities.
Fields of interestPower Engineering; Manufacturing, Machines,
Tools; Sustainable Development
Target groupsGraduate students, academic researchers,
practicing engineers and scientists in the fields
of mechanical engineering, manufacturing and
environmental engineering interested in sustain-
able manufacturing
A. Eroglu, Indiana University-Purdue University, Fort
Wayne, IN, USA
Wave Propagation and Radiation in Gyrotropic and Anisotropic Media
Wave Propagation and Radiation in Gyrotropic
and Anisotropic Media fills the gap in the area of
applied electromagnetics for the design of micro-
wave and millimeter wave devices using composite
structures where gyrotropic, anisotropic materials
are used. The book provides engineers with the
information on theory and practical skills they
need to understand wave propagation and radia-
tion characteristics of materials and the ability to
design devices at higher frequencies with optimum
device performance.
Features7 Offers a comprehensive treatment of wave
propagation and radiation characteristics of gyro-
tropic and anisotropic media 7 Discusses the
design of devices using composite structures made
of gyrotropic and anisotropic media 7 Hands-on
advice on how to design specific devices such as
microstrip directional couplers, microstrip filters,
and nonreciprocal phase shifters 7 Simulation of
composite multi-layered devices using CAD
ContentsIntroduction.- Wave propagation and dispersion
characteristics in anisotropic medium.- Wave
propagation and dispersion characteristics in
gyrotropic medium.- Method of dyadic Green’s
function.- Radiation in anistotropic medium.-
Radiation in gyrotropic medium.- Wave theory of
composite multilayered structures.- Microwave
devices using anisotropic and gyrotropic media.
Fields of interestMicrowaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Magne-
tism, Magnetic Materials; Physics, general
Target groupsMicrowave engineers and academic researchers
K. Gopalakrishnan, Iowa State University, Ames, IA,
USA; S. Peeta, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN,
USA (Eds.)
Sustainable and Resilient Critical Infrastructure SystemsSimulation, Modeling, and Intelligent
Engineering
This edited book is motivated by recent advances
in simulation, modeling, sensing, communica-
tions/information, and intelligent and sustainable
technologies that have resulted in the development
of sophisticated methodologies and instruments
to design, characterize, optimize, and evaluate
critical infrastructure systems, their resilience, and
their condition and the factors that cause their
deterioration.
Specific topics discussed in this book include, but
are not limited to: optimal infrastructure invest-
ment allocation for sustainability, framework
for manifestation of tacit critical infrastructure
knowledge, interdependencies between energy
and transportation systems for national long term
planning, intelligent transportation infrastructure
technologies, emergent research issues in infra-
structure interdependence research, framework
for assessing the resilience of infrastructure and
economic systems, maintenance optimization for
heterogeneous infrastructure systems, and more.
Features7 Presents recent advances in sustainable infra-
structures engineering 7 Integrated perspective
in engineering sustainable infrastructure for the
future 7 Brings together in one place recent
research advances made in diverse disciplines
Fields of interestCivil Engineering; Sustainable Development;
Renewable Energy Sources
Target groupsResearchers and practitioners engaged in devel-
oping, designing, and monitoring sustainable
and resilient critical infrastructure systems and
those interested in the application of multi-scale
modeling methods, simulations, intelligent tech-
nologies, and stochastic optimization techniques
to the study of sustainable and resilient critical
infrastructure systems
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 275 p. (Green Energy and Technology)
Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-6015-3
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 400 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-6023-8
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11404-5
springer.com/librarybooks 37Springer News 2/2010 Engineering
R. Hammoud, Delphi Electronics & Safety World,
Kokomo, IN, USA; F. Porikli, Mitsubishi Electric
Research Laboratories, Cambridge, MA, USA; L. Davis,
University of Maryland, College Park, MD, USA (Eds.)
Advanced Tracking SystemsComputational Approaches
Modern visual tracking systems implement a
computational process that is often divided into
several modules such as localization, tracking,
recognition, behavior analysis and classification
of events. This book will focus on recent advances
in computational approaches for detection and
tracking of human body, road boundaries and lane
markers as well as on recognition of human activi-
ties, drowsiness and distraction state.
The book is composed of seven distinct parts. Part
I covers people localization algorithms in video
sequences. Part II describes successful approaches
for tracking people and body parts. The third part
focuses on tracking of pedestrian and vehicles in
outdoor images. Part IV describes recent methods
to track lane markers and road boundaries. In part
V, methods to track head, hand and facial features
are reviewed. The last two parts cover the topics of
automatic recognition and classification of activity,
gesture, behavior, drowsiness and visual distrac-
tion state of humans.
Features7 Detailed introduction into modern Tracking
systems 7 Shows latest developments and future
trends 7 Written by research experts from
industry
ContentsPeople Finding.- People and Body Parts Tracking.-
Vehicle and Pedestrian tracking.- Lane and Road
Boundaries tracking.- Head/Hand and Facial
features tracking.- Activity, Gesture, and Behavior
Recognition.- Driver Drowsiness and Visual
distraction Recognition.- Attached code: pseudo-
code, Matlab, c++, book webpage.
Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Pattern
Recognition
Target groupsResearchers and professionals
D. S. Hardin, Rockwell Collins Inc., Cedar Rapids, IA,
USA (Ed.)
Design and Verification of Microprocessor Systems for High-Assurance Applications
Microprocessors increasingly control and monitor
our most critical systems, including automobiles,
airliners, medical systems, transportation grids,
and defense systems. The relentless march of
semiconductor process technology has given engi-
neers exponentially increasing transistor budgets
at constant recurring cost. This has encouraged
increased functional integration onto a single die,
as well as increased architectural sophistication
of the functional units themselves. Additionally,
design cycle times are decreasing, thus putting
increased schedule pressure on engineers. Not
surprisingly, this environment has led to a number
of uncaught design flaws. Traditional simulation-
based design verification has not kept up with the
scale or pace of modern microprocessor system
design. Formal verification methods offer the
promise of improved bug-finding capability, as
well as the ability to establish functional correct-
ness of a detailed design relative to a high-level
specification.
Features7 Offers practical case studies of the successful
application of formal methods at several different
levels of microprocessor system design
7 Discusses high-robustness design techniques
that support formal verification 7 Shows how
"Design for Verification" can become "Design With
Verification" 7 Features chapters written by prac-
titioners who have achieved the highest assurance
Evaluation Assurance Level (EAL) certifications
defined by the Common Criteria
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engi-
neering (CAD, CAE) and Design; Quality Control,
Reliability, Safety and Risk
Target groupsResearchers and practitioners in embedded
systems, electronic design automation concerned
with design and verification of high-assurance
microprocessor systems
A. Hartzell, Boston Micromachines Corporation,
Cambridge, MA, USA; M. da Silva, Exponent, Natick,
MA, USA
MEMs Reliability
The successful launch of viable MEMs product
hinges on MEMS reliability, the reliability and
qualification for MEMs based products is not
widely understood. Companies that have a deep
understanding of MEMs reliability view the
information as a competitive advantage and are
reluctant to share it.
MEMs Reliability, focuses on the reliability and
manufacturability of MEMS at a fundamental level
by addressing process development and character-
ization, material property characterization, failure
mechanisms and physics of failure (POF), design
strategies for improving yield, design for reliability
(DFR), packaging and testing.
Features7 Demonstrates how to design MEMs for reli-
ability during the product life cycle focusing CAD
methodologies and system level architecture
7 Provides detailed information on the different
types of failure modes, including but not limited
to, design failures, manufacturing failures, and
material failure, and how to avoid them
ContentsIntroduction.- Reliability /Weibull, bathtub curve,
basics (What is reliability?).- Failure Modes and
Physics of Failure (POF).- Strategies for identifying
root cause (FMEA).- Manufacturing Processes &
Procedures.- Testing & Qualification Processes &
Procedures.- Improving Reliability: Techniques
and Tools.- Design for Reliability (DFR).
Fields of interestElectronics and Microelectronics, Instrumenta-
tion; Circuits and Systems; Optical and Electronic
Materials
Target groupsEngineers and researchers in industry, academia
and research involved in the design, production
and manufacturing of MEMs
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. 350 p. (Augmented Vision and Reality, Volume 2)
Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04932-3
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 400 p. 180 illus. Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1538-2
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. (MEMS Reference Shelf ) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-6017-7
springer.com/booksellers38 Springer News 2/2010Engineering
R. A. Huggins, Stanford University, Stanford, CA, USA
Energy Storage
This is a comprehensive overview of energy storage
concepts, methodologies and applications.
Students will find chapters exploring the under-
lying energy storage fundamentals under various
conditions, such as organic fuels, phase transi-
tions and heat capacity, in addition to reversible
chemical reactions. Important energy storage types
such as mechanical, hydrogen and electromagnetic
energy storage are discussed in a pedagogical
language and structure accessible to students and
researchers alike. Valuable coverage of various
types of batteries are included, such as metal
hydride / “nickel”, lithium, lead-acid and primary
batteries, in addition to a variety of current appli-
cations.
Features7 Covers the fundamentals of energy storage
7 Describes various forms of energy including
hydrogen storage, thermal energy and batteries
7 Provides comprehensive coverage on current
applications
From the contentsGeneral Concepts.- Thermal Energy Storage.-
Reversible Chemical Reactions.- Energy Storage
in Organic Fuels.- Mechanical Energy Storage.-
Reversible Chemical Reactions.- Energy Storage
in Organic Fuels.- Mechanical Energy Storage.-
Electromagnetic Energy Storage.- Hydrogen
Storage.- Introduction to Electrochemical Energy
Storage.- Principles Determining the Voltages and
Capacities of Electrochemical Cells.- Binary Elec-
trodes Under Equilibrium and Near-Equilibrium
Conditions.- Ternary Electrodes Under Equilib-
rium and Near-Equilibrium Conditions.- Insertion
Reaction Electrodes.- Electrode Reactions That
Deviate From Complete Equilibrium.
Fields of interestPower Engineering; Electrochemistry; Renewable
Energy Sources
Target groupsStudents and professionals involved with energy
storage
C. Hwu, National Cheng Kung University, Tainan,
Taiwan R.O.C.
Anisotropic Elastic Plates
As structural elements, anisotropic elastic plates
find wide applications in modern technology. The
plates here are considered to be subjected to not
only inplane load but also transverse load. In other
words, both plane and plate bending problems as
well as the stretching-bending coupling problems
are all explained in this book.
In addition to the introduction of the theory of
anisotropic elasticity, several important subjects
have are discussed in this book such as interfaces,
cracks, holes, inclusions, contact problems, piezo-
electric materials, thermoelastic problems and
boundary element analysis.
Features7 Connects topics in a systematic approach, such
as anisotropic elasticity, mechanics of composite
materials and boundary element analysis, unlike
previous books on this subject 7 Provides a
collection of problem solutions for engineers and
scientists to understand derivation details
ContentsLinear Anisotropic Elastic Materials.- Lekhnitskii
Formalism.- Stroh Formalism.- Infinite Space,
Half-Space and Bimaterials.- Wedges & Interface
Corners.- Holes.- Cracks.- Inclusions.- Contact
Problems.- Thermoelastic Problems.- Piezoelec-
tric Materials.- Plate Bending Analysis.- Coupled
Stretching-Bending Analysis.- Holes/Cracks/Inclu-
sions in Laminates.- Boundary Element Analysis.-
Appendix A: Symbols, Sign Convention and
Units.- Appendix B: Hilbert Problem.- Appendix
C: Summary of Stroh formalism.- Appendix D:
Collection of Problem Solutions.
Fields of interestTheoretical and Applied Mechanics; Continuum
Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Electrical
Engineering
Target groupsEngineers and researchers in composite materials
A. Karasaridis, AT&T Labs, Middletown, NJ, USA
DNS Security
This book provides a comprehensive coverage
of DNS security. It gives the reader an in-depth
understanding of how DNS works securely.
After reading the book, the reader will be able to
complete the setup of DNS knowing which archi-
tecture and what type of software and configu-
ration is needed in certain environments (e.g.,
large, medium or small corporation, educational
organization, government).
Features7 Supported by a website which will cover
addenda and corrections, as well as additional
configuration scripts and code that implement
algorithms presented in the book 7 Includes
illustrations of various concepts, architecture
plots, graphs 7 Contains examples of uses and
configurations, results of simulations, installation
and setup instructions
ContentsIntroduction: Why DNS Security is important.-
DNS Overview: Protocol, Architecture and Appli-
cations.- Protocol Security Extensions-DNSSEC
and beyond.- DNS Vulnerabilities.- Monitoring
and Detection of Security Breaches.- Prevention,
Protection and Mitigation of DNS attacks.
Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Data
Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory;
Data Encryption
Target groupsNetwork and system administrators, operations
personnel, and network design/architecture
professionals as well as researchers in the applied
network security community
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. 100 illus. Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1023-3
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 525 p. 76 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5914-0
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 $49.95
ISBN 978-0-387-76545-7
springer.com/librarybooks 39Springer News 2/2010 Engineering
W. Lacarbonara, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy
Nonlinear Structural MechanicsTheory, Computational Approaches and
Phenomena
Nonlinear Structural Mechanics: Theory, Compu-
tational Approaches and Phenomena offers a
concise, integrated and coherent presentation of
the theoretical framework of nonlinear mechanics,
computational methods, applications, parametric
investigations of nonlinear phenomena and their
mechanical interpretation towards design. The
theoretical and computational tools that enable
the formulation, solution, and interpretation of
nonlinear structures are presented in a systematic
fashion so as to gradually attain an increasing level
of complexity of structural behaviors, under the
prevailing assumptions on the geometry of defor-
mation, the constitutive aspects and the loading
scenarios. Readers will find a unified treatment of
the foundational elements of nonlinear structural
mechanics, in addition to its modern computa-
tional aspects and the prominent nonlinear struc-
tural phenomena, tackling both the mathematical
and applied sciences.
Features7 Covers all leading aspects of nonlinear struc-
tural problems in a single volume 7 Provides a
wide spectrum of problem solutions in nonlinear
structural mechanics and dynamics 7 Presents
new developments in computational method-
ology, combining asymptotics with path following
techniques
Fields of interestStructural Mechanics; Statistical Physics, Dynam-
ical Systems and Complexity; Civil Engineering
Target groupsGraduate students in various branches of engi-
neering (civil, aeronautical, mechanical, applied
mathematics), engineers, researchers and scientists
involved with nonlinear structural mechanics
K. Mollenhauer, Berlin; H. Tschöke,
Otto-von-Guericke-Universität, Magdeburg (Eds.)
Handbook of Diesel EnginesWith contributions by numerous experts
Translated from the German into English by:
K. G. Johnson
The diesel engine continues to be the most cost-
effective internal combustion engine for motor
vehicles as well as road and nonroad engine
applications. The diesel engine is superior to all
other drive engines in terms of flexibility, perfor-
mance, emissions and ruggedness, particularly in
the context of the current CO2 discussions. The
intensive search for alternative drive concepts, e. g.
hybrid or purely electric drives, has demonstrated
the indispensability of diesel engines for cost-
effective long-distance operation and wherever
energy carriers have high energy densities, i. e. fuel
storage capacities are limited.
This English edition of the Handbook of Diesel
Engines provides a comprehensive overview
of diesel engines of all sizes from small single
cylinder engines up to large two-stroke marine
engines.
Features7 The German standard book regarding diesel
engines 7 Completely and up to date with the
most latest developments 7 Prestigious authors
from industry and research (BMW, Daim-
lerChrysler, Deutz AG, Volkswagen AG, Robert
Bosch, MAN et al.)
Fields of interestAutomotive Engineering; Power Engineering;
Machinery and Machine Elements
Target groupsEngineers in development or research, but also in
service and operation
S. Nair, M. Marchetti, Southern Methodist University,
Dallas, TX, USA; J. Hopkinson, Information and
Infrastructure Technologies, Herndon, VA, USA;
S. Fogie, Airscanner Corporation, PA, USA
Enterprise SecurityCompliance v. Competence
This book examines dual perspectives of enterprise
security, compliance and business continuity, and
offers a pathway to their convergence. Irrespective
of their sizes, companies are forced to be complaint
to various security standards, to maintain their
good standings with government agencies as
well as clients. There is enormous overlap and
contradictions across the standards and one size
does not fit all. The book will provide a compara-
tive discussion on popular standards and suggest
the suitability and requirements for various
segments in industry and government. Further, the
book will highlight widely existent “compliance
paralysis” and analyze its etiology. While compli-
ance is necessary, the big question is whether it is
sufficient to ensure business continuity, often the
answer is no. Finally, the book will delineate a 7
step process to achieve both compliance and busi-
ness continuity as repeatable enterprise character-
istics.
Features7 Examines enterprise security, compliance and
business continuity, and offers a pathway to their
convergence 7 Provides a comparative discussion
on popular standards and suggests the suitability
and requirements for various segments in industry
and government 7 Delineates a 7-step process to
achieve both compliance and business continuity
as repeatable enterprise characteristics
Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Manage-
ment of Computing and Information Systems;
Computer Communication Networks
Target groupsProfessionals for corporate operations or security;
senior executives who want guidance establishing,
measuring, and monitoring the security profile of
external organizations on which they depend, such
as suppliers, service providers, or manufacturers
and developers; security consultants and auditors
as well as students in an introductory graduate
course in security process or enterprise security
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 600 p. 100 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1275-6
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
Translation of Mollenhauer/Tschöke, Handbuch Diesel-
motoren, 3rd ed. 2007
2010. Approx. 700 p. 730 illus., 100 in color. Hardcover
7 $269.00
ISBN 978-3-540-89082-9
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-0-387-74434-6
springer.com/booksellers40 Springer News 2/2010Engineering
P. A. Naylor, N. D. Gaubitch, Imperial College,
London, UK. (Eds.)
Speech Dereverberation
Speech Dereverberation gathers together an over-
view, a mathematical formulation of the problem
and the state-of-the-art solutions for dereverbera-
tion.
Speech Dereverberation presents current
approaches to the problem of reverberation. It
provides a review of topics in room acoustics and
also describes performance measures for derever-
beration. The algorithms are then explained with
mathematical analysis and examples that enable
the reader to see the strengths and weaknesses of
the various techniques, as well as giving an under-
standing of the questions still to be addressed.
Techniques rooted in speech enhancement are
included, in addition to a treatment of multi-
channel blind acoustic system identification and
inversion. The TRINICON framework is shown in
the context of dereverberation to be a generaliza-
tion of the signal processing for a range of analysis
and enhancement techniques.
Speech Dereverberation is suitable for students at
masters and doctoral level, as well as established
researchers.
Features7 Provides an overview and a mathematical
formulation of the problem and the state of the art
solutions for speech dereverberation
Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Data
Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory;
Computational Intelligence
Target groupsPostgraduate university students (MSc and PhD)
and university research staff in signal processing,
telecommunications and speech recognition;
members of commercial research laboratories in
telecommunications (especially mobile devices)
and speech recognition
A. Neustein, Linguistic Technology Systems, Fort Lee,
NJ, USA (Ed.)
Speech Technology in Healthcare, Call Centers and Mobile Settings
This volume is comprised of contributions from
eminent leaders in the speech industry, and pres-
ents a comprehensive and in depth analysis of the
progress of speech technology in the topical areas
of mobile settings, healthcare and call centers. The
material addresses the technical aspects of voice
technology within the framework of societal needs,
such as the use of speech recognition software to
produce up-to-date electronic health records, not
withstanding patients making changes to health
plans and physicians. Included will be discus-
sion of speech engineering, linguistics, human
factors analysis, medical informatics, business and
information technology, electronics and communi-
cations engineering, all integrated into a cohesive
work.
Features7 Examines new and advanced deployments
of speech in healthcare, call centers and mobile
settings 7 Addresses technical aspects of voice
technology within the framework of societal needs
7 Provides a broad examination of speech tech-
nology from various vantage points, including the
needs of the user, the constraints of the developer
and the visions of the speech architects
Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Language
Translation and Linguistics; User Interfaces and
Human Computer Interaction
Target groupsSpeech software developers and speech engineers
in speech technology
R. Noé, University of Paderborn, Germany
Essentials of Modern Optical Fiber Communication
This concise introduction into optical fiber
communication. It covers the important aspects
from the physics of optical wave propagations to
the essentials of Receivers and Amplifiers. This
combination of a solid coverage of the necessary
fundamentals with an in-depth discussion of
recent relevant research results provides the reader
with the necessary theory of optical fiber systems.
It serves both, graduate students and profes-
sionals. The book includes many worked examples,
problems and provides lecturers with a solutions
manual.
Features7 Very concisely written 7 Focuses on the
physical essentials of fiber communication systems
7 Includes many worked examples, problems and
provides a solutions manual for Lecturers
ContentsIntroduction.- Optical waves in fibers and compo-
nents.- Optical fiber communication systems.
Fields of interestMicrowaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Optics,
Optoelectronics, Plasmonics and Optical Devices
Target groupsReseachers and professionals
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. XVIII, 398 p. 126 illus. (Signals and Communication
Technology) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-055-7
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due July 2010
2010. XV, 350 p. 25 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5950-8
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. 300 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04871-5
springer.com/librarybooks 41Springer News 2/2010 Engineering
Y. Oka, S. Koshizuka, Y. Ishiwatari, A. Yamaji,
University of Tokyo, Japan
Super Light Water Reactors and Super Fast ReactorsSupercritical-Pressure Light Water Cooled
Reactor
Super Light Water Reactors and Super Fast
Reactors provides an overview of the design
and analysis of nuclear power reactors. Readers
will gain the understanding of the conceptual
design elements and specific analysis methods
of supercritical-pressure light water cooled reac-
tors. Nuclear fuel, reactor core, plant control,
plant stand-up and stability are among the topics
discussed, in addition to safety system and safety
analysis parameters.
Providing the fundamentals of reactor design
criteria and analysis, this volume is a useful refer-
ence to engineers, industry professionals, and
graduate students involved with nuclear engi-
neering and energy technology.
Features7 Offers a comprehensive overview of the design
analysis of supercritical-pressure light water
cooled reactors 7 Covers the fundamentals of
nuclear reactor design and analysis such as fuel,
core, and control safety 7 Describes the concepts
behind water cooled reactors in a multidisciplinary
manner
ContentsIntroduction.- Fuel and Core Design.- Fuel Rod
Behaviors During Normal Operations.- Plant
System Design.- Plant Dynamics and Control.-
Plant Startup and Stability.- Safety.- Design of Fast
Neutron Reactors.- Conclusion and Prospect.
Fields of interestNuclear Engineering; Nuclear Chemistry; Nuclear
Physics, Heavy Ions, Hadrons
Target groupsNuclear professionals in designing, constructing,
regulating, and operating super light water and
super fast reactors; graduate students in nuclear
engineering
I. Pilatowsky, R. Romero, C. Isaza, S. Gamboa,
P. Sebastian, W. Rivera
Cogeneration Fuel Cell- Sorption Air Conditioning Systems
Cogeneration Fuel Cell-Sorption Air Conditioning
Systems examines the thermodynamic principles
of fuel cell performance and sorption air condi-
tioning systems, and gives relevant information
about the state of the art of these technologies. It
also provides the reader with the theoretical bases
and knowledge needed to understand the opera-
tion of these new cogeneration systems, as well as
discussing the design basis and economical evalu-
ation. Topics covered include: selected fuel cells
for cogeneration CHP processes, state-of-the-art
sorption refrigeration systems, potential applica-
tions in demonstration projects and profitability
assessment of the cogeneration system.
Air conditioning and fuel cell engineers, post-
graduates and researchers in energy fields, and
designers of cooling, heating and power cogenera-
tion systems will find Cogeneration Fuel Cell-
Sorption Air Conditioning Systems a useful and
informative reference.
Features7 Allows the reader to understand the operation,
design basis and economical evaluation of novel
cogeneration systems
ContentsEnergy and Cogeneration.- Thermodynamics of
Fuel Cells.- Selected Fuel Cells for Cogeneration
CHP Processes.- State of the Art Sorption Refrig-
eration Systems.- Sorption Refrigeration Systems.-
Cogeneration Fuel Cells-Air Conditioning
Systems.- Potential Applications in Demonstration
Projects.- Profitability Assessment of the Cogen-
eration System.
Fields of interestPower Electronics, Electrical Machines and
Networks
Target groupsAir conditioning and fuel cell engineers, postgrad-
uates and researchers in energy fields, designers of
cooling, heating and power cogeneration systems
K. Popovici, The MathWorks, Inc., Natick, MA, USA;
F. Rousseau, Laboratoire TIMA, Grenoble, France;
A. A. Jerraya, CEA-LETI, MINATEC, Grenoble, France;
M. Wolf, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta,
GA, USA
Embedded Software Design and Programming of Multi-processor System-on-ChipSimulink and System C Case Studies
Current multimedia and telecom applications
require complex, heterogeneous multiprocessor
system on chip (MPSoC) architectures with
specific communication infrastructure in order to
achieve the required performance. Heterogeneous
MPSoC includes different types of processing
units (DSP, microcontroller, ASIP) and different
communication schemes (fast links, non standard
memory organization and access).
Programming an MPSoC requires the generation
of efficient software running on MPSoC from a
high level environment, by using the character-
istics of the architecture. This task is known to
be tedious and error prone, because it requires a
combination of high level programming environ-
ments with low level software design.
This book gives an overview of concepts related to
embedded software design for MPSoC. It details a
full software design approach, allowing systematic,
high-level mapping of software applications on
heterogeneous MPSoC.
Features7 Provides a comprehensive presentation of a full
software design methodology, allowing system-
atic, high-level mapping of software applications
on heterogeneous MPSoC 7 Demonstrates in
a step-by-step format how to program heteroge-
neous MPSoC with detailed examples developed
in Simulink and SystemC 7 Includes realistic
programming examples and practice exercises in
every chapter
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engi-
neering (CAD, CAE) and Design
Target groupsResearchers and practitioners in embedded systems,
electronic design automation concerned with
programming multiprocessor system-on-chips
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. 200 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-6034-4
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. XIV, 174 p. 55 illus. (Green Energy and Technology)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-027-4
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. 134 illus. (Embedded Systems)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5566-1
springer.com/booksellers42 Springer News 2/2010Engineering
K. Popp, W. Schiehlen, University of Stuttgart,
Germany
Ground Vehicle Dynamics
Ground Vehicle Dynamics is devoted to the
mathematical modelling and dynamical analysis
of ground vehicle systems composed of the vehicle
body, the propulsion, guidance and suspen-
sion devices and the corresponding guideway.
Automobiles on uneven roads and railways on
flexible tracks are prominent representatives of
ground vehicle systems. All these different kinds
of systems are treated in a common way by means
of analytical dynamics and applied control. As a
particular result of this integrated approach the
state equations of the global systems are obtained
including the complete interactions between the
subsystems considered as independent modules.
In addition to a detailed modelling of vehicles as
multibody systems, the contact theory for rolling
wheels and the modelling of guideways by Finite
Element systems and stochastic processes as well
as the fundamentals of vehicle dynamics for longi-
tudinal, lateral and vertical motions and vibrations
of automobiles and railways are presented.
Features7 Introduction to the mechanical modelling
of automotive and railway vehicles 7 Strong
emphasis on the computational methods
7 With newest results from multibody dynamics,
numerical simulation, and optimization
ContentsSystem Definition and Modeling.- Vehicle
Models.- Models for Support and Guidance
Systems.- Guideway Models.- Models for Vehicle-
Guideway-Systems.- Assessment Criteria.- compu-
tational Methods.- Longitudinal Motions.- Lateral
Motions.- Vertical Motions.
Fields of interestVibration, Dynamical Systems, Control; Automo-
tive Engineering; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics
Target groupsGraduate students and researchers in mechanical
engineering
R. Prasad, Aalborg University, Denmark;
F. J. Velez, Universidade da Beira Interior, Portugal
WiMAX NetworksTechno-Economic Vision and Challenges
Ignited by the mobile phone’s huge success at
the end of last century, the demand for wire-
less services is constantly growing. To face this
demand, wireless systems have been and are
deployed at a large scale. These include mobility-
oriented technologies such as GPRS, CDMA
or UMTS, and Local Area Network-oriented
technologies such as WiFi. WiMAX Networks
covers aspects of WiMAX quality of service (QoS),
security, mobility, radio resource management,
multiple input multiple output antenna, planning,
cost/revenue optimization, physical layer, medium
access control (MAC) layer, network layer, and
so on.
Features7 WiMAX Handbook: Critical Wireless Standard
is a complete & comprehensive book covering all
aspects of WiMAX from introductory material on
Broadband Wireless Systems to the deployment of
WiMAX 7 Explains applications, history, spec-
trum options, technical and business challenges,
and competitive technologies of WiMAX 802.16
standards 7 Also discusses the core technicalities
of Physical and MAC layers
Contents1: The Evolution towards WiMAX. 2: OFDMA
WiMAX Physical Layer. 3: Medium Access Control
Layer. 4: Quality of Service. 5: Security Sublayer.
6: Mobility Management Architecture for WiMAX
Networks. 7: Radio Resource Management in
WiMAX networks. 8: Radio and Network Plan-
ning. 9: System Capacity. 10: Business Models and
Cost/revenue Optimization. 11: Multiple Antenna
Technology. 12: WiMAX and Wireless standards.
Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Signal,
Image and Speech Processing; Microwaves, RF and
Optical Engineering
Target groupsGraduate students in the field of wireless commu-
nications and engineers / professionals active in
the telecommunications industry
J. C. Principe, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL,
USA
Information Theoretic LearningRenyi’s Entropy and Kernel Perspectives
This book presents the first cohesive treatment of
Information Theoretic Learning (ITL) algorithms
to adapt linear or nonlinear learning machines
both in supervised or unsupervised paradigms.
ITL is a framework where the conventional
concepts of second order statistics (covariance, L2
distances, correlation functions) are substituted by
scalars and functions with information theoretic
underpinnings, respectively entropy, mutual infor-
mation and correntropy.
ITL quantifies the stochastic structure of the
data beyond second order statistics for improved
performance without using full-blown Bayesian
approaches that require a much larger computa-
tional cost. This is possible because of a non-para-
metric estimator of Renyi’s quadratic entropy that
is only a function of pairwise differences between
samples. The book compares the performance of
ITL algorithms with the second order counter-
parts in many engineering and machine learning
applications.
ContentsInformation theory, machine learning and repro-
ducing kernel Hilbert spaces.- Renyi’s entropy,
divergence and their nonparametric estimators.-
Adaptive information filtering with error entropy
and error correntropy criteria.- Algorithms for
entropy and correntropy adaptation with applica-
tions to linear systems.- Nonlinear adaptive
filtering with MEE, MCC and applications.- Clas-
sification with EEC, divergence measures and
error bounds.- Clustering with ITL principles.-
Self-organizing ITL principles for unsupervised
learning.- A reproducing kernel Hilbert space
framework for ITL.
Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Compu-
tational Intelligence; Statistics for Engineering,
Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth
Sciences
Target groupsResearchers
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due March 2010
Original German edition published by B.G.Teubner,
Stuttgart, 1993
2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-540-24038-9
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 700 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8751-5
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. XIV, 448 p. (Information Science and Statistics)
Hardcover
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1569-6
springer.com/librarybooks 43Springer News 2/2010 Engineering
S. Ray, University of Texas, Austin, TX, USA
Scalable Techniques for Formal Verification
This book presents state-of-the-art approaches
to formal verification techniques to seamlessly
integrate different formal verification methods
within a single logical foundation. It should
benefit researchers and practitioners looking to
get a broad overview of the spectrum of formal
verification techniques, as well as approaches to
combining such techniques within a single frame-
work. Coverage includes a range of case studies
showing how such combination is fruitful in
developing a scalable verification methodology for
industrial designs. This book outlines both theo-
retical and practical issues involved in integrating
different reasoning methods to work in concert,
and current approaches to their resolution.
Features7 Provides a tutorial introduction to the state of
the art in formal verification 7 The first authori-
tative reference to discuss disparate reasoning
techniques and how they work with each other in
solving different application problems 7 Assumes
no previous knowledge of formal reasoning and
logic and includes numerous case studies to
facilitate appreciation of the diversity of domains
in which the techniques can be applied
From the contentsIntroduction.- Overview of Formal Verificaiton.-
ACL2.- Sequential Programs.- Analysis of Proof
Strategies.- Using Theorem Proving for Verifica-
tion Condition Generation.- Formalizing Reactive
Programs.- Concurrent Programs as a Reactive
System.- Rewriting and Abstract Interpreta-
tion.- Integrating Deductive and Algorithmic
Reasoning.- A Formally Verified Compositional
Model Checking Procedure.
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided
Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design
Target groupsResearchers and practitioners in circuit design,
embedded systems, electronic design automation
concerned with formal verification/software design
validation
X. Shi, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai,
China
Blind Signal ProcessingTheory and Practice
“Blind Signal Processing: Theory and Practice” not
only introduces related fundamental mathematics,
but also reflects the numerous advances in the
field, such as probability density estimation-
based processing algorithms, underdetermined
models, complex value methods, uncertainty of
order in the separation of convolutive mixtures in
frequency domains, and feature extraction using
Independent Component Analysis (ICA). At the
end of the book, results from a study conducted
at Shanghai Jiao Tong University in the areas of
speech signal processing, underwater signals,
image feature extraction, data compression, and
the like are discussed.
This book will be of particular interest to advanced
undergraduate students, graduate students, univer-
sity instructors and research scientists in related
disciplines. Dr. Xizhi Shi is a Professor at Shanghai
Jiao Tong University.
Features7 Comprehensive treatise of the topic 7 Most
recent results with applications
Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Information
and Communication, Circuits; Communications
Engineering, Networks
Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate students, graduate
students, university instructors and research
scientists in related disciplines
P. Strauß, W. Minker, University of Ulm, Germany
Proactive Spoken Dialogue Interaction in Multi-Party Environments
Proactive Spoken Dialogue Interaction in Multi-
Party Environments describes spoken dialogue
systems that act as independent dialogue partners
in the conversation with and between users. The
resulting novel characteristics such as proactive-
ness and multi-party capabilities pose new chal-
lenges on the dialogue management component of
such a system and require the use and administra-
tion of an extensive dialogue history. In order to
assist the proactive spoken dialogue systems devel-
opment, a comprehensive data collection seems
mandatory and may be performed in a Wizard-of-
Oz environment. Such an environment builds also
the appropriate basis for an extensive usability and
acceptance evaluation.
Proactive Spoken Dialogue Interaction in Multi-
Party Environments is a useful reference for
students and researchers in speech processing.
Features7 Presents novel methods for dialogue history
and dialogue management 7 Investigates
how spoken language dialogue systems may be
improved in terms of usability and user friendli-
ness 7 Demonstrates how conventional spoken
language dialogue systems may become technical
companions 7 Describes exhaustive user tests to
evaluate the presented approaches
ContentsIntroduction.- Fundamentals.- Development of
a Corpus of Multi-Party Dialogues.- Dialogue
Management for a Multi-Party Spoken Dialogue
System.- Evaluation.- Conclusion.
Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Language
Translation and Linguistics; User Interfaces and
Human Computer Interaction
Target groupsAdvanced level students and researchers in speech
processing
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5997-3
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
Distribution rights in China: Shanghai Jiao Tong Univer-
sity Press
Jointly published with Shanghai Jiao Tong University
Press. Based on an original Chinese edition published by
Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press, 2008
2010. Approx. 300 p. 139 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11346-8
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due February 2010
2010. XX, 180 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5991-1
springer.com/booksellers44 Springer News 2/2010Engineering
K. P. Valavanis, R. Beard, P. Oh, A. Ollero, L. Piegl,
H. Shim (Eds.)
Selected papers from the 2nd International Symposium on UAVs, Reno, U.S.A. June 8-10, 2009
This volume includes selected peer reviewed
papers from the 2nd International Symposium on
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles, June 8-10, 2009, Reno
Nevada, USA.
The book focuses on UAV advances and current
state-of-the-art. The annual meeting discusses the
most recent advances in the field worldwide, thus,
the book serves the purpose on publishing the
latest findings.
The book reflects the latest research findings in
UAVs, focusing on modeling, navigation, target
tracking, planning, vision, simulation platforms,
training, landing systems, and several applications.
It may serve as a reference for the most recent
advances in UAV research.
Features7 The latest research findings, not published
anywhere else 7 Presents current status of
unmanned aviation 7 Discusses levels of
autonomy and sensor-based navigation
7 Includes real case studies
ContentsA: UAS Modeling, Control and Identification; B:
UAS Navigation, Path Planning and Tracking; C:
UAS Vision and Vision-Based Systems; D: Landing
and Forced Landing; E: Simulation Platforms and
Testbeds; F: UAS Applications.
Fields of interestControl, Robotics, Mechatronics; Systems Theory,
Control; Engineering Design
Target groupsAcademics, scientists and researchers, engineers
and practitioners
A. Vardelle, J. V. Heberlein (Eds.)
Recent Advances in Modeling and Numerical Simulation of Thermal Spray Processes
This volume highlights the most recent advances
in fundamental understanding and modeling
approaches to thermal spray technologies. It
contains several review papers as well as original
and research articles in aspects of modeling and
numerical simulations in thermal spray science
and technology, including processes, coating
formation, properties, testing and use.
Fields of interestEngineering, general; Materials Science, general;
Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings
Target groupsEngineers and researchers involved in the develop-
ment and application of thermal spray coating
technologies.
M. Velev, Aries Design Automation, LLC, Chicago, IL,
USA
Formal Verification of MicroprocessorsAutomatic and Scalable Methods for
Pipelined, Superscalar, and VLIW Designs
Microprocessors are the most important compo-
nents in computer systems, and are increasingly
being used in safety-critical applications, e.g.,
to monitor the health of patients, to control the
engines and breaks of cars, to drive autonomous
vehicles and fly autonomous aircraft, and to
control weapons systems.
Statistics from industrial microprocessor designs
indicate that up to 90% of the engineering effort is
spent on verification, which increasingly becomes
the bottleneck in developing new products. Formal
verification has the potential to significantly reduce
the design time, while also guaranteeing complete
correctness. However, previous approaches for
formal verification of microprocessors either
do not scale for complex designs or require
prohibitive amounts of manual effort by experts. In
contrast, this book presents a highly automatic and
scalable method for formal verification of complex
processors, including pipelined, superscalar, and
VLIW designs.
Features7 Presents a highly automatic and scalable
method for formal verification of a wide variety
of modern microprocessors 7 Includes a
companion software tool flow for design and
formal verification of pipelined, superscalar, and
VLIW microprocessors 7 Provides exercises
and projects to use the tool flow to design and
verify microprocessors of increasing complexity
7 Includes a large collection of student bugs from
past implementations of the projects to design and
verify processors
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engi-
neering (CAD, CAE) and Design
Target groupsGraduate students in courses on formal verifica-
tion as well practicing verification engineers
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due March 2010
Reprinted from JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT AND ROBOTIC
SYSTEMS, 57:1-4, 2010
2010. Approx. 600 p. Hardcover
7 $209.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8763-8
Discount groupP
Due February 2010
Only available in print
Reprinted from JOURNAL OF THERMAL SPRAY TECH-
NOLOGY (JTST),10:5/6, 2009
2010. Approx. 315 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $150.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5926-3
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $99.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0955-8
springer.com/librarybooks 45Springer News 2/2010 Engineering
W. Wang, Wang Consulting International,
Burlingame, CA, USA; H. W. Stoll, J. G. Conley,
Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, USA
Rapid Tooling Guidelines For Sand Casting
Rapid Tooling Guidelines for Sand Casting
describes the guidelines for the sand casting
industry in using rapid tooling processes. Topics in
the seven chapters include sand casting processes,
tool design and construction, fast freeform fabri-
cation processes, rapid tooling processes, sand
casting dimension control, rapid tooling evaluation
methods and decision making processes. Twelve
case studies will also be examined in the book.
Features7 Provides guidelines in selecting the right rapid
tooling processes as the sand casting industry is
facing more pressure to shorten the lead time and
improve the dimensional quality 7 Not many
books on this subject in the marketplace
ContentsSand Casting Processes.- Tool Design and
Construction For Sand Casting.- Fast Freeform
Fabrication Methods and Processes.- Rapid
Tooling Processes.- Sand Casting Dimensional
Control.- Evaluating Tooling Alternatives.- Tooling
Alternative Selection Case Studies.
Fields of interestManufacturing, Machines, Tools; Control;
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials
Target groupsEngineers, researchers and students in the sand
casting and rapid tooling industry
J. Yoon, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ, USA;
L. J. Lucas, Areté Associates, Tucson, AZ, USA
BiosensorsFrom Electric Circuits to Immunosensors
This book aims to provide an interdisciplinary
approach to biosensors that will be appreciated
by biomedical engineers and electrical engineers.
It discusses underlying circuitry of sensors for
biomedical engineers and biomedical sensing
modalities for electrical engineers while providing
applications based approach to the study of
biosensors with over 13 extensive hands-on labs.
The material is presented using a building block
approach beginning with the fundamentals of
sensor design and temperature sensors and ending
with more complicated biosensors.
Features7 Provides electrical engineers with the specific
knowledge they need to understand biological
sensing modalities 7 Provides biomedical
engineers with a solid background in circuits
and systems 7 Includes complete coverage of
temperature sensors, electrochemical sensors,
DNA and immunosensors, piezoelectric sensors
and immunosensing in a micofluidic device
ContentsFundamentals of electric circuits.- Temperature
sensors.- Signal conditioning and amplifica-
tion.- Electrochemical sensors.- Optoelectronics.-
Biosensors: glucose meter.- Biosensors: DNA
and immunosensor.- Piezoelectric sensors.- Data
acquisition.- Biochips.
Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Circuits and Systems;
Nanotechnology
Target groupsSenior and first year graduate students in
biomedical engineering, electrical engineering and
mechanical engineering
M. I. Younis, State University of New York,
Binghamton, NY, USA
MEMS Linear and Nonlinear Statics and Dynamics
MEMs: Linear and Non Linear Statics and
Dynamics presents the necessary analytical and
computational tools for MEMS designers to model
and simulate most known MEMS devices, struc-
tures, and phenomena. In addition, it provides
an in-depth analysis and treatment for the most
common static and dynamic phenomena in MEMS
that are encountered. Coverage includes nonlinear
modeling approaches to model various MEMS
phenomena of nonlinear nature, such as those due
to electrostatic forces, squeeze-film damping, and
large deflection of structures.
Features7 Includes examples of numerous MEMS devices
and structures that require static or dynamic
modeling 7 Provides code for programs in
Matlab, Mathematica, and ANSYS for simulating
the behavior of MEMS structures 7 Provides
real world problems related to the dynamics of
MEMS that have not been covered in other books,
including Dynamics of electrostatically actuated
devices, stiction and adhesion of microbeams due
to electrostatic and capillary forces and mechanical
shock of microstructures 7 Provides provides
comprehensive coverage for the analytical and
computational approaches to model MEMS struc-
tures and devices
Fields of interestElectronics and Microelectronics, Instrumenta-
tion; Circuits and Systems; Nanotechnology
Target groupsResearchers and academics active in MEMs and
first year graduate level students in MEMS, static
and dynamic modeling courses
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 180 p. 70 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5730-6
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. XX, 330 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $89.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-6021-4
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. (Microsystems, Volume 20)
Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-6019-1
springer.com/booksellers46 Springer News 2/2010Engineering
A. A. Youssef, J. Haslett, University of Calgary, AB,
Canada
Nanometer CMOS RFICs for Mobile TV Applications
Nanometer CMOS RFICs for Mobile TV Appli-
cations focuses on how to break the trade-off
between power consumption and performance
(linearity and noise figure) by optimizing the
mobile TV front-end dynamic range in three
hierarchical levels: the intrinsic MOSFET level,
the circuit level, and the architectural level. It
begins by discussing the fundamental concepts of
MOSFET dynamic range, including nonlinearity
and noise. It then moves to the circuit level intro-
ducing the challenges associated with designing
wide-dynamic range, variable-gain, broadband
low-noise amplifiers (LNAs). The book gives a
detailed analysis of a new noise-canceling tech-
nique that helps CMOS LNAs achieve a sub - 2 dB
wideband noise figure. Lastly, the book deals with
the front-end dynamic range optimization process
from the systems perspective by introducing the
active and passive automatic gain control (AGC)
mechanism.
Features7 Discusses the challenges associated with
using modern nanometre CMOS technology for
designing RFICs 7 Gives detailed analysis for
the state-of-the-art of CMOS low noise amplifiers
(LNAs) and provides new techniques to improve
their performance (i.e., new noise and distortion
cancelling techniques) 7 Exposes students to the
practical steps needed to develop successful RFICs
for the wireless market
Fields of interestMicrowaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Solid
State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy
Target groupsResearchers and graduate students as well as RFIC
and SoC design engineers
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Analog Circuits and Signal
Processing) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8603-7
springer.com/librarybooks 47Springer News 2/2010 Physics/Astronomy
J. M. Amigó, Universidad Miguel Hernandez,
Alicante, Spain
Permutation Complexity in Dynamical SystemsOrdinal Patterns, Permutation Entropy and
All That
The study of permutation complexity can be envi-
sioned as a new kind of symbolic dynamics whose
basic blocks are ordinal patterns, that is, permuta-
tions defined by the order relations among points
in the orbits of dynamical systems.
Since its inception in 2002 the concept of permuta-
tion entropy has sparked a new branch of research
in particular regarding the time series analysis of
dynamical systems that capitalizes on the order
structure of the state space. Indeed, on one hand
ordinal patterns and periodic points are closely
related, yet ordinal patterns are amenable to
numerical methods, while periodicity is not.
Another interesting feature is that since it can be
shown that random (unconstrained) dynamics has
no forbidden patterns with probability one, their
existence can be used as a fingerprint to identify
any deterministic origin of orbit generation.
The presentation is a compromise between math-
ematical rigor and pedagogical approach.
ContentsWhat is This all About?.- First Applications.-
Ordinal Patterns.- Ordinal Structure of the Shifts.-
Ordinal Structure of the Signed Shifts.- Metric
Permutation Entropy.- Topological Permutation
Entropy.- Discrete Entropy.- Detection of Deter-
minism.- Space-Time Dynamics.- Conclusion and
Outlook.
Fields of interestStatistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and
Complexity; Mathematical Methods in Physics;
Data Structures, Cryptology and Information
Theory
Target groupsTheoretical physicists, applied mathematicians,
computer scientists
G. Beutler, University of Bern, Switzerland
Methods of Celestial MechanicsVolume I: Physical, Mathematical, and
Numerical Principles
This first volume gives a thorough treatment of
celestial mechanics and presents all the necessary
mathematical details that a professional would
need. The reader will appreciate the well-written
chapters on numerical solution techniques for
ordinary differential equations, as well as that
on orbit determination. In the second volume
applications to the rotation of earth and moon,
to artificial earth satellites and to the planetary
system are presented. The author addresses all
aspects that are of importance in high-tech appli-
cations, such as the detailed gravitational fields
of all planets and the earth, the oblateness of the
earth, the radiation pressure and the atmospheric
drag. The concluding part of this monumental
treatise explains and details state-of-the-art profes-
sional and thoroughly-tested software for celestial
mechanics. The accompanying online files enable
readers to employ this software themselves and
also serves as to illustrate and reinforce the related
theoretical concepts.
Features7 Broad range 7 Gives a detailed introduction
into the theoretical concepts of celestial mechanics
as used in planetary sciences and satellite naviga-
tion 7 Addresses numerical techniques and gps
navigation 7 G. Beutler is an internationally
renowned expert
Fields of interestAstronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology; Extra-
terrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Mechanics
Target groupsStudents and lecturers
A. Biswas, Delaware State University, Dover, DE, USA;
D. Milovic, University of Nis, Serbia; M. Edwards,
Alabama A & M University, Normal, AL, USA
Mathematical Theory of Dispersion-Managed Optical Solitons
Mathematical Theory of Dispersion-Managed
Optical Solitons discusses recent advances
covering optical solitons, soliton perturbation,
optical cross-talk, Gabitov-Turitsyn Equations,
quasi-linear pulses, and higher order Gabitov-
Turitsyn Equations. Focusing on a mathematical
perspective, the book bridges the gap between
concepts in engineering and mathematics, and
gives an outlook to many new topics for further
research.
The book is intended for researchers and graduate
students in applied mathematics, physics and engi-
neering and also it will be of interest to those who
are conducting research in nonlinear fiber optics.
Features7 Focuses on a mathematical perspective
7 Bridges the gap between concepts in engi-
neering and mathematics 7 Gives an outlook to
many new topics for further research
ContentsIntroducation.- The Nonlinear Schrödinger’s
Equation.- Polarization Preserving Fibers.- Bire-
fringent.- Multiple Channels.- Gabitov-Turitsyn
Equation.- Quasi-Linear Pulses.- Higher Order
Gabitov-Turitsyn Equations.
Fields of interestQuantum Optics; Microwaves, RF and Optical
Engineering;
Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in applied
mathematics, physics and electrical engineering
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due March 2010
2010. X, 280 p. (Springer Series in Synergetics) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04083-2
Discount groupP
Due February 2010
Only available in print
1st ed. 2004. 2nd printing 2010. XVI, 464 p. With online
files/update. (Astronomy and Astrophysics Library)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10529-6
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press
Jointly published with Higher Education Press
2010. Approx. 160 p. 23 illus. (Nonlinear Physical
Science) Hardcover
7 approx. $239.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10219-6
springer.com/booksellers48 Springer News 2/2010Physics/Astronomy
L. M. Blinov, Shubnikov Institute of Crystallography,
Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia
Structure and Properties of Liquid Crystals
This book introduces the reader to the most
important concepts related to the structure and
physical properties of liquid crystals, including
some of the theoretical aspects. It consists of three
parts: structure, physical properties, and electro-
optic behavior.
Liquid crystals have an important place in modern
life. We see them in our clocks, computer displays,
TV screens, telephones and calculators, car dash-
boards, photo-cameras. Other applications include
slide projection systems, spatial light modulators,
temperature sensors and even liquid crystal lasers.
Scientists working on the liquid crystals include
chemists, physicists, engineers especially in the
fields of radio and optoelectronics.
This book addresses those who do not have a
strong background in the mathematical apparatus
of modern physics, but still wish to learn about
the structure and properties of liquid crystals that
are relevant to experimental sciences and applied
research.
Features7 Offers the approach of an experimentalist to
teaching the applied physics of liquid crystals
7 Has a tutorial approach, and avoids cumber-
some mathematics 7 Simple analogies are
often used as an explanatory tool 7 Numerous
illustrations help understanding the problems
under discussion 7 Coverage extends to topics
related to the most recent results and applications
of liquid crystal research
Fields of interestSoft and Granular Matter, Complex Fluids and
Microfluidics; Physical Chemistry; Surface and
Interface Science, Thin Films
Target groupsExperimental scientists, graduate and undergrad-
uate students in soft matter
W. Demtröder, University of Kaiserslautern, Germany
Atoms, Molecules and PhotonsAn Introduction to Atomic- Molecular- and
Quantum Physics
This introduction to Atomic and Molecular Physics
explains how our present model of atoms and
molecules has been developed over the last two
centuries, both by many experimental discoveries
and, from the theoretical side, by the introduction
of quantum physics to the adequate description
of micro-particles. It illustrates the wave model of
particles by many examples and shows the limits of
classical description. The interaction of electro-
magnetic radiation with atoms and molecules
and its potential for spectroscopy is outlined in
great detail and, in particular, lasers as modern
spectroscopic tools are discussed thoroughly.
Many examples and problems with solutions are
offered to encourage readers to actively participate
in applying and adapting the theory to specific
situations.
Features7 Provides a unique joint introduction to atomic,
molecular and quantum physics with numerous
examples of applications 7 Completely revised
new edition with new sections covering all current
developments, such as x-ray optics, ion-cyclotron-
resonance spectrometer, attosecond lasers, ultra-
precission frequency measurement and atomic
interferometry
Fields of interestAtomic, Molecular, Optical and Plasma Physics;
Condensed Matter Physics; Physical Chemistry
Target groupsUndergraduate and graduate students in physics
and physical chemistry
B. Duplantier, CEA Saclay, Gif-sur-Yvette, France;
V. Rivasseau, Université de Paris Sud, Orsay, France
(Eds.)
Bio-PhysicsPoincaré Seminar 2009
The book contains articles from leading experts in
different areas of biophysics. Topics ranging from
cell dynamics to the evolution of multicellularity
to conscious versus non-conscious evidence accu-
mulation are reviewed and discussed, both from
a theoretical and an experimental perspective.
Furthermore, current developments of practical
applications like magnetic tweezers for the study of
DNA replication and brain imaging are presented.
Features7 Articles from leading reserachers in the field
7 Up-to-date results from theory and experi-
ments 7 Topics of great interest in biophysics
Fields of interestPhysics, general; Biophysics and Biological Physics
Target groupsTheoretical and mathematical physicists with a
special interest in biological systems (graduates,
post graduates and researchers)
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due November 2010
2011. IV, 270 p. 366 illus., 10 in color. (Topics in Applied
Physics, Volume 123) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8828-4
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due June 2010
Originally published as a monograph
2nd ed. 2010. XVI, 620 p. 500 illus. in color. (Graduate
Texts in Physics) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10297-4
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 150 p. (Progress in Mathematical Physics,
Volume 58) Hardcover
7 approx. $109.00
ISBN 978-3-0346-0427-7
springer.com/librarybooks 49Springer News 2/2010 Physics/Astronomy
M. Gargaud, J. Cernicharo, H. J. Cleaves II, D. Pinti,
R. Amils (Eds.)
Encyclopedia of Astrobiology
The interdisciplinary field of Astrobiology consti-
tutes a joint arena where provocative discoveries
are coalescing concerning, e.g. the prevalence of
exoplanets, the diversity and hardiness of life, and
its increasingly likely chances for its emergence.
Biologists, astrophysicists, biochemists, geoscien-
tists and space scientists share this exciting mission
of revealing the origin and commonality of life
in the Universe. The members of the different
disciplines are used to their own terminology and
technical language.
Fields of interestAstrobiology; Bioorganic Chemistry; Biochem-
istry, general
Target groupsResearchers and students of astrobiology,
astronomy, life sciences, chemistry, planetary
sciences, geosciences
Y. Grigoriev, Russian Academy of Sciences, SBRAS,
Novosibirsk, Russia; N. H. Ibragimov, Blekinge
Institute of Technology, Karlskrona, Sweden;
V. F. Kovalev, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow,
Russia; S. V. Meleshko, Suranaree University of
Technology, Nakhon Ratchasima, Thailand
Symmetries of Integro-Differential EquationsWith Applications in Mechanics and Plasma
Physics
This book aims to coherently present applications
of group analysis to integro-differential equations
in an accessible way. The book will be useful to
both physicists and mathematicians interested in
general methods to investigate nonlinear problems
using symmetries.
Differential and integro-differential equations,
especially nonlinear, present the most effective
way for describing complex processes. Therefore,
methods to obtain exact solutions of differen-
tial equations play an important role in physics,
applied mathematics and mechanics. This book
provides an easy to follow, but comprehensive,
description of the application of group analysis
to integro-differential equations. The book is
primarily designed to present both fundamental
theoretical and algorithmic aspects of these
methods. It introduces new applications and exten-
sions of the group analysis method. The authors
have designed a flexible text for postgraduate
courses spanning a variety of topics.
Fields of interestMathematical Methods in Physics; Atoms and
Molecules in Strong Fields, Laser Matter Interac-
tion; Plasma Physics
Target groupsPostdoctoral researchers and specialists in
nonlinear physics – mathematicians and non-
matematicians – interested in methods of applied
group analysis for investigating nonlinear prob-
lems in physical, engineering and natural sciences;
textbook on symmetries of integro-differential,
stochastic and delay equaitons for graduate
students in applied mathematics, physics and
engineering
D. Helbing, ETH Zürich, Switzerland
Quantitative SociodynamicsStochastic Methods and Models of Social
Interaction Processes
By incorporating decision-theoretical approaches
a very fundamental dynamic model is obtained
which seems to open new perspectives in the
social sciences. It includes many established
models as special cases, e.g. the logistic equa-
tion, the gravity model, some diffusion models,
the evolutionary game theory and the social field
theory, but it also implies numerous new results.
Examples concerning opinion formation, migra-
tion, social field theory; the self-organization of
behavioral conventions as well as the behavior of
customers and voters are presented and illustrated
by computer simulations. This new edition adds
chapters on Dynamic Decision Behavior, Optimal
Self-Organization, Self-Organization in Space and
Induced by Fluctuations, Drift- or Fluctuation-
Induced Ordering and Self-Organization in Driven
Many Particle Systems, Pattern Formation, Social
Forces and Diffusion Instability in Games with
Success-Driven Motion.
Features7 Unified and comprehensive overview of
stochastic methods to describe quantitatively
behavioral changes based on social interaction
processes 7 Presents numerous applications of
the theoretical concepts 7 The key source in
sociodynamics from one of the founders of this
interdisciplinary field crossing boundaries of
physics, mathematics and social sciences
Fields of interestSocio- and Econophysics, Population and Evolu-
tionary Models; Operations Research/Decision
Theory; Game Theory, Economics, Social and
Behav. Sciences
Target groupsSocial scientists and natural scientists who are
interested in the application of stochastic and
synergetics concepts to interdisciplinary topics
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due July 2011
2011. Approx. 1350 p. (In 2 volumes, not available
separately) Hardcover
7 approx. $499.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11271-3
2011. eReference.
7 approx. $499.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11274-4
2011. Print + eReference. (In 2 volumes, not available
separately)
7 approx. $629.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11279-9
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 330 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume
806) Hardcover
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3796-1
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due August 2010
Originally published by Springer Netherlands
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 420 p. 40 illus. Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11545-5
springer.com/booksellers50 Springer News 2/2010Physics/Astronomy
V. Méndez, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona,
Spain; S. Fedotov, University of Manchester, UK;
W. Horsthemke, Southern Methodist Universtity,
Dallas, TX, USA
Reaction-Transport SystemsMesoscopic Foundations, Fronts, and Spatial
Instabilities
This book is an introduction to the dynamics of
reaction-diffusion systems, with a focus on fronts
and stationary spatial patterns. Emphasis is on
systems that are non-standard in the sense that
either the transport is not simply classical diffusion
(Brownian motion) or the system is not homo-
geneous. A important feature is the derivation of
the basic phenomenological equations from the
mesoscopic system properties.
Topics addressed include transport with inertia,
described by persistent random walks and hyper-
bolic reaction-transport equations and transport
by anomalous diffusion, in particular subdiffusion,
where the mean square displacement grows sublin-
early with time. In particular reaction-diffusion
systems are studied where the medium is in turn
either spatially inhomogeneous, compositionally
heterogeneous or spatially discrete.
Features7 Introduces the reader to reaction-diffusion
systems beyond the classical Brownian diffusion
process 7 Derives the physically and mathemati-
cally correct basic phenomenological equations by
examining the mesoscopic transport properties of
the system 7 Exercises at the end of each chapter
make the book suitable for use in classrooms
7 Describes appplications to a variety of fields
Fields of interestStatistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and
Complexity; Physical Chemistry; Theoretical
Ecology/Statistics
Target groupsResearchers and graduate students working in
fundamental and applied sciences related to
complex diffusion processes
M. Nakazawa, Tohoku University, Sendai, Japan;
K. Kikuchi, University of Tokyo, Japan; T. Miyazaki,
NICT, Tokyo, Japan (Eds.)
High Spectral Density Optical Communication Technologies
The latest hot topics of high-spectral density
optical communication systems using digital
coherent optical fibre communication technologies
are covered by this book. History and meaning of
a “renaissance” of the technology, requirements to
the Peta-bit/s class “new generation network” are
also covered in the first part of this book. The main
topics treated are electronic and optical devices,
digital signal processing including forward error
correction, modulation formats as well as trans-
mission and application systems. The book serves
as a reference to researchers and engineers.
Features7 Summarizes the state of the art in optical
communication technology 7 Presents the latest
developments in high-spectral density optical
communication 7 Hottest topics in optical fiber
communication covered for electronic and optical
devices, digital signal processing, modulation
formats and transmission systems 7 Useful refer-
ence to optical engineers, researchers and graduate
students
ContentsIntroduction.- Coherent Optical Communications:
Historical Perspectives and Future Directions.-
Ultimate HSDOC Technologies.- “Quasi Ultimate”
Technique.- High-Speed, High-Capacity Optical
Transmission Systems.- Advanced Modulation
Formats.- QPSK-Based Transmission System.-
Opto-Electronic Devices.- Semiconductor Lasers.-
Forward Error Correction.
Fields of interestLaser Technology, Photonics; Quantum Optics;
Optics, Optoelectronics, Plasmonics and Optical
Devices
Target groupsOptical engineers, scientists, graduate students
A. Romano, A. Marasco, Università degli Studi di
Napoli “Federico II”, Napoli, Italy
Continuum MechanicsAdvanced Topics and Research Trends
This book offers a broad overview of the potential
of continuum mechanics to describe a wide range
of macroscopic phenomena in real-world prob-
lems. Building on the fundamentals presented in
the authors’ previous book Continuum Mechanics
using Mathematica, this new work explores inter-
esting models of continuum mechanics having
applications in a wide variety of fields.
Aimed at advanced graduate students, applied
mathematicians, mathematical physicists, and
engineers, the work will be an excellent self-study
reference or supplementary textbook in graduate-
level courses focusing on advanced topics and
research trends in continuum mechanics.
Features7 May be used as a textbook for graduate courses
in continuum mechanics, nonlinear elasticity,
mixture, theory, phase changes, and electromag-
netism in continuum 7 Mathematica® notebooks
accompanying the text are available for download
at http://www/birkhauser.com/978-0-8176-4869-5
7 For a broad audience of graduate students,
researchers and practitioners in applied math-
ematics, mathematical physics, and engineering
From the contentsNonlinear Elasticity.- Micropolar Elasticity.-
Continuous Systems with Nonmaterial Interface.-
Phase Equilibrium.- Stationary and Time-depen-
dent Phase Changes.- An Introduction to Mixture
Theory.- Electromagnetism in Matter.- Introduc-
tion to Magneto-Fluid Dynamics.
Fields of interestMechanics; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics
of Materials; Mathematical Modeling and Math-
ematics in Industry
Target groupsGraduate students, researchers and practitioners
in applied mathematics, mathematical physics, and
engineeringDiscount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due May 2010
2010. X, 450 p. (Springer Series in Synergetics) Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11442-7
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 240 p. 130 illus., 10 in color. (Optical and
Fiber Communications Reports, Volume 6) Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10418-3
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 335 p. 50 illus. (Modeling and Simulation
in Science, Engineering and Technology) Hardcover
7 approx. $119.00
ISBN 978-0-8176-4869-5
springer.com/librarybooks 51Springer News 2/2010 Physics/Astronomy
F. Sabath, Armed Forces Scientific Institute for
Protection Technologies, Munich, Germany; D. Giri,
Pro-Tech, Alamo, CA, USA; F. Rachidi, Swiss Federal
Institute of Technology, Lausanne, Switzerland;
A. Kaelin, Meteolab AG, Wetzikon, Switzerland (Eds.)
Ultra-Wideband, Short Pulse Electromagnetics 9
Ultra-wideband (UWB), short-pulse (SP) electro-
magnetics are now being used for an increasingly
wide variety of applications, including collision
avoidance radar, concealed object detection, and
communications. Notable progress in UWB and
SP technologies has been achieved by investiga-
tions of their theoretical bases and improvements
in solid-state manufacturing, computers, and digi-
tizers. UWB radar systems are also being used for
mine clearing, oil pipeline inspections, archeology,
geology, and electronic effects testing. Ultra-
wideband Short-Pulse Electromagnetics 9 presents
selected papers of deep technical content and high
scientific quality from the UWB-SP9 Confer-
ence, which was held from July 21-25, 2008, in
Lausanne, Switzerland. The wide-ranging coverage
includes contributions on electromagnetic theory,
time-domain computational techniques, modeling
techniques, antennas, pulsed-power, UWB inter-
actions, radar systems, UWB communications,
broadband systems and components.
Features7 Focuses on advanced technologies for the
generation, radiation and detection of ultra-wide-
band short pulse signals 7 Reports on develop-
ments in supporting mathematical and numerical
methods and describes current and potential
future applications of the technology 7 Written
by leading researchers and experts in the field of
ultra-wideband short pulse electromagnetics
Fields of interestOptics and Electrodynamics; Circuits and Systems;
Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering
Target groupsScientists and engineers in electrical engineering,
physics, radar technology, and antenna theory
working in academia, industry, and government
labs
F. Scheck, University of Mainz, Germany
MechanicsFrom Newton’s Laws to Deterministic Chaos
This book covers all topics in mechanics from
elementary Newtonian mechanics, the principles
of canonical mechanics and rigid body mechanics
to relativistic mechanics and nonlinear dynamics.
It was among the first textbooks to include
dynamical systems and deterministic chaos in due
detail. As compared to the previous editions the
present fifth edition is updated and revised with
more explanations and additional examples.
Symmetries and invariance principles, the basic
geometric aspects of mechanics as well as elements
of continuum mechanics also play an important
role. The book will enable the reader to develop
general principles from which equations of motion
follow, to understand the importance of canonical
mechanics and of symmetries as a basis for
quantum mechanics, and to get practice in using
general theoretical concepts and tools that are
essential for all branches of physics.
Features7 Enables the reader to develop general principles
from which equations of motions may be derived
7 Highlights the importance of the concept of
symmetries as a basis for quantum mechanics
7 Contains over 120 problems with complete
solutions and practical examples 7 Completely
revised and updated new edition, including new
sections on Noether and Steiner's theorem, early
introduction of phase space and "bra and ket"
symbolics
ContentsElementary Newtonian Mechanics.- The Principles
of Canonical Mechanics.- The Mechanics of Rigid
Bodies.- Relativistic Mechanics.- Geometric
Aspects of Mechanics.- Stability and Chaos.-
Continuous Systems.- Exercises.- Solution of
Exercises.
Fields of interestMechanics; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics;
Applications of Mathematics
Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate students in physics,
applied mathematics and engineering
M. Thiel, University of Aberdeen, UK; J. Kurths,
Universität Potsdam, Germany; M. C. Romano,
A. Moura, G. Károlyi, University of Aberdeen, UK
(Eds.)
Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos: Advances and Perspectives
This book is a collection of contributions on
various aspects of active frontier research in the
field of dynamical systems and chaos.
Each chapter examines a specific research topic
and, in addition to reviewing recent results, also
discusses future perspectives.
The result is an invaluable snapshot of the state of
the field by some of its most important researchers.
The first contribution in this book, “How did
you get into Chaos?”, is actually a collection of
personal accounts by a number of distinguished
scientists on how they entered the field of chaos
and dynamical systems, featuring comments and
recollections by James Yorke, Harry Swinney,
Floris Takens, Peter Grassberger, Edward Ott, Lou
Pecora, Itamar Procaccia, Michael Berry, Giulio
Casati, Valentin Afraimovich, Robert MacKay,
and last but not least, Celso Grebogi, to whom this
volume is dedicated.
From the contents“How Did you Get Into Chaos?”- Singular Pertur-
bations of Complex Analytic Dynamical Systems.-
Heteroclinic Switching in Coupled Oscillator
Networks: Dynamics on Odd Graphs.- Dynamics
of Finite-Size Particles in Chaotic Fluid Flows.-
Langevin Equation for Slow Degrees of Freedom
of Hamiltonian Systems.- Stable Chaos.- Superper-
sistent Chaotic Transients.- Synchronization and
Climate Dynamics.
Fields of interestStatistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and
Complexity; Dynamical Systems and Ergodic
Theory; Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control
Target groupsScientists
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 530 p. 389 illus., 263 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $299.00
ISBN 978-0-387-77844-0
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
5th ed. 2010. XVI, 547 p. 174 illus. (Graduate Texts in
Physics) Hardcover
7 $109.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05369-6
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due March 2010
2010. XVI, 320 p. 16 illus. in color. (Understanding
Complex Systems) Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04628-5
springer.com/booksellers52 Springer News 2/2010Physics/Astronomy
J. Wang, Fudan University, Shanghai, China
Modern ThermodynamicsBased on the Extended Carnot Theorem
Modern Thermodynamics- Based on the Extended
Carnot Theorem provides comprehensive defini-
tions and mathematical expressions of both
classical and modern thermodynamics. The
goal is to develop the fundamental theory on an
extended Carnot theorem without incorporating
any extraneous assumptions. In particular, it offers
a fundamental thermodynamic and calculational
methodology for the synthesis of low-pressure
diamonds. It also discusses many “abnormal
phenomena”, such as spiral reactions, cyclic reac-
tions, chemical oscillations, low-pressure carat-size
diamond growth, biological systems, and more.
The book is intended for chemists and physicists
working in thermodynamics, chemical thermo-
dynamics, phase diagrams, biochemistry and
complex systems, as well as graduate students in
these fields.
Features7 Provides comprehensive definitions and math-
ematical expressions of both classical and modern
thermodynamics 7 Develops the fundamental
thermodynamic and calculational methodology
for the synthesis of low-pressure diamonds
7 Discusses many 'abnormal phenomena', such
as spiral reactions, cyclic reactions, chemical oscil-
lations, low-pressure carat-size diamond growth,
biological systems, and more
Fields of interestThermodynamics; Physical Chemistry; Character-
ization and Evaluation of Materials
Target groupsChemists and physicists
J. Wolberg, Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel
Designing Quantitative ExperimentsPrediction Analysis
The method of Prediction Analysis is applicable
for anyone interested in designing a quantitative
experiment. The design phase of an experiment
can be broken down into problem dependent
design questions (like the type of equipment to
use and the experimental setup) and generic ques-
tions (like the number of data points required,
range of values for the independent variables and
measurement accuracy). This book is directed
towards the generic design phase of the process.
The methodology for this phase of the design
process is problem independent and can be applied
to experiments performed in most branches
of science and technology. The purpose of the
prediction analysis is to predict the accuracy of
the results that one can expect from a proposed
experiment. Prediction analyses can be performed
using the REGRESS program which was developed
by the author and can be obtained free-of-charge
through the author’s website.
Features7 Enables scientists to apply the method to their
specific problem 7 Concentrates on the generic
design phase of the experimental process
7 Includes designing experiments with Bayesian
estimators
ContentsPart I : Basic Concepts.- Introduction.- Statistical
Background.-Least Squares.- Prediction Analysis.-
Part II : Analysis of Experiments.- Experiments
with a Single Independent Variable.- Experiments
with Several Independent Variables.- Experiments
with Several Dependent Variables.
Fields of interestMeasurement Science and Instrumentation;
Engineering, general; Statistics for Engineering,
Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth
Sciences
Target groupsWorking engineers and researchers, graduate
students, scientists
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
Distribution rights in China: Science Press.
Jointly published with Science Press
2010. Approx. 315 p. 100 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11348-2
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. Softcover
7 approx. $79.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11588-2
springer.com/librarybooks 53Springer News 2/2010 Materials Science
B. Albers, TU Berlin, Germany (Ed.)
Continuous Media with Microstructure
The contributions to the book concern various
aspects of extension of classical continuum
models. These extensions are related to the appear-
ance of microstructures both natural as well as
these created by processes. To the first class belong
various thermodynamic models of multicompo-
nent systems such as porous materials, composites,
materials with microscopic heterogeneities. To
the second class belong primarily microstructures
created by phase transformations. Invited authors
cover both fields of thermodynamic modeling
and mathematical analysis of such continua with
microstructure.
Features7 Discusses the extension of classical continuum
models 7 In honor to Professor Wilmansky
Fields of interestContinuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Mate-
rials; Soft and Granular Matter, Complex Fluids
and Microfluidics; Ceramics, Glass, Composites,
Natural Materials
Target groupsResearchers in solid mechanics
A. A. Ignatiev, Saratov State University, Russia;
A. V. Lyashenko, JSC Research Institute Tantal,
Saratov, Russia
Heteromagnetic MicroelectronicsMicrosystems of Active Type
The book is devoted to a new direction - hetero-
magnetic microelectronics, microsystems of active
type, research and development which will lead
to the creation of new types of devices, CHIP’S,
including intellectual. Polyvalent, multiple param-
eter magnetosemiconductor microsystems are
described; extensive experimental and theoretical
results of researches in a range of frequencies up to
1000GHz of such microsystems in active modes -
generation, amplification, parametrical multiplica-
tion and division, direct multipurpose synthesis of
signals on a crystal, generation equidistant grids
of frequencies, reduction of noise are resulted, and
applications of the above are discussed.
The book is also based on original material from
the author’s programs of designing heteromagnetic
microsystems of various types. For the first time
the direction of satisfying criteria, burst technolo-
gies which can make a subject of discovery, are
discussed in great volume.
Features7 Includes new, pioneering results of research
on magnetoelectronics of millimetric waves
7 Shows how the methods on heteromagnetic
microelectronics in the radio range can also be
applied to the optical range 7 Provides chapter-
end references for additional information on the
topics discussed
Fields of interestMagnetism, Magnetic Materials; Optics and
Electrodynamics; Microwaves, RF and Optical
Engineering
Target groupsResearchers specializing in design and application
of heteromagnetic materials and devices, graduate
students specializing in complex heteromagnetic
structures
A. Maceri, Università di Roma tre, Italy
Theory of Elasticity
The Theory of Elasticity moves freely within a
unified mathematical framework that provides the
analytical tools for calculating stresses and defor-
mations in a strained elastic body. All the elastic
problems can be exactly analyzed employing the
classical Mathematical analysis, with only the
exception of the unilateral problems for which it is
mandatory to use the Functional analysis.
This book focuses on the practical application of
the theoretical results. It gives to engineers, in a
simple form, a clear indication of the necessary
fundamental knowledge of the Theory of elasticity.
The author develops the subjects in a classical way,
but in light of the modern Mathematical theory of
the elasticity and with more accented relief to the
connections with the Thermodynamics. To give a
clear justification of the fundamental equations of
thermoelasticity, he applies a technique of analysis
proper of the Fluid dynamics.
Features7 Practical application of the theoretical results
7 Gives clear indication of the necessary funda-
mental knowledge
ContentsThe Three-dimensional Problem.- The Problem of
Saint Venant.- The Two-Dimensional Problems.-
The One-Dimensional Problems.- Thermoelas-
ticity.- Stability.- Anisotropy.- Nonlinear elasticity.
Field of interestContinuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials
Target groupsPractising engineers and graduate students
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 450 p. Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11444-1
Discount groupP
Physics & Astronomy
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 515 p. 705 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-6001-6
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. I, 750 p. Hardcover
7 $269.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11391-8
springer.com/booksellers54 Springer News 2/2010Materials Science
C. Mei, J. Zhou, X. Peng, N. Zhou, P. Zhou, Central
South University, Changsha, Hunan, China
Simulation and Optimization of Furnaces and Kilns for Nonferrous Metallurgical Engineering
“Simulation and Optimization of Furnaces and
Kilns for Nonferrous Metallurgical Engineering” is
based on advanced theories and research methods
for fluid flow, mass and heat transfer, and fuel
combustion. It introduces a hologram simula-
tion and optimization methods for fluid field,
temperature field, concentration field, and electro-
magnetic field in various kinds of furnaces and
kilns. Practical examples and a detailed introduc-
tion to methods for simulation and optimization
of complex systems are included as well. These
new methods have brought significant economic
benefits to the industries involved.
The book is intended for researchers and technical
experts in metallurgical engineering, materials
engineering, power and thermal energy engi-
neering, chemical engineering, and mechanical
engineering.
Chi Mei, Jiemin Zhou, Xiaoqi Peng, Naijun Zhou
and Ping Zhou are all professors at School of
Energy Science and Engineering, Central South
University, Changsha, Hunan Province, China.
Features7 Hologram simulation conception and method
characteristics 7 Simulation and optimization
examples of several main nonferrous metallurgical
furnaces 7 Nonferrous metallurgical and thermal
technical process artificial intelligence simulation
7 Multiple mathematical simulations
Fields of interestMetallic Materials; Operating Procedures, Mate-
rials Treatment; Industrial Chemistry/Chemical
Engineering
Target groupsResearchers and institutes in thermal engineering,
metallurgic engineering, power engineering, archi-
tecture engineering, and chemical engineering
K. Park, Purdue University, IN, USA; T. Okano, Tokyo
Women’s Medical College, Japan (Eds.)
Biomedical Applications of Hydrogels Handbook
Hydrogels are networks of polymer chains which
can produce a colloidal gel containing over 99 per
cent water. The superabsorbency and permeability
of naturally occurring and synthetic hydrogels
give this class of materials an amazing array of
uses. These uses range from wound dressings and
skin grafts to oxygen-permeable contact lenses
to biodegradable delivery systems for drugs or
pesticides and scaffolds for tissue engineering and
regenerative medicine. Biomedical Applications
of Hydrogels Handbook provides a comprehen-
sive description of this diverse class of materials,
covering both synthesis and properties and a broad
range of research and commercial applications.
The Handbook is divided into four sections:
Stimuli-Sensitive Hydrogels, Hydrogels for Drug
Delivery, Hydrogels for Tissue Engineering, and
Hydrogels with Unique Properties
Features7 First comprehensive handbook since 1987 on
the basic science and applications of an important
and diverse class of materials 7 Covers applica-
tions to medicine and drug delivery, cosmetics and
other consumer products, foods, agriculture, nano-
technology, and environment-sensitive sensing
devices 7 Describes both naturally occuring
and synthetic hydrogels 7 Edited and written by
world leaders in the field
Fields of interestBiomaterials; Materials Science, general; Polymer
Sciences
Target groupsAcademic, industrial/corporate (including
pharmaceutical companies), medical school and
government libraries and research laboratories
V. P. Shastri, G. Altankov, A. Lendlein (Eds.)
Advances in Regenerative Medicine: Role of Nanotech-nology, and Engineering PrinciplesProceedings of the NATO Advanced Research
Workshop on Nanoengineered Systems for
Regenerative Medicine
Varna, Bulgaria
21-24 September 2007
The contributions to this book, all written by
leading experts in their respective disciplines,
describe and explore the various facets of
regenerative medicine and highlight the role of
the “the nano length scale” and of “nano-scale
systems” in defining and controlling cell and tissue
environments. The development of novel tissue-
regeneration strategies requires the integration of
new insights emerging from studies of cell-matrix
interactions, cellular signalling processes, and
developmental and systems biology, into bioma-
terials design, ideally via a systems approach. The
chapters cover a wide spectrum of topics ranging
from stem cell biology, developmental biology,
cell-matrix interactions, and matrix biology to
surface science, materials processing and drug
delivery.
Fields of interestBiomaterials; Biomedical Engineering; Physical
Chemistry
Target groupsMaterials scientists, bioengineers, biomedical engi-
neers, cell biologists, polymer scientists, clinicians
(surgeons), molecular biologists, pharmaceutical
scientists
Discount groupP
Chemistry & Material Science
Due April 2010
Co-published with Metallurgical Industry Press
2010. Approx. 450 p. 132 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $299.00
ISBN 978-3-642-00247-2
Discount groupP
Chemistry & Material Science
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. 206 illus., 115 in color. (In 2
volumes, not available seperately) Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5918-8
Discount groupP
Chemistry & Material Science
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 485 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Secu-
rity Series A: Chemistry and Biology) Hardcover
7 $229.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8788-1
Also available as softcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8789-8
springer.com/librarybooks 55Springer News 2/2010 Materials Science
I. G. Vardoulakis, D. Eftaxiopoulos, National
Technical University, Athens, Greece
Engineering Continuum MechanicsWith Applications from Fluid Mechanics,
Solid Mechanics, and Traffic Flow
This is a book designed for an introductory course
in mathematical modeling in engineering. The
content of the book will be mainly built on the
three main principles of Mechanics: Conserva-
tion of Mass, Conservation of Linear and Angular
Momentum, Conservation of Energy. Mainly one
dimensional problems, which lead to the formula-
tion and solution of elementary partial differential
equations, w.r.t the spatial coordinate x and time t,
will be treated. The principle of Mass conservation
will be used for the formulation of the continuity
equation for hydromechanics and specifically for
Traffic Flow. The Conservation of Momentum
Principle will be explained using examples from
the reference volume method and from waves in
inviscid fluids. An elementary discussion on the
Navier - Stokes equation, with applications from
the boundary layer theory, will be presented.
Finally, the principle of Energy Conservation will
be used for the formulation of the elementary
theory of heat transfer in fluids and solids.
Features7 Introductory course in mathematical modeling
for engineering continuum mechanics 7 Stems
from a lecture for 5th semester students
7 Elementary traffic flow theory is presented
7 Contains solved problems and a number of
selected exercises 7 The author is an experienced
lecturer and an internationally recognized scientist
Fields of interestContinuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Mate-
rials; Mechanics; Fluid- and Aerodynamics
Target groupsStudents of civil and mechanical engineering
J. von Byern, I. Grunwald (Eds.)
Adhesion Phenomena in NatureFrom Structure to Application
Biological adhesives are object of extensive
research in order to develop materials with similar
properties. Therefore potentially interesting
adhesives need to be analysed and the common
underlying principles as well as the unique features
of specific functional innovations in nature have to
be understood.
In the first part of this volume chemical-related
bonding systems of plants and animals are
described and compared. In the centre of atten-
tion is the morphology of these systems and
the synthesis, secretion and composition of the
adhesives.
The second part provides an overview of the
practical implementation of biological glues.
Contributions from leading companies in the field
demonstrate how natural adhesives were modified
and led towards biomimetic applications.
Glandular systems are characterized by ultra-
structural and histochemical illustrations and are
presented by 3D-reconstructions or μ-computer
tomography. A DCD visualizing the glandular
structures more prominently by animations is
enclosed.
Features7 First comprehensive presentation of chemical-
related bonding systems in plants and animals
7 Applicability and practicability of biological
adhesives for research and industry 7 3D
computer-based reconstruction models as stan-
dard method for other disciplines and research
fields
Fields of interestBiomaterials; Animal Anatomy / Morphology /
Histology; Characterization and Evaluation of
Materials
Target groupsBiologists, chemists, biochemists, material
scientists, physicians
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $84.95
ISBN 978-3-540-25204-7
Discount groupP
Chemistry & Material Science
Due October 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. 160 illus., 80 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-3-7091-0141-4
springer.com/booksellers56 Springer News 2/2010Earth Science/Geography
M. A. Ainslie, TNO, The Hague, Netherlands and
University of Southampton, UK
Principles of Sonar Performance Modelling
Sonar performance modelling (SPM) is concerned
with the prediction of quantitative measures of
sonar performance, such as probability of detec-
tion. It is a multi-disciplinary subject, requiring
knowledge and expertise in the disparate fields of
underwater acoustics, acoustical oceanography,
sonar signal processing and statistical detection
theory. No books have been published on this
subject, however, since the 3rd edition of Urick’s
classic work 25 years ago and so Dr Ainslie’s
book will fill a much-needed gap in the market.
Currently, up-to-date information can only be
found, in different forms and often with conflicting
information, in various journals, conference and
textbook publications.
Features7 Covers for the first time in a single book the
multiple disciplines involved in sonar performance
modelingMakes the most up-to-date knowledge
available to a wide audience 7 Considers in
depth each discipline of acoustics, oceanography,
signal processing and detection theory
7 Provides thorough and self-consistent defini-
tions
Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Oceanography; Acoustics
Target groupsAcoustic and underwater researchers, designers
and contractors, undergraduate and graduate
students
V. Barale, Joint Research Centre, European Commis-
sion, Ispra, Italy; J. Gower, Fisheries and Oceans
Canada, Institute of Ocean Sciences, Sidney, BC,
Canada; L. Alberotanza, ISMAR CNR, Venice, Italy
(Eds.)
Oceanography from SpaceRevisited
This volume collects a series of key-note lectures
delivered at the fourth “Oceans from Space”
Symposium, held in Venice, Italy, in 2010. The
“Revisited” postscript in the title identifyes it as an
ideal follow-up of the legendary “Oceanography
from Space”, edited by J.F.R. Gower and published
in 1980, following the very first edition of “Oceans
from Space”. This series of conferences, which are
held every 10 years only, is designed as a periodical
state-of-the-art review of satellite oceanography,
providing both an outline of current research,
as well as a forum to debate topical issues. The
“Oceans from Space” Venice 2010 lectures,
authored by a unique group of prominent scien-
tists, address virtually every facet of oceanographic
remote sensing.
Features7 Collection of invited lectures from the "Oceans
from Space, Venice 2010" Symposium 7 Unique
group of authors, all top scientists in their field
7 Complete and thorough review of Oceano-
graphic Remote Sensing techniques 7 Ideal
follow-up of the legendary "Oceanography from
Space", J.F.R. Gower, 1980
Fields of interestRemote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Oceanography;
Applied Earth Sciences
Target groupsScientists and researchers working in the field of
earth and marine science, lecturers and tutors,
(graduate) students, in the same field, academic
libraries
K. Bjorlykke, University Oslo, Norway
Petroleum Geology
Petroleum geoscience comprises those geosci-
entific disciplines which are of greatest signifi-
cance for the exploration and recovery of oil and
gas. These include petroleum geology, of which
sedimentary geology is the main foundation along
with the contextual and modifying principles of
regional, tectonic and structural geology. Addi-
tionally, biostratigraphy and micropalaeontology,
organic geochemistry, and geophysical exploration
techniques are all important tools for petroleum
geoscientists in the 21st century. This comprehen-
sive textbook aims to conduct a state-of-the-art
and detailed understanding of petroleum geosci-
ence for geologists destined for the petroleum
industry. Each chapter is accompanied by excer-
cises and summaries.
Features7 Petroleum Geoscience provides the state of the
art knowledge required by geoscienctists seeking a
career in the petroleum industry
Fields of interestGeology; Geophysics/Geodesy; Sedimentology
Target groupsGeoscience students aiming for a career in the
petroleum industry
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2010. Approx. 800 p. (Springer Praxis Books / Geophys-
ical Sciences) Hardcover
7 $269.00
ISBN 978-3-540-87661-8
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 450 p. 150 illus., 60 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8680-8
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due January 2010
2010. X, 340 p. 210 illus., 60 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $69.95
ISBN 978-3-642-02331-6
springer.com/librarybooks 57Springer News 2/2010 Earth Science/Geography
P. Clark, M. Rilee, NASA/GSFC, USA
Remote Sensing Tools for ExplorationObserving and Interpreting the
Electromagnetic Spectrum
This will be a comprehensive book on remote
sensing, covering the entire spectrum of energies,
wave and particle interactions and field generation,
spectrum and image production, from magneto-
sphere to surface, from high energy gamma-rays
to low energy sonic waves, for the Earth and
planets. Software and hardware tools specific to
each spectral region for capturing, analyzing, and
combining data will also be discussed. Earlier
remote sensing books and methodologies focused
on reviewing relatively limited parts of the
electromagnetic spectrum or particular systems
(surface, atmosphere). To understand behavior and
origin of complex systems (e.g., global warming)
data from different systems and different parts
of the spectrum must be combined. This book
reviews and creates the basis for those experts in
one energy region or one system to gain insight
in understanding and combining data from other
regions and systems (data fusion).
Features7 This book reviews and creates the basis for
those experts in one energy region or one system
to gain insight in understanding and combining
data from other regions and systems 7 There are
software tools (on CD) to simulate spectra/images
for certain spectral regions
Fields of interestRemote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Aerospace
Technology and Astronautics; Astrophysics and
Astroparticles
Target groupsAcademic libraries, aerospace companies and
corporate libraries, graduate students
N. Crosby, Belgian Institute of Aeronomy, Brussels,
Belgium
Interplanetary Travel and Space WeatherScientific, Technological and Biological Issues
The goal of this textbook is to provide an interdis-
ciplinary approach to the subject of space weather,
so as to benefit anybody aiming to work in a space
related field, be it a scientist, an engineer, a medical
doctor or a future manager of a space project.
A main introduction is followed by four parts:
the space environment, technical and biological
effects, mitigation techniques, and mission
scenarios. The book aims to improve the quality
of traditional space related educational material,
taking into consideration the skills required for
modern space industry and science. In addition,
it is useful for those already working in the space
industry.
Features7 While several monographs and contributed
volumes are available on our local space weather
7 Some emphasizing the science aspects, others
highlighting the technical issues 7 This is the
first textbook dedicated to the space weather in
interplanetary space and its related issues, with an
interdisciplinary approach
Fields of interestMeteorology/Climatology; Planetology; Extrater-
restrial Physics, Space Sciences
Target groupsGraduate and advanced undergraduate students
in science, engineering and other space related
majors (such as space law and economics)
S. G. Evans, University of Waterloo, ON, Canada;
R. L. Hermanns, Geological Survey of Norway,
Trondheim, Norway; A. L. Strom, Russian Academy of
Sciences, Moscow, Russia; G. Scarascia-Mugnozza,
University of Rome, Italy (Eds.)
Natural and Artificial Rockslide Dams
In the last one hundred years, a number of
catastrophic events associated with rockslide
dam formation and failure have occurred in the
mountain regions of the world. This book presents
a global view of the formation, characteristics and
behaviour of natural and artificial rockslide dams.
Chapters include a comprehensive state-of-the-art
review of our global understanding natural and
artificial rockslide dams, overviews of approaches
to rockslide dam risk mitigation, regional studies
of rockslide dams in India, Nepal, China, Pakistan,
New Zealand, and Argentina. Rockslide dams
associated with large-scale instability of volcanoes
are also examined. Detailed case histories of well-
known historic and prehistoric rockslide dams
provide examples of investigations of rockslide
dam behaviour, stability, and characteristics. The
formation and behaviour of rockslide-dammed
lakes (“Quake Lakes”) formed during the 2008
Wenchuan Earthquake, China are also comprehen-
sively summarised.
Fields of interestStructural Geology; Physical Geography; Moni-
toring/Environmental Analysis
Target groupsLibraries, geologists and geomorphologists and
engineers interested in natural hazards, earth
scientists
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 570 p. (Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences,
Volume 133) Hardcover
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04763-3
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 375 p. 132 illus., 12 in color. Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5679-8
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due July 2010
2009. Approx. 250 p. 50 illus., 15 in color. Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-540-74877-9
springer.com/booksellers58 Springer News 2/2010Earth Science/Geography
M. N. Fardis, University of Patras, Greece (Ed.)
Advances in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Performance-based Earthquake Engineering has
emerged before the turn of the century as the most
important development in the field of Earthquake
Engineering during the last three decades. It has
since then started penetrating codes and standards
on seismic assessment and retrofitting and making
headway towards seismic design standards for
new structures as well. The US has been a leader
in Performance-based Earthquake Engineering,
but Europeans are major contributors as well. Two
Workshops on Performance-based Earthquake
Engineering, held in Bled (Slovenia) in 1997 and
2004 are considered as milestones. The ACES
Workshop in Corfu (GR) of July 2009 builds on
them, attracting as contributors world-leaders in
Performance-based Earthquake Engineering from
North America, Europe and the Pacific rim (Japan,
New Zealand, Taiwan, China).
Features7 Contributing authors are among the world’s
leaders in their field 7 The subject is of prime
importance and at the top of international interest
7 The state-of-the-art on the subject will be
presented
ContentsPreface. Ground motions for performance-based
earthquake engineering. Performance-based
seismic design and retrofitting - Methodologies.
Performance-based seismic design and retrofitting
- Implementation. Advanced seismic testing for
performance-based earthquake engineering.
Fields of interestCivil Engineering; Structural Mechanics; Geotech-
nical Engineering
Target groupsLibraries, researchers, university professors,
advanced practitioners in structural earthquake
engineering, geotechnical earthquake engineering,
engineering seismology, and experimental
dynamics
V. Ferronsky, Water Problems Institute of the Russian
Academy, Moscow, Russia; S. Ferronsky
Dynamics of the EarthTheory of Planet Motion Based on
Dynamical Equilibrium
In their solutions on the Earth dynamics the
authors apply fundamentals of Jacobi Dynamics
(1987, Reidel) because of two reasons. First, as
it was proved by satellite observations the Earth
doesn’t stay in hydrostatic equilibrium, which
is physical basis of to-day’s geodynamics. And
secondly, it was found by satellite data that there
is relationship between the gravitational moments
(moment of the planet’s inertia) and the potential
of the Earth’s outer force field (potential energy),
which proves the basic point in construction of
Jacobi dynamics. That second reason has allowed
to the authors to come back to derivation of
the classical virial theorem and by introducing
to derivation the volumetric moment to obtain
generalized virial theorem in the form of Jacobi’s
equation. Thus it was found explanation of
physical meaning of the famous Jacobi’s equation
in dynamics and to obtaining its rigorous solution.
Features7 The first book describing the nature and mecha-
nism of generation of the inner and outer force
field, explaining the physical meaning of gravity
Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Astronomy, Astrophysics
and Cosmology; General Law/Fundamentals
Target groupsResearchers, professors in theoretical and
experimental research in astronomy (astrophysics,
celestial mechanics, stellar dynamics and radio-
physics), geophysics (physics and dynamics of the
Earth body, atmosphere and oceans), planetology
and cosmogony; graduate students of celestial,
statistical, quantum and relativistic mechanics and
hydrodynamics
F. M. Flechtner, M. Mandea, Helmholtz-Zentrum
Potsdam, Germany; T. Gruber, Technische Universität
München, Germany; M. Rothacher, J. Wickert,
A. Güntner, T. Schöne, Helmholtz-Zentrum,
Potsdam, Germany (Eds.)
System Earth via Geodetic-Geophysical Space Techniques
The Earth’s magnetic and gravity field play an
important role in global and regional geody-
namics. Satellite exploration of these fields has
received great attention in recent years. Research
satellites such as CHAMP and GRACE as well as
the ESA explorer GOCE apply new measurement
techniques, thus allowing the recovery of the
gravitational and magnetic field with unprec-
edented accuracy and resolution, spatial as well as
temporal. Combined with terrestrial observations
and computer models, this data will help develop
a more detailed understanding of the Earth as
a system. In Germany, many of the processing,
modelling and interpreting methodologies for
these new observation techniques are developed
under the umbrella of the R&D-programme
GEOTECHNOLOGIEN, funded by the Federal
Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF).
Features7 Results of recent satellite missions applying
novel technology, new methodology in satellite
gravimetry 7 Monitoring and analysis of Earth
system processes from space with unprecedented
resolution and accuracy
Fields of interestRemote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Physics,
general; Geographical Information Systems/
Cartography
Target groupsLibraries, institutes, researchers, scientists
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 480 p. 325 illus. (Geotechnical, Geological,
and Earthquake Engineering, Volume 13) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8745-4
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 285 p. 35 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8722-5
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 550 p. 70 illus., 20 in color. (Advanced
Technologies in Earth Sciences, Volume) Hardcover
7 $209.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10227-1
springer.com/librarybooks 59Springer News 2/2010 Earth Science/Geography
J. Glinski, J. Horabik, J. Lipiec, Institute of
Agrophysics, Lublin, Poland (Eds.)
Encyclopedia of Agrophysics
This Encyclopedia of Agrophysics will provide
up-to-date information on the physical properties
and processes affecting the quality of the environ-
ment and plant production. It will be a “first-
up” volume which will nicely complement the
recently published Encyclopedia of Soil Science,
(November 2007) which was published in the same
series.
Fields of interestAgriculture; Soil Science & Conservation; Biogeo-
sciences
Target groupsCollege and university libraries in soil science,
crop science, biophysics, ecology, hydrology,
environmental sciences and life sciences
S. D. Golding, M. Glikson, The University of
Queensland, Brisbane, Australia (Eds.)
Early Life on Earth: Habitats, Environments and Methods of Detection
This volume integrates the latest findings on
earliest life forms, identified and characterised in
some of the oldest rocks on Earth. New mate-
rial from prominent researchers in the field is
presented and evaluated in the context of previous
work. Emphasis is placed on the integration of
analytical methods with observational techniques
and experimental simulations. The opening section
focuses on submarine hot springs that the majority
of researchers postulate served as the cradle of life
on Earth. In subsequent sections, evidence for life
in strongly metamorphosed rocks such as those
in Greenland is summarised and early ecosys-
tems identified in the well preserved Barberton
and Pilbara successions in Southern Africa and
Western Australia. The final section includes a
number of papers from authors with alternate
perspectives on the evidence and record of early
life on Earth.
Features7 Takes the reader to the habitats of the most
ancient preserved organisms on earth 7 Shows
how we can identify early life forms from their
physical and chemical remains 7 Determines
what these early life forms and ecosystems were
like 7 Compares early life forms with existing
species today in similar niche environments
Fields of interestBiogeosciences; Astrophysics and Astroparticles;
Evolutionary Biology
Target groupsLibraries, researchers, and graduate students
in biogeosciences, geochemistry, paleontology,
geology, etc. interested in the origin of life on earth
H. Ieda (Ed.)
Sustainable Urban Transport in an Asian Context
Systems of transportation long ago developed
out of the profound human need to connect and
communicate. Transport today is still the only
means for the physical movement of goods and
people. Alongside the evolution of transportation
and communication technologies, the astounding
phenomenon of urbanization has taken place.
Cities have grown faster and larger, absorbing
vast influxes of dwellers who seek convenient
and comfortable lifestyles with the required fast,
cheap, and safe systems of transport. Of the world’s
megacities, with populations of more than ten
million, over half are in Asia. While enjoying
large-scale economic power, Asian megacities also
face serious challenges. They suffer from too-rapid
urbanization, with the resulting congestion, pollu-
tion, and destruction of traditional local cultures
and industries. Written by experts from Asian
academic institutes, this book addresses the urgent
question of how to achieve sustainability in the
still-growing cities of Asia.
Fields of interestLandscape/Regional and Urban Planning
Target groupsGraduates, scientists, researchers, academic
libraries
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 450 p. 170 illus. (cSUR-UT Series: Library
for Sustainable Urban Regeneration, Volume 9)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-4-431-93953-5
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due October 2011
2011. Approx. 920 p. 450 illus., 50 in color. (Encyclopedia
of Earth Sciences Series) Hardcover
7 approx. $549.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3584-4
2011 eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)
7 approx. $549.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3585-1
2011. Approx. 920 p. 450 illus., 50 in color. Print + eRefer-
ence. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)
7 approx. $689.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3586-8
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 475 p. 240 illus., 32 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8793-5
springer.com/booksellers60 Springer News 2/2010Earth Science/Geography
R. Lasaponara, CNR-IMAA, Potenza, Italy; N. Masini,
CNR-IBAM, Potenza, Italy (Eds.)
Satellite Remote SensingA New Tool for Archaeology
This book provides an excellent overview of the
satellite archaeology and it is an invaluable text for
archaeologists, scientists, and manager interested
in using satellite Earth Observation (EO) to
improve traditional approach for archaeological
investigation, protection and management of
Cultural Heritage.
The recent increasing development of EO tech-
niques and the tremendous advanced of Informa-
tion and Communication Technologies (ICT) have
focused a great interest in the use of EO and ICT
for supporting Cultural Heritage applications. The
book focuses on new challenging prospective for
the use of EO in archaeology not only for probing
the subsurface to unveil sites and artifacts, but
also for the management and valorization as well
as for the monitoring and preservation of cultural
resources. The book provides an excellent under-
standing of this revolutionary scenario which was
unthinkable several years ago.
Features7 The book is focused on new challenging
prospective for the use of EO in archaeology not
only for probing the subsurface to unveil sites and
artifacts, but also for the management and valori-
zation as well as for the monitoring and preserva-
tion of cultural resources 7 Excellent examples
of the high potentiality of the Integration of EO
multitemporal, multiscale, multisensors techniques
Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage; Remote Sensing/
Photogrammetry
Target groupsScientists and researchers
M. Leppäranta, University of Helsinki, Finland
The Drift of Sea Ice
The Second Edition of The Drift of Sea Ice presents
the fundamental laws of sea ice drift which come
from the material properties of sea ice and the
basic laws of mechanics. The resulting system of
equations is analysed for the general properties
of sea ice drift, the free drift model and analytical
models for ice drift in the presence of internal fric-
tion, and the construction of numerical ice drift
models is detailed. This second edition of a much
lauded work, unique on this topic in the English
language, has been revised, updated and expanded
with much new information and outlines recent
results, in particular in relation to the climate
problem, mathematical modelling and ice engi-
neering applications.
The current book presents the theory, observa-
tions, mathematical modelling techniques, and
applications of sea ice drift science.
Features7 Presents the theory, observations, mathematical
modelling techniques and applications of sea
ice drift science 7 Details analytical modelling
in one chapter to increase the understanding of
the physics of this topic 7 Gives a collection of
worked examples on sea ice dynamics 7 Details
the derivation of the fundamental laws of sea ice
dynamics in an understandable form
Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Oceanography; Environ-
mental Physics
Target groupsResearchers, lecturers and postgraduate students
working and studying in sea-ice geophysics, polar
oceanography, engineering and environmental
fields in universities and research centres, climate
modelers, research staff in ice engineering in ice-
covered waters, particularly connected to shipping
and oil and gas platforms
P. Meusburger, University of Heidelberg, Germany;
D. Livingstone, Queen’s University Belfast, UK;
H. Jöns, Loughborough University, Leics., UK (Eds.)
Geographies of Science
This collection of essays aims to further the
understanding of historical and contemporary
geographies of science. It offers a fresh perspective
on comparative approaches to scientific knowledge
and practice as pursued by geographers, sociolo-
gists, anthropologists, and historians of science.
The authors explore the formation and changing
geographies of scientific centers from the sixteenth
to the twentieth centuries and critically discuss the
designing of knowledge spaces in early museums,
in modern laboratories, at world fairs, and in the
periphery of contemporary science. They also
analyze the interactions between science and the
public in Victorian Britain, interwar Germany, and
recent environmental policy debates. The book
provides a genuine geographical perspective on the
production and dissemination of knowledge and
will thus be an important point of reference for
those interested in the spatial relations of science
and associated fields.
Features7 Highlights the spatial and temporal complexity
and contingency of past, present, and future inter-
disciplinary geographies of science 7 Presents
a balance of historical and contemporary case
studies
Fields of interestGeography (general); History of Science; Sociology
Target groupsHuman geographers, historians of science, sociolo-
gists
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due June 2010
2010. XVI, 359 p. 120 illus., 90 in color. (Remote Sensing
and Digital Image Processing, Volume 16) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8800-0
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due April 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 325 p. 145 illus., 25 in color.
(Springer Praxis Books / Geophysical Sciences) Hardcover
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04682-7
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. (Knowledge and Space, Volume 3)
Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8610-5
springer.com/librarybooks 61Springer News 2/2010 Earth Science/Geography
I. S. Robinson, University of Southampton, UK
Discovering the Oceans from SpaceThe unique applications of satellite
oceanography
The remote sensing of oceans from space has
developed rapidly since 1978 when the first
dedicated ocean viewing sensors were launched.
In 1991 the first European Space Agency remote
sensing satellite carried sensors primarily for the
ocean, heralding the widespread use of satellite
data by oceanographers. In the mid 1990s the US/
French TOPEX-Poseidon mission revolutionised
the performance of satellite altimetry and since
1997 NASA’s SeaWiFS mission has delivered
operational measurements of ocean colour. The
new millennium has seen the launch of several
very large remote sensing platforms and a number
of smaller missions by ESA, NASA and NASDA,
providing almost comprehensive worldwide
measurements of sea surface waves and wind,
temperature, colour, currents and other ocean
properties. The increasing availability of so much
satellite data has undoubtedly changed the way the
science of oceanography has developed.
Features7 Explores the aspects of oceanography which
have benefited most from the advent of satel-
lite remote sensing techniques 7 A book about
ocean remote sensing which is organised about
oceanographic topics rather than the instruments
and sensing techniques
Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Hydrogeology; Oceanog-
raphy
Target groupsUndergraduate and postgraduate students studying
both ocean science and the applications of earth
observation technology, and members of the
oceanographic research community
V. P. Singh, Texas A & M University, College Station,
TX, USA; P. Singh, Hydro Tasmania Consulting, New
Delhi, India; U. K. Haritashya, University of Dayton,
OH, USA (Eds.)
Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and Glaciers
The earth’s cryosphere, which includes snow,
glaciers and ice caps, ice sheets, ice shelves, sea
ice, river and lake ice, and frozen ground, contains
about 75% of the earth’s fresh water.
Fields of interestHydrogeology; Physical Geography; Climate
Change
Target groupsUndergraduate and post-graduate students;
researchers/scientists; academic professionals
B. Singhal, Emeritus, Indian Institute of Technology,
Roorkee, India; R. Gupta, Indian Institute of
Technology, Roorkee, India
Applied Hydrogeology of Fractured Rocks
Hydrogeology is a topical and growing subject as
the earth’s water resources become scarcer and
more vulnerable. Although more than half the
surface area of continents is covered with hard
fractured rocks, there has until now been no single
book available dealing specifically with fractured
rock hydrogeology.
This book deals comprehensively with the
fundamental principles for understanding the
hydrogeological characteristics of these rocks, as
well as exploration techniques and assessment. It
also provides in depth discussion on structural
mapping, remote sensing, geophysical exploration,
GIS, groundwater flow modelling and contaminant
transport, field hydraulic testing including tracer
tests, groundwater quality, geothermal reservoirs,
managed aquifer recharge, and resources assess-
ment and management.
Features7 Specifically covers hydrogeological problems
of fractured rocks 7 A total methodology of
investigations covered in an integrated manner
7 Discusses in detail estimation of hydraulic
properties from field tests 7 Separate chapters on
fracture studies, remote sensing, GIS, groundwater
quality, contaminant transport, flow modelling and
groundwater resources management
Fields of interestHydrogeology; Applied Earth Sciences; Remote
Sensing/Photogrammetry
Target groupsGraduate students in the geosciences
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due June 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 455 p. 254 illus., 4 in color. With
4-page colour section. Hardcover
7 approx. $99.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8798-0
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2010. Approx. 400 p. 50 illus., 20 in color. (Springer Praxis
Books / Geophysical Sciences) Hardcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-3-540-24430-1
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2011
2011. Approx. 1000 p. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences
Series) Hardcover
7 approx. $549.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2641-5
2011. eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)
7 approx. $549.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2642-2
2011. Approx. 1000 p. Print + eReference. (Encyclopedia
of Earth Sciences Series)
7 approx. $689.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2643-9
springer.com/booksellers62 Springer News 2/2010Earth Science/Geography
K. Stigter, Agromet Vision, The Netherlands (Ed.)
Applied Agrometeorology
This handbook reviews regional operational
applications of agrometeorology in the form of
case studies of agrometeorological services and
information that prepare farmers of different
income levels for extreme weather and climate
events and for the use of weather and climate
“windows of opportunity” under conditions of
a changing climate. In a review of operational
agrometeorological knowledge, fields of applica-
tion will be covered: crops (for which aspects of
soils, pests, diseases, water, fertilizers and labour
are discussed, in so far as their interaction with
agrometeorological factors), forestry, livestock, and
fisheries, and all with an emphasis on applications
of current knowledge. Supportive methods that are
operationally applied are reviewed and exemplified
through case studies of their applications in the
above mentioned fields. This applies to field quan-
tifications, modelling, decision-support systems,
remote sensing, geographic information systems
and other approaches to problem solving.
Features7 Combination of the theoretical background of
agricultural meteorology with practical probblem
solving and case studies and as such appealing
to both scientists, end users (farmers) and policy
makers
Fields of interestMeteorology/Climatology; Agriculture; Applied
Earth Sciences
Target groupsAgricultural meteorologists and other agricultural
scientists, agricultural consultants and extension-
ists, intermediaries between weather and climate
products of NMHSs, Research Institutes, Universi-
ties, Commercial Groups and the end users in the
agricultural sectors, undergraduate and graduate
agrometeorology students
X. Wang, Nanjing Institute of Geology and
Palaeontology, Beijing, China
The Dawn Angiosperms
This book is about fossil plants of so-called “pre-
historic” angiosperms. It reflects the newest prog-
ress in research on the origin of angiosperms, and
will definitely trigger many new ideas in research.
It emphasizes the early Cretaceous and Jurassic
materials, rather than later ones, as they are the
key periods for the origin of angiosperms.
The author integrates multiple techniques,
including SEM, TEM, light microscopy, peeling
and cladistics, to study the morphology, anatomy
and phylogeny of the fossils. Several Jurassic mate-
rials of angiosperms that have never been reported
before are included, these used to be thought as
pre-historic for flowering plants. Two more fossils
angiosperms from the Yixian Formation, where
Archaefructus was excavated, are reported. Newer
and stricter criterion for identifying fossil angio-
sperms is proposed.
Fields of interestBiogeosciences
Target groupsLibraries, professionals, scientists, graduates
I. S. Zonn, Egineering Scientific Production Center
for Water Economy, Moscow, Russia; A. Kostianoy,
Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, Moscow, Russia;
A. N. Kosarev, Moscow State University, Russia
The Caspian Sea Encyclopedia
The Caspian Sea is a unique natural feature, the
world’s largest landlocked water body. Historically
the Caspian was one of the key zones where the
interests of great powers such as Russia, Britain
and Persia clashed. And the reason was and still is
the oil – the “black gold” of the Caspian and also
the natural riches of the sea, its other gold – the
sturgeons with their black caviar.
With this encyclopedia attempt to relate the
Caspian story via an objective approach to the
past and present of the sea where even today many
geopolitical, economic, social and environmental
issues are focused. These issues are vital not only
to the Caspian countries, but other countries of the
world as well.
Features7 First Springer Series on encyclopaedias of the
seas
Fields of interestHistorical Geology; Physical Geography; Land-
scape/Regional and Urban Planning
Target groupsLibraries, institutes, researchers, scientists
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due April 2010
2010. XII, 468 p. 75 illus., 25 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $229.00
ISBN 978-3-540-74697-3
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. 54 illus., 8 in color. (Lecture Notes in
Earth Sciences, Volume 121) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-01160-3
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
2010. XII, 400 p. 72 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11523-3
springer.com/librarybooks 63Springer News 2/2010 Environmental Sciences
B. Bhatta, Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India
Analysis of Urban Growth and Sprawl from Remote Sensing Data
This book provides a comprehensive discussion
on urban growth and sprawl, and how they can
be analyzed using remote sensing imageries. It
compiles views of numerous researchers that help
in understanding the urban growth and sprawl;
their patterns, process, causes, consequences,
and countermeasures; how remote sensing data
and geographic information system techniques
can be used in mapping, monitoring, measuring,
analyzing, and simulating the urban growth and
sprawl and what are the merits and demerits of
available methods and models.
This book will be of value for the scientists and
researchers engaged in urban geographic research,
especially using remote sensing imageries. This
book will serve as a rigours literature review for
them. Post graduate students of urban geography
or urban/regional planning may refer this book as
additional studies. This book may help the acade-
micians for preparing lecture notes and delivering
lectures.
Contents1. Pattern and Process of Urban Growth and
Sprawl.- 2. Causes and Consequences of Urban
Growth and Sprawl.- 3. Sustainable Development
and Smart Growth.- 4. Sustainable Development
and Smart Growth.- 5. Mapping and Monitoring
Urban Growth.- 6. Simulation of Urban Growth.-
7. Modelling and Simulation of Urban Growth.-
8. Limitations of Urban Growth Analysis.
Fields of interestComputer Applications in Earth Sciences; Envi-
ronmental Management; Information Systems
Applications (incl.Internet)
Target groupsScientists and researchers, lecturers and students,
as well as libraries
A. Doicu, T. Trautmann, F. Schreier, Deutsches
Zentrum für Luft-und Raumfahrt, Wessling, Germany
Numerical Regularization for Atmospheric Inverse Problems
The subject of this book is a hot topic with
currently no monographic support. It is more
advanced, specialized and mathematical than its
competitors, and a comprehensive book on regu-
larization techniques for atmospheric science is
much needed for further development in this field.
Written by brilliant mathematicians, this research
monograph presents and analyzes numerical algo-
rithms for atmospheric retrieval, pulling together
all the relevant material in a consistent, very
powerful manner.
The first chapter presents the typical retrieval
problems encountered in atmospheric remote
sensing. Chapter 2 introduces the concept of ill-
posedness for linear discrete equations, illustrating
the difficulties associated with the solution of the
problems by considering a temperature retrieval
test problem and analyzing the solvability of the
discrete equation by using the singular value
decomposition of the corresponding matrix.
Fields of interestMonitoring/Environmental Analysis; Climate
Change; Mathematical Methods in Physics
Target groupsGraduate students, post-doctoral scientists and
researchers in the field of physics, atmosphere,
meteorology and environmental sciences;
physicists and engineers with some background in
numerical linear algebra and matrix computations
W. H. Hager, ETH-Zentrum, Zürich, Switzerland
Wastewater HydraulicsTheory and Practice
The second, enlarged edition of this established
reference integrates many new insights into waste-
water hydraulics. This work serves as a reference
for researchers but also is a basis for practicing
engineers. It can be used as a text book for grad-
uate students, although it has the characteristics
of a reference book. It addresses mainly the sewer
hydraulician but also general hydraulic engineers
who have to tackle many a problem in daily life,
and who will not always find an appropriate solu-
tion. Each chapter is introduced with a summary
to outline the contents. To illustrate application
of the theory, examples are presented to explain
the computational procedures. Further, to relate
present knowledge to the history of hydraulics,
some key dates on noteworthy hydraulicians are
quoted. A historical note on the development of
wastewater hydraulics is also added. References are
given at the end of each chapter, and they are often
helpful starting points for further reading.
Features7 Provides up to date information 7 Important
reference for practicing engineers 7 Introduces
basics and fundamentals of water hydraulics
7 New edition includes sideweirs with throttling
pipes, drop shafts with an account on the two-
phase flow features, as well as conduit choking due
to direct or undular hydraulic jumps
Fields of interestStructural Foundations, Hydraulic Engineering;
Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Con-
trol / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution;
Fluid- and Aerodynamics
Target groupsPractitioners
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due April 2010
2010. X, 300 p. 43 illus., 6 in color. (Advances in
Geographic Information Science) Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05298-9
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2010. Approx. 400 p. (Springer Praxis Books / Environ-
mental Sciences) Hardcover
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05438-9
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. I, 700 p. Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11382-6
springer.com/booksellers64 Springer News 2/2010Environmental Sciences
R. R. Jurin, University of Northern Colorado, Greeley,
CO, USA; D. Roush, Odyssey School, Denver, CO, USA;
J. Danter, The Nature Conservancy, Florida Chapter,
Altamonte Springs, FL, USA
Environmental Communica-tion. Second EditionSkills and Principles for Natural Resource
Managers, Scientists, and Engineers
Environmental professionals can no longer simply
publish research in technical journals. Informing
the public is now a critical part of the job. Envi-
ronmental Communication demonstrates, step by
step, how it’s done, and is an essential guide for
communicating complex information to groups
not familiar with scientific material. It addresses
the entire communications process, from message
planning, audience analysis and media relations
to public speaking – skills a good communicator
must master for effective public dialogue.
Features7 A revised edition of a successful book on envi-
ronmental communication focusing on providing
the environmental professional with knowledge
and tools 7 Providing a summary of important
communication principles, advice on dealing with
the mass media, explaining risks, planning effec-
tive communication campaigns, communicating
across cultures, managing conflict and numerous
skill-building and other practical exercises
Fields of interestEnvironmental Management; Environmental
Health; Organization/Planning
Target groupsEnvironmental professionals, scientists, lecturers
and students, industry, government and non-profit
groups dealing with communication issues
M. Lazaridis, Technical University of Crete, Chania,
Greece; I. Colbeck, University of Essex, Colchester,
UK (Eds.)
Human Exposure to Pollutants via Dermal Absorption and Inhalation
The human body is exposed to pollution on a daily
basis via dermal exposure and inhalation. This
book reviews the information necessary to address
the steps in exposure assessment relevant to air
pollution. The aim is to identify available informa-
tion including data sources and models, and show
that an integrated multi-route exposure model can
be built, validated and used as part of an air quality
management process.
Many epidemiological studies have focused on
inhalation exposure. Whilst this is appropriate for
many substances, failure to consider the impor-
tance of exposure and uptake of material deposited
on the skin may lead to an over/underestimation
of the risk. Hence dermal exposure is also consid-
ered. Drinking water contamination by disinfec-
tion by-products is also discussed.
Written by leading experts in the field, this book
provides a comprehensive review of ambient
particulate matter.
Features7 Reviews information necessary to address the
steps in exposure assessment relevant to air pollu-
tion 7 Chapters on exposure modelling will be
of key interest 7 Written by international experts
in the field
Fields of interestEnvironment, general; Atmospheric Protection/
Air Quality Control/Air Pollution; Environmental
Health
Target groupsGraduate students, researchers and policymakers
involved in air quality management, environ-
mental health and related disciplines, as well
as environmental consultants and ventilation
engineers
M. Leroux, Université Jean Moulin, Lyon, France
Dynamic Analysis of Weather and ClimateAtmospheric circulation, Perturbations,
Climatic evolution
Beginning with a review of the dire hypotheses for
climate trends, the author describes the history
of the 1998 Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change (IPCC) and many subsequent confer-
ences. He discusses the main conclusions of the
three IPCC reports and the predicted impact on
global temperatures, rainfall, weather and climate,
while highlighting the mounting confusion and
sensationalism of reports in the media. After
taking a hard look at the reality of the greenhouse
effect, the ‘evidence’ from climate models, and the
models’ limitations, Leroux postulates alternate
causes of climate change and analyzes the trends
for global temperatures, rainfall patterns, and sea
level. He poses the ‘heretical’ question if warming
may be considered a benefit in some regions.
Finally Leroux suggests a number of priorities
for climatologists to better understand processes
of climate change, to integrate them into climate
models, and to predict accurately future changes
in climate.
Features7 Anybody who speaks about climate change
needs to know the basis for understanding the
weather and climate and have a critical knowledge
on events and replace media sensasionalism in
context
Fields of interestMeteorology/Climatology; Climate Change;
Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air
Pollution
Target groupsResearchers, professionalsDiscount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Due April 2010
Originally published by Pearson Custom Publishing,
2000
2nd ed. 2010. 18 illus. Hardcover
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-90-481-3986-6
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due April 2010
2010. IX, 350 p. (Environmental Pollution, Volume 17)
Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8662-4
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK. Originally
published by Wiley and Praxis
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 400 p. 236 illus., 10 in color.
(Springer Praxis Books / Environmental Sciences)
Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04679-7
springer.com/librarybooks 65Springer News 2/2010 Environmental Sciences
D. Lobell, M. Burke, Stanford University, Stanford,
CA, USA (Eds.)
Climate Change and Food SecurityAdapting Agriculture to a Warmer World
Roughly a billion people around the world
continue to live in state of chronic hunger and
food insecurity. Unfortunately, efforts to improve
their livelihoods must now unfold in the context
of a rapidly changing climate, in which warming
temperatures and changing rainfall regimes could
threaten the basic productivity of the agricultural
systems on which most of the world’s poor directly
depend. But whether climate change represents
a minor impediment or an existential threat to
development is an area of substantial controversy,
with different conclusions wrought from different
methodologies and based on different data.
This book aims to resolve some of the controversy
by exploring and comparing the different method-
ologies and data that scientists use to understand
climate’s effects on food security. In explains the
nature of the climate threat, the ways in which
crops and farmers might respond, and the poten-
tial role for public and private investment to help
agriculture adapt to a warmer world.
Features7 Chapters from leading experts in several fields
7 Over 50 figures and tables to illustrate key
points 7 Accessible descriptions of modelling
techniques 7 Extended discussion of adaptation
opportunities and constraints
Fields of interestClimate Change; Agriculture; Earth Sciences,
general
Target groupsResearchers in climate change, agriculture, and
food security, graduate students in environmental
and earth science, agriculture, undergraduate
students
H. Plachter, University of Marburg, Germany;
U. Hampicke, University of Greifswald, Germany
(Eds.)
Large-scale Livestock GrazingA Management Tool for Nature Conservation
One of the main objectives of nature conservation
in Europe is to protect valuable cultural landscapes
characterized by a mixture of open habitats and
hedges, trees and patchy woodland (semi-open
landscapes).The development of these landscapes
during the past decades has been characterized
by an ongoing intensification of land use on the
one hand, and an increasing number of former
meadows and pastures becoming fallow as a
result of changing economic conditions on the
other hand. Since species adapted to open and
semi-open landscapes contribute to biodiversity
in Europe in a major way, this development is of
great concern to nature conservation. In several
countries largescale, nature-adapted pastoral
systems have been recognized as one solution to
this problem. These systems could offer an alterna-
tive to industrial livestock raising and keep a high
biodiversity on the landscape level.
Features7 Against the background of livestock diseases
such as BSE and Foot and Mouth Disease and the
efforts to reform the Common Agricultural Policy
in the EU by changing the criteria for agricultural
subsidies, these concepts gain particular signifi-
cance 7 They could also represent an alternative
to the established, costly habitat management tools
Fields of interestGeoecology/Natural Processes; Biogeosciences;
Geography (general)
Target groupsScientists, researchers, institutes, libraries
D. Rapp, South Pasadena, CA, USA
Assessing Climate ChangeTemperatures, Solar Radiation and
Heat Balance
Despite the inadequacies of the temperature
measurement network, there is little doubt
that much of the Earth has been undergoing a
moderate warming since about the start of the 20th
century, although this warming has been more
pronounced in some areas, and it wavered in mid-
century. A critical question facing mankind is: Has
this global warming been primarily due to natural
fluctuations (e.g. increases in total solar irradiance
(TSI) coupled to positive feedback effects, changes
in ocean heat transport flows, or other variations)
or anthropogenic impacts (primarily greenhouse
gas production)?
Global warming alarmists believe that the
increases in 20th century temperatures are mainly
due to increases in greenhouse gases and offer
the “hockey stick” picture of global temperature
history as evidence of the uniqueness of the 20th
century. Nay-sayers dispute these predictions,
claiming that the recent rise in temperature has
significant regional exceptions.
Fields of interestClimate Change; Meteorology/Climatology;
Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air
Pollution
Target groupsEnvironmental scientists, climatologists, meteo-
rologists and atmospheric physicists, intermediate
and advanced undergraduates, postgraduate
students and researchers studying global warming,
climate change, and anthropogenic impacts on the
environment
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
2010. VI, 199 p. 50 illus. (Advances in Global Change
Research, Volume 37) Softcover
7 $49.95
ISBN 978-90-481-2952-2
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
2010. XVIII, 478 p. Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-540-68666-8
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 410 p. (Springer Praxis Books /
Environmental Sciences) Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-01987-6
springer.com/booksellers66 Springer News 2/2010Environmental Sciences
J. Reitner, N. Quéric, G. Arp, University of Göttingen,
Germany
Advances in Stromatolite Geobiology
Stromatolites are the most intriguing geobiological
structures of the entire earth history since the
beginning of the fossil record in the Archaean.
Stromatolites and microbialites are interpreted
as biosedimentological remains of biofilms and
microbial mats. These structures are important
environmental and evolutionary archives which
give us information about ancient habitats, biodi-
versity, and evolution of complex benthic ecosys-
tems. However, many geobiological aspects of
these structures are still unknown or only poorly
understood. The present proceedings highlight the
new ideas and information on the formation and
environmental setting of stromatolites presented at
the occasion of the Kalkowsky Symposium 2008,
held in Göttingen, Germany.
Fields of interestBiogeosciences; Microbial Ecology; Geoecology/
Natural Processes
Target groupsResearchers and professionals
S. Srivastava, Dayalbagh, Agra, India; P. Goyal,
G.L. Bajaj Insitute of Technology and Managment,
Greater Noida, India
Novel BiomaterialsDecontamination of Toxic Metals from
Wastewater
Current research revolves around trends to bring
technology into harmony with the natural environ-
ment and in order to protect the ecosystem.
Bioremediation involves processes which reduce
the overall treatment costs by using agricultural
residues. Regeneration of the biosorbent further
increases the cost effectiveness of the process,
thus warranting its future success in solving water
quality problems. Special emphasis is paid to
chemical modifications resulting in tailored novel
biomaterials which improve its sorption efficiency
and environmental stability. In this way it can be
used commercially as a simple, fast, economical,
ecofriendly green technology, for the removal of
toxic metals from waste water particularly in rural
and remote areas of the country.
Features7 Deals with bioremediation which involves
processes that reduce overall treatment cost
through the application of agricultural residues
ContentsHeavy Metals.- Metal Detoxification.- Metal
Decontamination.- Existing Metal Removal Tech-
nologies.- Hyper Accumulation.- Biosorption.-
Sorption Isotherms and Kinetics.- Reusability of
Biomaterial.- Novel Biomaterials.
Fields of interestWaste Water Technology / Water Pollution Con-
trol / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution;
Ecotoxicology; Biomaterials
Target groupsScientists and postgraduate students dealing with
wastewater treatment
T. Tscharntke, C. Leuschner, E. Veldkamp, H. Faust,
University of Göttingen, Germany; E. Guhardja,
Institut Pertanian Bogor, Indonesia; A. Bidin,
Universitas Tadulako, Tondo Palu, Indonesia (Eds.)
Tropical Rainforests and Agro-forests under Global ChangeEcological and Socio-economic Valuations
Tropical rainforests are disappearing due to agri-
cultural intensification and climate change, causing
irreversible losses in biodiversity and associated
ecosystem functioning. Ecosystem properties
and human well-being are profoundly influ-
enced by environmental change, which is often
not considered during land use intensification.
Understanding these processes needs an integrated
scientific approach linking ecological, economic
and social perspectives at different scales, from
the household and village level to landscapes and
regions. The chapters in this book cover a broad
range of topical research areas, from sustain-
able agroforestry management, climate change
effects on rainforests and agroforests to integrated
concepts of land use in tropical landscapes.
Features7 Provides an integrated scientific approach
linking ecological, economic and social approaches
at different scales
Fields of interestClimate Change; Nature Conservation; Sustainable
Development
Target groupsProfessionals in the fields of agroforestry and
tropical ecology, biodiversity-ecosystem service
management
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences,
Volume 131) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10414-5
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due May 2010
2010. X, 190 p. (Environmental Science and Engineering
/ Environmental Science) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11328-4
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
2010. XVI, 531 p. (Environmental Science and Engi-
neering / Environmental Science) Hardcover
7 approx. $219.00
ISBN 978-3-642-00492-6
springer.com/librarybooks 67Springer News 2/2010 Environmental Sciences
M. A. Uqaili, H. Khanji, Mehran Univ., Jamshoro,
Pakistan
Energy, Environment and Sustainable Development
New information and strategies for managing
the energy crisis from the perspective of growing
economies are presented. Numerous case studies
illustrate the particular challenges that devel-
oping countries, many of which are faced with
insufficient resources, encounter. As a result,
many unique strategies to the problems of energy
management an conservation, environmental
engineering, clean technologies, biological and
chemical waste treatment and waste management
have been developed.
Features7 Numerous case studies are included
7 Includes a broad scope of interest from basic
researchers to policy makers interested in environ-
mental issues and sustainable energy solutions
Fields of interestSustainable Development; Environmental
Economics; Renewable Energy Sources
Target groupsResearchers and professionals
Discount groupP
Earth and Environmental Science
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. 120 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-7091-0108-7
springer.com/booksellers68 Springer News 2/2010Life Sciences
J. Braman, Stratagene, An Agilent Technologies
Division, La Jolla, CA, USA (Ed.)
In Vitro Mutagenesis ProtocolsThird Edition
In the post-genomic era, in vitro mutagenesis
has emerged as a critically important tool for
establishing the functions of components of the
proteome. The third edition of In Vitro Muta-
genesis Protocols represents a practical toolbox
containing protocols vital to advancing our under-
standing of the connection between nucleotide
sequence and sequence function. Fully updated
from the previous editions, this volume contains a
variety of specialty tools successfully employed to
unravel the intricacies of protein-protein interac-
tion, protein structure-function, protein regulation
of biological processes, and protein activity, as well
as a novel section on mutagenesis methods for
unique microbes as a guide to the generalization
of mutagenesis strategies for a host of microbial
systems.
Features7 Establishes protein structure, function,
activity, and interrelationships by authors of peer
reviewed articles published in respected journals
7 Describes mutagenesis in various microbial
backgrounds: Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Brucella
species, Campylobacter and Helicobacter species,
Herpesviruses, Plasmodium falciparum
Fields of interestHuman Genetics; Proteomics
Target groupsMolecular biologists, cell biologists, biochem-
ists, developmental biologists, virologists, protein
engineers, genetic engineers, and pharmaceutical
chemists
A. Ciancio, C.N.R., Bari, Italy; K. Mukerji, University of
Delhi, India (Eds.)
Integrated Management of Arthropod Pests and Insect Borne Diseases
The fifth and last Volume of this IPMD series
reviews, in a multi-disciplinary approach, recent
achievements in crop protection and integrated
management of arthropod pests. It is organized
in a first Section covering IPM in citrus produc-
tions, a Second one dealing with advacements in
the integratioon of management technologies and
a last Section covering mites and their biological
control agents. As for the previous volumes, we
attempted to provide an informative coverage for a
broad range of agricultural systems and situations.
The chapters are mainly organized and centered on
crops, with a particular emphasis on citrus.
Features7 Updated reviews on IPM in citrus produc-
tion 7 Review of remote sensing technologies
7 IPM of urticating lepidopterans 7 Updated
reviews of mites management through biological
control agents
ContentsI. IPM in Citrus Groves. 1.Citrus Pest Manage-
ment in the Northern Mediterranean Basin (Spain,
Italy and Greece). 2.Main Arthropod Pests of
Citrus Culture and Pest Management in Greece.
3.Biological Control in Citrus in Spain: from Clas-
sical to Conservation Biological Control. 4.Citrus
Integrated Pest Management in Italy. 5.Entomo-
pathogenic Nematode Ecology and Biological
Control in Florida Citrus Orchards. - II- Advanced
IPM Technologies. 6.Integration of Insect and Mite
Management with Disease and Weed Control in
Pecan Production. 7.Locust Habitat Monitoring
and Risk Assessment Using Remote Sensing and
GIS Technologies.
Fields of interestPlant Pathology; Entomology; Agriculture
Target groupsPractitioners, professionals, scientists, researchers,
lecturers, tutors, graduates, undergraduates
S. Ding, The Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla, CA,
USA (Ed.)
Cellular Programming and ReprogrammingMethods and Protocols
Before the therapeutic potential of cell replace-
ment therapy or the development of therapeutic
drugs for stimulating the body’s own regenera-
tive ability to repair cells damaged by disease and
injury can be fully realized, control of stem cell
fate, immuno-rejection, and limited cell sources
must be overcome. In Cellular Programming and
Reprogramming: Methods and Protocols, expert
researchers cover the most recent technologies
and their related mechanisms involved in the
programming and reprogramming of cell fate.
Written in the highly successful Methods in
Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters include
introductions to their respective topics, lists of the
necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step,
laboratory protocols, and notes to highlight tips on
troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.
Features7 Provides authoritative protocols and insights in
generating various essential cell types as written
by leading researchers in the field 7 Details the
process of producing functional cell types for
high-throughput screens 7 Covers the most
recent technologies and their related mechanisms
involved in the programming and reprogramming
of cell fate
Fields of interestCell Biology; Stem Cells; Cell Culture
Target groupsStem cell scientists, regenerative medicine special-
ists, molecular and cellular biologists
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due April 2010
3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 400 p. 92 illus., 9 in color. (Methods
in Molecular Biology, Volume 634) Hardcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-651-1
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due April 2010
2010. XIV, 362 p. (Integrated Management of Plant Pests
and Diseases, Volume 5) Hardcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2463-3
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. 54 illus., 4 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 636) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-690-0
springer.com/librarybooks 69Springer News 2/2010 Life Sciences
Y. Gherbawy, Taif University, Taif, Saudi Arabia;
K. Voigt, University of Jena, Germany (Eds.)
Molecular Identification of Fungi
Fungi enjoy great popularity in pharmaceutical,
agricultural, and biotechnological applications.
Recent advances in the decipherment of whole
fungal genomes promise an acceleration of these
trends.
This timely book links scientists from different
parts of the world who are interested in the
molecular identification of fungi combined with
the exploration of the fungal biodiversity in
different ecosystems. It provides a compendium for
scientists who rely on a rapid and reliable detec-
tion of fungal specimens in environmental as well
as clinical resources in order to ensure the benefit
of industrial and clinical applications.
Chapters focus on the opportunities and limits of
the molecular marker-mediated identification of
fungi. Various methods, procedures and strate-
gies are outlined. Furthermore, the book offers an
update of the current progress in the development
of fungal molecular techniques, and draws atten-
tion to potential and associated problems, as well
as integrating theory and practice.
Features7 Highlights the applications of molecular tech-
niques in basic and applied mycology 7 Elabo-
rately illustrated including more than 30 colour
figures and many other exemplifications
Fields of interestFungus Genetics; Biological Techniques; Eukary-
otic Microbiology
Target groupsResearchers and advanced students
R. Hell, R. Mendel, University of Heidelberg,
Germany (Eds.)
Cell Biology of Metals and Nutrients
Plants are composed of 17 essential and at least 5
beneficial elements, and these must be taken up as
metal or nutrient ions to allow for growth and cell
division. Much effort has been devoted to studying
the physiology and biochemistry of metals and
nutrients in plants. The aspect of cell biology,
however, is an emerging new field and much
needs to be learned about sensing, long-distance
communication within plants, and cellular signal
transduction chains in response to environmental
stress. Cellular malfunction and consequently
disease result when any of the key steps in metal
and nutrient homeostasis are disrupted.
Working together, leading experts in their
respective fields provide a new concept that
reaches beyond plant nutrition and plasmalemma
transport into cellular physiology. Each chapter
contains basic information on uptake, physiolog-
ical function, deficiency and toxicity syndromes,
long-distance and intracellular transport.
Features7 State-of-the-art review of current knowledge on
function and metabolism of metal sand nutrients
7 Critical assessment of achievements and deficits
7 Cross-referencing to other biological systems
7 Fundamental reference for metal and nutrient
functions, plant nutrition and cellular mechanisms
of homeostatic control
Fields of interestPlant Physiology; Cell Biology; Plant Biochemistry
Target groupsLibraries, institutes, scientists
M. S. Khan, A. Zaidi, J. Musarrat (Eds.)
Microbes for Legume Improvement
Microbes for Legume Improvement provides
comprehensive information on concepts of
microbial technology for the improvement of
legumes grown in different agro-ecosystems. The
role of microbes including symbiotic nitrogen
fixers, asymbiotic nitrogen fixing bacteria
(like Azotobacter/Azospirillum), plant growth
promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR), phosphate-
solubilizing microbes, arbuscular mycorrhizal
fungi and biocontrol agents in the improvement of
both conventional and forage legumes growth is
discussed. Furthermore, recent findings of legume-
pathogen and legume-rhizobial interactions and
proteomic analysis of legume–microbe interac-
tions are addressed.
Features7 Utility of microbes for improvement of legumes
growth both in conventional and derelict soils
7 First of its kind addressing recent advances
in microbial technology and their application in
sustainability of legume productivity 7 Unique
collection of data
From the contents1. Microbes-Legume Interaction: A genomic
perspective.- 2. Phosphate Solubilizing microbes
affecting legume growth and yields in different
agro-ecosystems.- 3. Plant Growth Promoting
Rhizobacteria and Sustainable Legume Produc-
tion.- 4. Strategies and Development of microbial
inoculants for their use in legume cultivation.-
5. Functional Diversity in nitrogen fixing microor-
ganisms and factors affecting their colonization in
different ecological niches.- 6. Proteomic Analysis
of Microbes-Legume Interaction: Current Status.
Fields of interestPlant Ecology; Microbiology; Applied Ecology
Target groupsStudents, teachers and scientists
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 520 p. 87 illus., 39 in color. Hardcover
7 $229.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05041-1
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due March 2010
2010. XV, 285 p. 23 illus., 15 in color. (Plant Cell Mono-
graphs, Volume 17) Hardcover
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10612-5
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. 35 illus., 5 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-211-99752-9
springer.com/booksellers70 Springer News 2/2010Life Sciences
S. Mancuso, University of Firenze, Sesto Fiorentino,
Italy; S. Shabala, University of Tasmania, Hobart,
Australia (Eds.)
Waterlogging Signalling and Tolerance in Plants
Waterlogging is a major problem for plant cultiva-
tion in many regions of the world.
This book combines both academic and practical
aspects of this topic. Based on recent progress in
cell and molecular biology, various facets of water-
logging signalling and tolerance are addressed,
starting from the molecular level, through
membrane transport, cells and plant organs, up to
the whole organism. Leading scientists contribute
13 chapters grouped into the following main parts:
whole-plant regulation, intracellular signalling,
membrane transporters in waterlogging tolerance
and agronomical and environmental aspects.
This work offers a universal handbook for any
researcher or agronomist interested in the impact
of waterlogging in plants.
Features7 Investigates waterlogging, one of the major
problems for plant cultivation 7 The first book
considering both agronomical/environmental and
cellular aspects of waterlogging stress perception
and tolerance
From the contentsOxygen Transport in Waterlogged Plants.- Water-
logging and Plant Nutrient Uptake.- Strategies
for Adaptation to Waterlogging and Hypoxia in
Nitrogen Fixing Nodules of Legumes.- Oxygen
Transport in the sSapwood of Trees.- pH Signaling
During Anoxia.-Programmed Cell Death and
Aerenchyma Formation Under Hypoxia.- Oxygen
Deprivation, Metabolic Adaptations and Oxidative
Stress.- Root Water Transport Under Waterlogged
Conditions and the Roles of Aquaporins in Trans-
port of Water and Other Molecules Relevant to
Oxygen Deficient Conditions.
Fields of interestPlant Physiology; Agriculture; Forestry
Target groupsResearchers, agronomists and advanced students
M. Rai, SGB Amravati University, Maharashtra,
India; University of Debrecen, Debrecen University,
Debrecen, Hungary (Eds.)
Progress in Mycology
There has been tremendous biotechnological
advancement in the field of fungi in the last two
decades. The present book is aimed to provide
the readers with current trends in the field of
Mycology in general and fungal biotechnology in
particular.
The book would be of utmost importance to
students, researchers and teachers of botany,
mycology, microbiology, medical microbiology,
fungal biotechnology and nanotechnology. The
readers should find the book full of information
and reader friendly.
Features7 Presents current trends in the field of mycology
in general and fungal biotechnology in particular
7 Provides new insights in the field of genetic
improvement, transformations and phyllogenetic
relationship of different genera and species
From the contents1.Better Yeast for Better Wine - Genetic Improve-
ment of Saccharomyces cerevisiae Wine Strains.-
2.Genetics and Genomics of Aspergillus.- 3.Gen-
etic Transformation of Zygomycetes Fungi.- 4.Cur-
rent Advances in Aspergillosis.- 5.Fungal Infec-
tions of The Central Nervous System.- 6.Otomy-
cosis in Turkey: A Review.- 7.Current Trends in
Fungal Sinusitis.- 8.Biodiversity of Filamentous
Fungi on Soils and Sands.- 9.Role of Mycorrhizal
Fungi in Growth Promotion of Crop Plants.-
10.Ectomycorrhizal Symbiosis: Possibilities and
Prospects.- 11.Higher Basidiomycetes Mushrooms
as a Source of Antioxidants.
Fields of interestPlant Sciences; Plant Physiology; Microbiology
Target groupsStudents, researchers and teachers of botany,
mycology, microbiology, medical microbiolodgy,
fungal biotechnology and nanotechnology
A. Sharon, Tel-Aviv University, Tel-Aviv, Israel (Ed.)
Molecular and Cell Biology Methods for Fungi
With the development of fungal transformation
systems and the deciphering of an increasing
number of fungal genomes, this diverse clade of
heterotrophic eukaryotic organisms has proven to
be ideal for molecular work and highly service-
able as model systems to study basic processes
with results that are applicable to many organisms,
including humans. In Molecular and Cell Biology
Methods for Fungi, experts in the field provide
an up-to-date set of practical protocols covering
a range of frequently used methods used to study
molecular and cellular aspects of fungal biology.
The included classical protocols such as transfor-
mation systems and traditional protein analysis
methods, which have been widely used for many
years, alongside the most advanced techniques
such as genome amplification, whole genome
knockout methods, and sophisticated in vivo
imaging techniques will prove to be easily adapt-
able and useful in a wide range of species.
Features7 Provides a comprehensive set of methods used
in fungal molecular and cell biology written by
leading researchers in the field 7 Presents the
most popular methods alongside highly advanced
technologies 7 Methods cover all types of
molecular and cellular research from single cell
analyses to high throughput methods
Fields of interestCell Biology; Eukaryotic Microbiology
Target groupsCell biologists, biochemists, molecular biologists,
plant and human pathologists as well as people
interested in environmental issues
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 310 p. 32 illus., 12 in color. Hardcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10304-9
Discount groupP
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due February 2010
Scientific Publishers has distribution rights for India
Jointly published with Scientific Publishers (India)
2010. Approx. 450 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3712-1
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. 53 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 638) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-610-8
springer.com/librarybooks 71Springer News 2/2010 Life Sciences
R. Sunkar, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK,
USA (Ed.)
Plant Stress ToleranceMethods and Protocols
A number of abiotic factors such as drought,
salinity, extreme temperatures, low or high light
intensity, and deficiency or toxic levels of nutrients
have huge impacts on crop productivity, and a
furthering of our understanding of the molecular,
biochemical, and physiological basis of stress
tolerance has been widely recognized as critical.
In Plant Stress Tolerance: Methods and Proto-
cols, expert researchers cover the most important
widely-used techniques, including cutting-edge
strategies, in a manner that ensures effective
results.
Features7 Provides an easily accessible reference volume
for plant stress tolerance written by leading
researchers in the field 7 Details the wide range
of assays relevant to assessing plant stress tolerance
7 Provides detailed step-by-step instructions
for the protocols covering a whole range of topics
in plant stress tolerance 7 Details the high-
throughput identification of stress tolerance genes,
proteins, and microRNAs
From the contentsDehydration Tolerance in Plants.- Approaches
to Identifying Genes for Salinity Tolerance, and
the Importance of Time Scale.- Gene Regulation
During Cold Stress Acclimation in Plants.- Redox-
Dependent Regulation, Redox Control, and Oxida-
tive Damage in Plant Cells Subjected to Abiotic
Stress.- Array Platforms and Bioinformatics
Tools for the Analysis of Plant Transcriptome in
Response to Abiotic Stress.
Fields of interestPlant Sciences; Plant Physiology
Target groupsPlant scientists, physiologists, biochemists and
molecular biologists working on plant abiotic
stress
A. Ward, D. Tosh, University of Bath, UK (Eds.)
Mouse Cell CultureMethods and Protocols
Cultured cells have combined accessibility and the
ability to expand a homogeneous cell population
from a relatively limited source, thus opening up
a wealth of possibilities for researchers. In Mouse
Cell Culture: Methods and Protocols, expert
researchers provide a number of methods for the
culture of a wide range of specific cells and tissues
isolated from the key genetic model of the fetal or
adult mouse. Including protocols for the explant
of fetal tissues and stem cells that allow develop-
mental processes to be followed ex vivo as well as
protocols for the culture of isolated cell types that
allow for the study of relatively homogeneous cell
populations, this volume brings together a selec-
tion of the most current methods in order to make
them available in one convenient source.
Features7 Features methods involving a wide variety of
tissue types in one convenient volume 7 Written
by leading experts in an easy-to-use step-by-step
format with notes providing practical, straight-
from-the-lab knowledge and experiences
7 Covers protocols with fetal tissues and stem
cells as well as cultures of isolated cell types for the
study of developmental processes and homoge-
neous cell populations, respectively
Fields of interestCell Biology; Cell Culture; Animal Models
Target groupsMolecular and cellular biologists, geneticists, phar-
maceutical scientists, and biochemists
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 365 p. 46 illus. (Methods in Molecular
Biology, Volume 639) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-701-3
Discount groupP
Springer Protocols
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 255 p. 48 illus., 2 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 633) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-58829-772-3
springer.com/booksellers72 Springer News 2/2010Business/Economics
M. Filzmoser, Vienna University of Technology,
Austria
Simulation of Automated Negotiation
Automated negotiation might improve negotiation
outcomes in e-commerce and allow the coordina-
tion of agents in autonomous systems. However, as
operative systems do not yet exist, research relies
on simulation to evaluate potential system configu-
rations in realistically complex scenarios. This
book reviews the latest literature on the simulation
of automated negotiation and addresses identified
deficiencies by offering novel strategies for soft-
ware agents and alternative interaction protocols.
The method of computer simulation is discussed,
with a focus on its specific applications in the
domain of negotiations. The results of computer
simulations of the proposed automated negotiation
systems are compared across systems and to the
outcomes of negotiation experiments with human
agents. Analyses along various outcome dimen-
sions, such as efficiency, fairness and individual
utility, provide insights into general design trade-
offs as well as design requirements for superior
outcomes in automated negotiations.
Features7 State of the art literature review
7 Implementation of novel strategies and
protocols for automated negotiation
7 Systematic computer simulation and analysis
Fields of interestInformation Systems; Artificial Intelligence (incl.
Robotics); User Interfaces and Human Computer
Interaction
Target groupsResearchers and professionals
A. Garrido, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain;
M. R. Llamas, Universidad Complutense de Madrid,
Spain; C. Varela-Ortega, P. Novo, R. Rodríguez-
Casado, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain;
M. M. Aldaya, University of Twente, The Netherlands
Water Footprint and Virtual Water Trade in SpainPolicy Implications
The evaluation of the water footprint and virtual
water trade has become a promising means to
evaluate the sustainability of a country’s water
resources. This book is based on the research and
results of a thorough study carried out for Spain,
which serves as a leading case for a semi-arid
country. The objective of this study was to assess
and analyze Spain’s virtual water use and water
footprint, differentiating the green and blue
(surface and groundwater) components, both
from a hydrological and economic perspective.
This contributes to the water footprint and virtual
water literature in several ways. By evaluating
both water footprint and virtual water over time
and at the provincial scale, the analysis allows for
policy-relevant conclusions at the river basin level.
By separating green and blue water components,
and evaluating all crops at the provincial level,
the study enables a finer analysis of how water
footprint and virtual water vary during droughts
and water shortages.
Features7 Provides geographical analysis (provincial and
basin levels) over a ten-year period 1996-2006
7 Evaluates water footprint not only in terms
of quantity and quality, but also in Euro terms,
allowing for an analysis of the value of water use
in the regions, in time and in virtual water exports
7 Explores the linkages between agricultural and
water policies
Fields of interestAgricultural Economics; Environmental
Economics; Hydrogeology
Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in agricultural
economics, natural resources policy, hydrology,
water engineering and Iberian studies, policy-
makers concerned with water and hydrological
issues
N. Kshetri, The University of North Carolina,
Greensboro, NC, USA
The Global Cybercrime IndustryEconomic, Institutional and Strategic
Perspectives
This book is about the global cybercrime industry,
which according to some estimates, is a US$1
trillion industry and is growing rapidly. It exam-
ines economic and institutional processes in the
cybercrime industry, provides insights into the
entrepreneurial aspect of firms engaged in cyber-
criminal activities, takes a close look at cybercrime
business models, explains the global variation in
the pattern of cybercrimes and seeks to understand
threats and countermeasures taken by key actors
in this industry. This book’s distinguishing features
include the newness, importance, controversiality
and complexity of the topic; cross-disciplinary
focus, orientation and scope; theory-based but
practical and accessible to the wider audience; and
illustration of various qualitative and quantitative
aspects of the global cybercrime industry.
Features7 Hot topic 7 Cross-disciplinary focus
7 Theory-based but practical 7 Accessible to a
wide audience 7 Illustration of various qualita-
tive and quantative aspects
ContentsThe Global Cybercrime Industry and Its Structure:
Relevant Actors, Motivations, Threats, and Coun-
termeasures.- Simple Economics of Cybercrime
and the Vicious Circle.- An Institutional Perspec-
tive on Cybercrimes.- Increasing Returns and
Externality in Cybercrimes.- Institutional Field
Evolved Around Cybercrimes.- Information and
Communications Technologies, Cyberattacks and
Strategic Asymmetry.- Global Heterogeneity in the
Pattern of the Cybercrime Industry.- Structure of
Cybercrime in Developing Economies.
Fields of interestMedia Management; e-Commerce/e-Business;
Information Systems
Target groupsAcademics as well as practitioners and policy
makers; students in e-commerce; all members
of the cyber-world
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 320 p. Softcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-3-7091-0132-2
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 210 p. 62 illus. (Natural Resource Manage-
ment and Policy, Volume 35) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5740-5
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 280 p. Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11521-9
springer.com/librarybooks 73Springer News 2/2010 Business/Economics
H. Maier, J. Gampe, B. Jeune, J. Robine, J. W. Vaupel
(Eds.)
Supercentenarians
Does human mortality after age 110 continue
to rise, level off, or start to decline? This book
describes a concerted, international research
effort undertaken with the goal of establishing
a database that allows the best possible descrip-
tion of the mortality trajectory beyond the age
of 110. The International Database on Longevity
(IDL) is the result of this on-going effort. The IDL
contains exhaustive information on validated cases
of supercentenarians (people 110 years and older)
and allows unbiased estimates of mortality after
age 110. The main finding is remarkable: human
mortality after age 110 is flat at a probability of
death of 50% per year. The sixteen chapters of
this book discuss age validation of exceptional
longevity, data on supercentenarians in a series of
countries, structure and contents of the IDL, and
statistical analysis of human mortality after age
110. Several chapters include short accounts of
specific supercentenarians that add life to demo-
graphic research.
From the contentsPart I General: On the age validation of supercen-
tenarians.- The International Database Longevity:
Structure and contents.- Part II Country reports:
Supercentenarians in the United States.- The
emergence of supercentenarians in Canada.-
Supercentenarians in Japan.- Being very old in a
young country: Centenarians and supercentenar-
ians in Australia.- Supercentenarians in France.-
Italian supercentenarians: Age validation of deaths
from 1969 to 2000.- Emergence and verification
of supercentenarians in Spain.- Age validation of
persons aged 105 and above in Germany.-
The growth of high ages in England and Wales,
1635-2106.- Supercentenarians in the Nordic
Countries.- Part III Research on supercentenar-
ians: Human mortality beyond age 110.- Is it
possible to measure life expectancy at 110 in
France?
Fields of interestDemography; Aging; Population Economics
Target groupsScientists
D. Ó Conchúir, Scatterwork Switzerland
Overview of the PMBOK® GuideShort Cuts for PMP® Certification
This book is for everyone who wants a readable
introduction to best practice Project Management,
as described by the PMBOK® Guide 4th Edition
of the Project Management Institute (PMI), “the
world’s leading association for the project manage-
ment profession”.
It is particularly useful for applicants for the PMI’s
PMP® (Project Management Professional) and
CAPM® (Certified Associate of Project Manage-
ment) examinations, which are based mostly on
the PMBOK® Guide. This book can also be studied
alone by anyone as a general introduction to
Project Management. The style and language of
this book have also been selected to make them
particularly suitable for readers who use English as
a foreign language.
Features7 Provides easy access to the PMBOK® Guide
for the PMP certification 7 Ideal guide for non-
native speakers 7 Aims to have the preparation
time through clear, transparent explanations
7 Caters for a rapidly growing number of
PMP applicants
Contents1 Introducing Project Management.- 2 Under-
standing the PMBOK® Guide.- 3: Process Groups
& Knowledge Areas.- 4 Integration Management
Processes.- 5 Scope Management Processes.-
6 Time Management Processes.- 7 Cost Manage-
ment Processes.- 8 Quality Management
Processes.- 9 Human Resource Management
Processes.- 10 Communications Management
Processes.- 11 Risk Management Processes.-
12 Procurement Management Processes.-
13 Preparing for the PMP® Examination.
Fields of interestManagement/Business for Professionals; Orga-
nization/Planning; Job Careers in Science and
Engineering
Target groupsProject managers, students of the PMI certification
D. L. Olson, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, NE, USA;
D. Wu, University of Toronto, ON, Canada
Enterprise Risk Management Models
Enterprise risk management has always been
important. However, the events of the 21st
Century have made it even more critical. The top
level of business management became suspect after
scandals at ENRON, WorldCom, and other busi-
ness entities. Financially, many firms experienced
difficulties from bubbles. The problems of inter-
acting cultures demonstrated risk from terrorism
as well, with numerous terrorist attacks, to include
9/11 in the U.S. Risks can arise in many facets
of business. Businesses in fact exist to cope with
risk in their area of specialization. Financial risk
management has focused on banking, accounting,
and finance. We have discussed several aspects
of risk, to include information systems, disaster
management, and supply chain perspectives.
The bulk of this book is devoted to presenting a
number of operations research models that have
been (or could be) applied to enterprise supply
risk management, especially from the supply chain
perspective.
Features7 Supports understanding the potential of models
within risk management 7 Gives simple exam-
ples to demonstrate methods 7 Demonstrates
simulation and other operational research models
From the contentsEnterprise Risk Management in Supply Chains.-
Enterprise Risk Management Process.- Informa-
tion Systems Security Risk.- Enterprise Risk
Management in Projects.- Natural Disaster Risk
Management.- Disaster Risk Management in
China.- Value-Focused Supply Chain Risk Anal-
ysis.- Examples of Supply Chain Decisions Trading
Off Criteria.- Simulation of Supply Chain Risk.-
Value at Risk.- Chance Constrained Program-
ming.- Data Envelopment Analysis in Enterprise
Risk Management.
Fields of interestFinance /Banking; Operations Research/Decision
Theory; Production/Logistics
Target groupsResearchersDiscount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due May 2010
2010. XVI, 325 p. 52 illus. (Demographic Research Mono-
graphs) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11519-6
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 180 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $59.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11187-7
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11473-1
springer.com/booksellers74 Springer News 2/2010Business/Economics
F. Paolucci, The Australian National University,
Canberra, ACT, Australia
Health Care Financing and InsuranceOptions for Design
As a contribution to the search for suitable and
sustainable solutions to finance rising medical care
expenditures, the book proposes a typology of
healthcare financing and insurance schemes, based
on the dimensions of basic vs. supplementary
services and mandatory vs. voluntary coverage,
to analyse the design and the complex interac-
tions between various financing and insurance
arrangements in several OECD countries. This
study provides a better understanding of the
strengths and weaknesses of the financial and
organisational structures of different countries’
healthcare financing and insurance schemes. Its
main contributions are the development of a novel
and rigorous theoretical framework analysing
the economic rationales for the optimal design of
healthcare financing and insurance schemes, and
an empirical and institutional analysis investi-
gating the consequences for efficiency and afford-
ability of the complex interactions between basic
and supplementary sources of financing.
Features7 Presents a unique combination of concep-
tual, institutional, and empirical analyses of the
design of healthcare financing systems in several
countries 7 Proposes a new classification of
healthcare financing schemes applicable to all
OECD countries 7 Analyzes the impact of EU
competition law and policy on the regulatory
framework adopted at the national level in several
European social healthcare insurance markets
Fields of interestPublic Health; Public Finance & Economics; Popu-
lation Economics
Target groupsHealth economists in academia, governmental and
international organizations, as well as healthcare
professionals
D. Sonntag, Vienna University of Economics and
Business, Austria
AIDS and AidA Public Good Approach
The emerging outlook on the AIDS crisis is bleak;
it seems that Millennium Development Goal 6
cannot be achieved in most developing countries
by 2015. While most books look at the HIV/AIDS
epidemic from an epidemiological point of view,
this work evaluates AIDS and the international
financing mechanisms of aid from a public good
perspective. In contrast to the standard approach
of the academic literature on AIDS, which derives
policy recommendations from the demand side,
this book explicitly considers the supply side. The
study does not only advance the public goods
literature, it also provides new insights into the
effectiveness of international policies and paves the
way for policy recommendations. As it reveals the
weaknesses of current anti-HIV policies, a more
effective allocation of international assistance is
postulated.
Contents1 Introduction.- 2 The Challenge: A Transnational
Response to HIV/AIDS.- 3 Profiling the Provision
Status of Health-Promoting Public Goods Against
AIDS.- 4 International Transfers.- 5 Regional
Constraints and HIV/AIDS.- 6 Summary and
Concluding Remarks.- Appendices.- References.
Fields of interestPublic Finance & Economics; Development
Economics; Health Promotion and Disease
Prevention
Target groupsScientists, professionals
G. Zäpfel, R. Braune, M. Bögl, University of Linz,
Austria
Metaheuristic Search ConceptsA Tutorial with Applications to Production
and Logistics
The book gives an introduction to metaheuristics
for students and practitioners. It requires no prior
knowledge of the field, as the basic concepts are
developed step by step from the bottom up using
the knapsack problem and therefore allowing the
user to concentrate on the main ideas of meta-
heuristics. The concepts are then expanded to
concrete algorithms, which are described in detail.
Then a systematization of the algorithms is estab-
lished and compared with existing classification
schemes from literature. The last part of the book
deals with the application of popular metaheuris-
tics to two optimization problems from the field
of production and logistics, namely the Job Shop
Scheduling and the Vehicle Routing Problem,
based on examples.
Fields of interestProduction/Logistics; Operations Research/
Decision Theory; Optimization
Target groupsStudents, scientists in production and logistics
management and in operations research
Discount groupMR
Medicine
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Developments in Health
Economics and Public Policy, Volume 10) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10793-1
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Contributions to Economics)
Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-7908-2418-6
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due March 2010
2010. X, 316 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11342-0
springer.com/librarybooks 75Springer News 2/2010 Management/Business for Professionals
R. Conrady, University of Applied Sciences, Worms,
Germany; M. Buck, ITB, Berlin, Germany (Eds.)
Trends and Issues in Global Tourism 2010
This book offers insights into important trends
and future scenarios in the global tourism and
travel industry and analyses current challenges
in the aviation and hospitality industry, destina-
tion management and general travel behaviour.
Well-known notabilities share their points of view.
For example, Norbert Walter, chief economist
of the Deutsche Bank, writes about the financial
crisis and its impact on the tourism industry. Top
executives of international operating airlines like
C. Karlitekin (Turkish Airlines), J. Hunold (Air
Berlin) and E. Sims (Air New Zealand) have much
to say about the future of airlines and aviation
management. Corporate Social Responsibility is
one of the top themes to-be and therefore a focus
of this book, offering the perspective of the UN
Foundation and the social inclusion concept of
RUHR.2010, European Capital of Culture. The
articles are based on presentations and panel
discussions presented at the world´s largest
tourism congress, the ITB Berlin Convention.
Features7 Provides an overview over the latest trends in
all relevant areas of the global travel and tourism
industry 7 Written by professionals with inter-
national reputation and practical and academic
expertise
ContentsStatus Quo in the Tourism and Travel Industry.-
Actual Challenges in the Tourism and Travel
Industry.- Corporate Social Responsibility.-
Product and Communication Strategy in the
Tourism, Travel and Hospitality Industry.- Fore-
casting the Future of Tourism and Travel.
Fields of interestManagement/Business for Professionals; Regional/
Spatial Science; Economic Geography
Target groupsProfessionals in tourism
A. Gerybadze, University of Hohenheim, Stuttgart,
Germany; U. Hommel, European Business School,
Wiesbaden, Germany; H. W. Reiners, BASF SE,
Ludwigshafen, Germany; D. Thomaschewski,
University of Applied Sciences, Ludwigshafen,
Germany (Eds.)
Innovation and International Corporate Growth
Research and development (R&D) as well as
innovation are the drivers of change and the key
determinants of growth in many industry and
service sectors. In spite of the financial turmoil
and restructuring of the world economy after 2008,
investment in R&D is expected to grow further.
Innovation competence will continue to be a
major success factor for internationally operating
companies.
The book presents a state-of-the-art account of
innovation management and the role of R&D
and innovation strategy for corporate growth and
renewal. It follows a top-down approach starting
from corporate strategy, and describes the effective
integration of corporate R&D, business unit proj-
ects and operational performance improvements.
The book offers portraits of leading innovators and
high-performing corporations and provides a rich
collection of best-practice examples.
Features7 Provides insights into the success factors of
innovation management and an international
growth strategy 7 Gives best-practice examples
from leading innovators and high-performing
corporations
ContentsInnovation and International Strategy.- Efficiency
of Innovation Processes in International Enter-
prised.- Capital Markets, Finance and Innovation
Performance.
Fields of interestTechnology Management; Management/Business
for Professionals; Marketing
Target groupsExecutives and innovation managers in interna-
tional corporations, consultants
M. J. Munkert, Munkert - Kugler + Partner GbR,
Nuremberg, Germany; S. Stubner, T. Wulf, HHL -
Leipzig Graduate School of Management, Germany
(Eds.)
Founding a CompanyHandbook of Legal Forms in Europe
Founding a Company - Handbook of Legal Forms
in Europe provides an easily accessible overview
of the most important information any entrepre-
neur or manager needs when deciding for a legal
form of the business. This makes it especially
interesting for companies that decide to enter new
markets within Europe and need to understand
which requirements and advantages the different
legal forms have. With the structured presenta-
tion of this information for ten different countries
the book allows for quick comprehension and
comparison of the aspects discussed. The book is
a valuable resource for entrepreneurs, consultants
and anybody who supports the business forma-
tion process in Europe as well as for lecturers and
students working in this field.
Features7 Easily accessible and well structured
7 Compendium of all relevant information
concerning legal forms of companies in 10 Euro-
pean countries 7 Standardized structure allows
quick comparison of the different legal forms
From the contents Part I: The Need for a Better Understanding of
Legal Forms in Europe; - Cross-Border Operations
and Enlargement of European Union as Driving
Forces for Pan-European Expansion Strategies.-
Legislatory Need for a Handbook on Legal Forms
in Europe and Selection of Countries.- Part II;
Legal Forms of Company Foundation; Austria.-
France.- Germany.- Hungary.- Italy.- Netherlands.-
Romania.- Spain.- Switzerland.- United Kingdom.
Fields of interestEntrepreneurship; Commercial Law; Management/
Business for Professionals
Target groupsEntrepreneurs and company’s founders, manage-
ment consultants, tax consultants, lawyers and
auditors, legal departments as well as scientists and
students in the field
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due March 2010
2010. XXIV, 309 p. (Trends and Issues in Global Tourism)
Hardcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-3-642-10828-0
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 490 p. Hardcover
7 $109.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10822-8
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 280 p. Hardcover
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11258-4
springer.com/booksellers76 Springer News 2/2010Management/Business for Professionals
M. Pastinen, Vistalize Oy, Helsinki, Finland
High-Performance Process Improvement
High-performance process improvement takes
process improvement to the next ambition level.
The kernel of the substance is a generic process
improvement process that operates under the
strictest time, quality and cost constraints. Thanks
to a modular composition and robust methods
the scope may range from one single person to
networks with hundreds of companies. This is
realized via three high-class phases:network and
company analysis and synthesis, process analysis
and synthesis, the implementation, including
process improvement education and training
and the practical realization of the improvement
potential.
The presented methods contain mass custom-
ization features and a very advanced logic for
optimizing the interaction of people, technology,
information and material both in the process
improvement process itself and the focus process.
The book is based on an extensive R&D effort and
thorough practical verifications in more than 75
companies in almost any business and in all sizes.
Features7 Provides a fast and cost effective way to process
improvement 7 Provides a generic process
improvement process 7 Assures long-lasting
effects to maintain achieved performance levels
Fields of interestOrganization/Planning; Management/Business
for Professionals; Business/Management Science,
general
Target groupsPractitioners in management and organization,
process managers, consultants
Discount groupP
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
2010. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10783-2
springer.com/libraybooks 77Springer News 2/2010 Law
G. Moens, J. Trone, Murdoch University, Perth, WA,
Australia
Commercial Law of the European Union
The book’s structure is different from many other
books about EU law (including the Harvey and
Longo text), in order to better facilitate the under-
standing of its readers. For example, the difficult
concept of direct effect is ordinarily approached
at the beginning of most books about European
law, when it may be somewhat overwhelming for
readers. However, our book discusses this difficult
topic in Chapter 12. By the time the reader reaches
that chapter in the book, they will be thoroughly
immersed in less challenging topics of EU law, and
they will more readily comprehend this complex
topic.
This book deals with the latest cases and legislation
issued by EU institutions. The output of the Court
of Justice and EU legislators are continually moni-
tored and relevant developments are incorporated
in each chapter. Each chapter contains extensive
references to other books and articles for further
reading. Lists of useful websites accompany each
chapter.
Features7 Adopts the perspective of common law juris-
dictions outside the EU 7 Written with the needs
and interests of non-EU readers in mind 7 Fully
up to date in the light of Treaty of Lisbon 7 First
book about EU commercial law to be published
after the Treaty enters into force 7 Allows serious
researchers to find the leading authorities on the
subjects covered
Fields of interestInternational & Foreign Law/Comparative Law;
European Law/Public International Law; Law and
Economics
Target groupsAcademic libraries, students, researchers and legal
practitioners
G. Tiess, Montanuniversität Leoben, Austria
Legal Basics of Mineral Policy in EuropeAn overview of 40 countries
Mineral resources are an essential social and
economic basis. The importance of a European
mineral resources policy is demonstrated by
the latest developments in the international
commodity markets. The legal framework for
mining activities is vital for the realization of
a mineral resources policy. Efficient legislative
provisions and their implementation are crucial
in ensuring both a competitive mining industry
and environmental protection. This book discusses
the legal frameworks of 40 European countries,
especially the countries of south-east Europe,
which possess an enormous wealth of deposits.
This reference book provides information on
European legislation relevant to mineral resources
and an overview of approaches to mineral
resources policy, as well as comparing the existing
instruments of such policies in various European
countries. This book is especially well-suited to the
needs of investors, entrepreneurs, politicians and
civil servants.
Fields of interestInternational & Foreign Law/Comparative Law;
International Economics; Mineral Resources
Target groupsLawyers, bankers, investors, politicians and
scientists
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. (Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspec-
tives on Law and Justice, Volume 4) Hardcover
7 $229.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8773-7
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due July 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-3-211-89002-8
springer.com/booksellers78 Springer News 2/2010General Science
M. E. Bakich, Milwaukee, WI, USA
1001 Celestial Wonders to See Before You DieThe Best Sky Objects for Stargazers
1001 Celestial Wonders is a guide to the night
sky’s brightest and most fascinating objects. Each
target is accessible to amateur astronomers using
medium-sized telescopes from a dark site. In fact,
many are so bright they remain visible under
moderate light pollution, as from the outskirts of
a city or the suburbs of a town. The book provides
a chronological target list, making it easy to use.
No matter what night you choose, this book will
show you many of the most memorable objects to
observe, whether you are using a small telescope
or even binoculars, or an instrument of larger
aperture.
This is more than just a list of interesting objects.
It is structured so that objects of various observing
difficulty are included, which will help readers
become better observers, both encouraging begin-
ners and challenging long-time amateur astrono-
mers. This book is designed to be easy-to-use at
the telescope, and observers will appreciate each
object’s standardized layout and the book’s chrono-
logical organization.
Features7 Highlights the 1001 best and brightest sky
objects to observe 7 Detailed finder charts make
objects simple to find 7 Objects range from
"easy" to "challenging" for all levels of observers
7 Hundreds of images that readers can compare
with their own telescope views
7 Will never go out of date
ContentsPreface.- Introduction.- Monthly Catalogue.-
January.- February.- March.- April.- May.- June.-
July.- August.- September.- October.- November.-
December.- Appendices.- Index.
Fields of interestAstronomy, Observations and Techniques;
Popular Science in Astronomy
Target groupsAmateur and practical astronomers
M. Beech, Saskatchewan, Canada
The Large Hadron ColliderUnraveling the Mysteries of the Universe
The Large Hadron Collider (LHC), in the process
of coming online at CERN, is the world’s largest
and most complex machine. It represents the
pinnacle of human ingenuity, and its physical
characteristics, costs, and workings astound us at
every turn.
We are literally humbled by the machine that has
been produced through a grand international
collaboration of scientists. This book is about what
those scientists hope to discover with the LHC,
for hopes do run high, and there is much at stake.
Careers, reputations and prestigious science prizes
will be realized, and possibly lost, in the wake of
the results that the LHC will produce. And there
are risks, real and imagined. The LHC will probe
the very fabric of matter and it will help us under-
stand the very weft and the weave of the universe.
Features7 First popular science book to introduce and
explain what the Large Hadron Collider is, how it
works, and what it hopes to discover 7 Relates
theoretical physics of the very largest scale to the
very smallest scale 7 Explains without detailed
mathematics how the properties of matter and
observational cosmology indicate that particles
beyond the standard model must exist
ContentsThe Story of Matter.- LHC: The World’s Largest
Machine.- The Standard Model.- The Big Bang.-
Dark Matter.- Ever Bigger, Ever Faster.- Back to
CERN.- Technical Glossary of Terms.- Further
Reading.- Index.
Fields of interestParticle Acceleration and Detection, Beam Physics;
Popular Science in Mathematics/Computer
Science/Natural Science/Technology; Astronomy,
Astrophysics and Cosmology
Target groupsPopular science enthusiasts
H. Benaroya, Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ, USA
Turning Dust to GoldBuilding a Future on the Moon and Mars
The expansion of our civilization to the Moon
and beyond is now within our reach, technically,
intellectually and financially. Apollo was not our
last foray into the Solar System and already science
fiction is finding it difficult to keep ahead of
science and engineering fact. In 1807, few people
anticipated the Wright Brothers’ human flight a
hundred years later. In 1869, only science fiction
writers would have suggested landing people on
the Moon in 1969. Similarly, other great inventions
in mechanics and in electronics were not envisaged
and therefore the technologies to which those
inventions gave birth were only foreseen by a tiny
group of visionaries.
Features7 Explores the importance of being a space-
faring nation 7 Demonstrates the planning and
building of capabilities for manned space flight
and space settlement 7 Proposes maximizing use
of the Moon for the benefit of humanity
7 Describes life in a human colony on the Moon
in the year 2050 7 Shows that science and engi-
neering fact are already ahead of science fiction
ContentsIntroduction.- A Vision Of Our Goals.- Bootstrap-
ping A Lunar Civilization.- Technical Issues.-
Lunar Bases.- Science On The Moon.- Commerce
On The Moon.- The Moon, Then Mars.- Luna
At 2050.- Mars 2050-2100.- Issues For The Next
Generation.
Fields of interestExtraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Popular
Science in Astronomy; Planetology
Target groupsPopular science enthusiasts, undergraduate and
postgraduate research students, engineers and
scientists
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 230 p. 262 illus., 12 in color. (Patrick
Moore’s Practical Astronomy Series) Softcover
7 approx. $34.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1776-8
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 240 p. 80 illus. Dustjacket
7 approx. $34.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5667-5
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due February 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2010. Approx. 400 p. 40 illus. (Springer Praxis Books /
Space Exploration) Softcover
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-0870-4
springer.com/librarybooks 79Springer News 2/2010 General Science
L. Harris, Southampton, UK
So You Want a Meade LX Telescope!How to Select and Use the LX200 and Other
High-End Models
The Meade LX200 series of telescopes was
introduced in 1992 and represented a giant step
forward in technology for amateur astronomers
- computer control. The LX200 series telescopes
were an instant success and have outsold all other
astronomical telescopes put together. Steady
development has continued to the present day, and
LX200s are available in a range of apertures from
8-inch through the giant 16-inch, which is widely
installed in university astronomy departments
and the smaller public observatories. For anyone
considering buying a high-end Meade telescope,
the book offers an experienced user’s guide to what
can actually be achieved with it.
So You Want a Meade LX Telescope also provides
detailed discussions about some of the many
software packages available to aid optimizing and
actually using the scope. The typical results are
discussed so readers can know what to expect.
Also reviewed are essential accessories such as
CCD cameras and the latest Active Optics units.
Features7 Vastly simplifies setting up and using an
LX200 or similar telescopes 7 Guides the reader
through the technicalities of everything from
basic alignment to adaptive optics to imaging and
processing 7 Explains how to buy and use soft-
ware for controlling the telescopes and camera
7 Advice on selecting and using essential acces-
sories to prevent after-purchase frustration
7 Includes example imaging results
From the contentsForeword.- Introduction.- The Cost of a Basic
Scope and Likely Accessories.- Meade LX200/
RCX400 (LX400-ACF).
Fields of interestAstronomy, Observations and Techniques; Popular
Science in Astronomy
Target groupsAmateur and practical astronomers
L. N. Irwin, University of Texas, El Paso, TX, USA;
D. Schulze-Makuch, Washington State University,
Pullman, WA, USA
Cosmic BiologyHow Life Could Evolve on Other Worlds
Discussions of the great variety of life forms
that could evolve in these diverse environments
have become particularly relevant in recent years
with the discovery of around 300 exoplanets in
orbit around other stars and the possibilities for
the existence of life in these planetary systems.
The book also posits a taxonomic classification
of the various forms of life that might be found,
including speculation on the relative abundance
of different forms and the generic fate of living
systems. The fate and future of life on Earth will
also be considered. The closing passages address
the Fermi Paradox, and conclude with philo-
sophical reflections on the possible place of Homo
sapiens in the potentially vast stream of life across
the galaxies.
Features7 Discusses a broad range of possible environ-
ments where alien life might evolve 7 Explains
why carbon-based, water-borne life is more likely
than the alternatives 7 Outlines for general
readers the principles of ecology and the mecha-
nisms of evolutionary change 7 Provides an
imaginative and plausible framework for how life
might evolve in different environments
Fields of interestAstrobiology; Popular Science in Astronomy;
Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences
Target groupsAstrobiologists, astronomers, planetologists, space
enthusiasts
T. Nordgren, University of Redlands, CA, USA
Sky Above, Earth BelowMemoirs of an Astronomer in the
National Parks
In Sky Above, Earth Below, Tyler Nordgren exam-
ines a range of astronomical topics and makes the
connection between them and the landscapes,
processes and cultures which one can see and
experience within specific US National Parks. For
each park and topic this story unfolds in three
steps: what does the reader see for his or herself?
What is the scientific cause or explanation of what
the reader sees? And finally, what is the big picture
about ourselves, our world, or our Universe,
towards which understanding of this object or
process leads? The author takes us the length and
breadth of the US from the coast of Maine to the
Rocky Mountains, from the Grand Canyon to
Hawaii, exploring these natural links between the
features of the parks and features of our Universe.
Features7 The first book to make direct connections
between astronomy and the landscapes, processes
and cultures one experiences in the US National
Parks 7 Links the geological features readers can
see in the National Parks to the very latest NASA
spacecraft discoveries on other planets and their
moons 7 Forms a connection between what the
reader sees on the ground and in the sky to the
deeper scientific meaning behind these sights
Fields of interestPopular Science in Astronomy; Astronomy, Obser-
vations and Techniques; Geology
Target groupsAmateur astronomers and geologists, students
of astronomy, planetary science, and the earth
science; anyone with an interest in the natural
world
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 190 p. 100 illus., 15 in color. (Patrick
Moore’s Practical Astronomy Series) Softcover
7 $29.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1774-4
Discount groupT
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2010. Approx. 300 p. 32 illus., 12 in color. (Springer Praxis
Books / Popular Astronomy) Softcover
7 approx. $34.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1646-4
Discount groupT
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2010. Approx. 200 p. 192 illus., 170 in color. (Springer
Praxis Books / Popular Astronomy) Softcover
7 $29.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1648-8
springer.com/booksellers80 Springer News 2/2010General Science
F. O’Brien, West Windsor, NJ, USA
The Apollo Guidance ComputerArchitecture and Operation
The technological marvel that facilitated the
Apollo missions to the Moon was the on-board
computer. In the 1960s most computers filled an
entire room, but the spacecraft’s computer was
required to be compact and low power. Although
people today find it difficult to accept that it was
possible to control a spacecraft using such a ‘primi-
tive’ computer, it nevertheless had capabilities that
are advanced even by today’s standards.
This is the first book to fully describe the Apollo
guidance computer’s architecture, instruction
format and programs used by the astronauts. As a
comprehensive account, it will span the disciplines
of computer science, electrical and aerospace engi-
neering. However, it will also be accessible to the
‘space enthusiast’. In short, the intention is for this
to be the definitive account of the Apollo guidance
computer.
Features7 The first comprehensive description of the
Apollo guidance computer, ranging from its
internal organisation to its user interface and
flight software 7 Describes the technologies
required in order to fly the Apollo lunar missions
7 Can be used as a reference for courses involving
computer architecture, operating systems and user
interfaces
Fields of interestAerospace Technology and Astronautics; Popular
Science in Astronomy; Extraterrestrial Physics,
Space Sciences
Target groupsSpace enthusiasts and historians, and computing
and aerospace students and engineers interested
in the architecture and programming of guidance
systems for use in space
M. Perryman
The Making of History’s Greatest Star Map
From prehistoric times, mankind has looked up
at the night sky, and puzzled at the changing posi-
tions of the stars. How far away they are is a ques-
tion that has confounded scientists for centuries.
Over the last few hundred years, many scientific
careers – and considerable resources – have been
devoted to measuring their positions and motions
with ever increasing accuracy. And in the last two
decades of the 20th century, the European Space
Agency developed and launched the Hipparcos
satellite, around which this account revolves, to
carry out these exacting measurements from space.
What has prompted these remarkable develop-
ments? Why have governments been persuaded
to fund them? What are scientists learning from
astronomy’s equivalent of the Human Genome
Project? This book traces the subject’s history,
explains why such enormous efforts are considered
worthwhile, and interweaves these with a first-
hand insight into the Hipparcos project, and how
big science is conducted at an international level.
Features7 A description of one of the largest scien-
tific undertakings of recent years 7 Illustrates
the political and technical challenges of space
projects 7 Describes the human scale of such an
undertaking 7 Concise and fascinating history of
the advances in understanding the stars over two
millennia 7 A description of our present under-
standing of our place in the Universe
7 Described by one of the scientific leaders of the
project
From the contentsPrologue.- Hipparcos Launch.- 1 Our Place in the
Cosmos.- 2 Why Star Positions?.- 3 Early History.-
4 Developments 1850–1980.- 5 The Push to Space.
Fields of interestAstronomy, Observations and Techniques; Popular
Science in Astronomy; Extraterrestrial Physics,
Space Sciences
Target groupsEducated laymen interested in our place in the
Universe and how big scientific projects are
conducted
S. Ringwood, Essex, UK
Astronomers AnonymousGetting Help with the Puzzles and Pitfalls of
Practical Astronomy
This collection of “typical” astronomy questions
and hilarious answers, compiled from Ringwood’s
own experiences in the world of astronomy, has
been written to entertain and amuse amateur (and
professional) astronomers as well as armchair
astronomers. In this parody of a typical “Lonely
Hearts column”, specifically for troubled astrono-
mers, readers will easily recognize the difficulties
they face and enjoy the laughs being directed at
them and their science. There is also plenty of
background material provided to make the book
accessible to non-astronomers, as a humorous
and informative work about (mostly amateur)
astronomy.
Features7 A humorous collection of questions and
answers about astronomy which entertains as well
as informs and offers practical advice to amateur
astronomers 7 Includes many stories on the
history of astronomy and examines myths in light
of current knowledge 7 Illustrated with cartoons
ContentsPreface.- Introduction and Acknowledgements.-
Fundamentals.- Instrumental Hiccups.- Medical
Maladies.- Guiding the Naive.- Observational
Tips.- The Expert.- Social Torments.- After-
thoughts.
Fields of interestAstronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology; Popular
Science in Astronomy
Target groupsAmateur and practical astronomers
Discount groupP
Engineering
Due March 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2010. Approx. 300 p. 30 illus. (Springer Praxis Books /
Space Exploration) Softcover
7 $34.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-0876-6
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due March 2010
2010. I, 275 p. 120 illus., 20 in color. Hardcover
7 $29.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11601-8
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 210 p. 60 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $29.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5816-7
springer.com/librarybooks 81Springer News 2/2010 General Science
E. Seedhouse, Toronto, ON, Canada
Prepare for LaunchThe Astronaut Training Process
Today’s astronauts require many different abili-
ties. They must not only be expert in performing
flight simulations but must also be proficient in
such dissimilar subjects as photography, thermo-
dynamics, electrical repairs, flight procedures,
oceanography, public affairs, and geology. In
Prepare for Launch, the author introduces the
technologies and myriad activities that constitute
or affect astronaut training, such as the part-task
trainers, emergency procedures, the fixed-based
and motion-based simulators, virtual environ-
ment training, and the demands of training in the
Weightless Environment Training Facility. With
plans to return to the Moon and future missions
to Mars, the current selection criteria and training
are very different from those used for short dura-
tion mission Space Shuttle crews.
Features7 As an astronaut candidate in Canada himself,
Seedhouse provides unique insights into the
current application, selection, and training
processes of astronauts 7 Shows the dramatic
changes in astronaut training required for the
ambitious multi-year missions planned to the
Moon, Mars, and possibly elsewhere 7 Draws
upon interviews with other astronaut candidates
about the regimen and rigors of astronaut training
From the contentsSection 1: Becoming an Astronaut. The Applica-
tion Process. The Selection Process.- Section 2:
Training for Life in Space. Astronaut Training.
Fields of interestExtraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Popular
Science in Astronomy; Aerospace Technology and
Astronautics
Target groupsPopular science readers, spaceflight enthusiasts,
and anyone interested in becoming an astronaut
W. Sheehan, Willmar, MN, USA
A Passion for the PlanetsEnvisioning Other Worlds, From the
Pleistocene to the Age of the Telescope
This volume, the first of a trilogy, starts with obser-
vational astronomy’s profound and lasting effect
on Sheehan’s life, setting the points of embarka-
tion for the journey to come. He travels across the
historical landscape seeking the earliest origins of
man’s compulsion to observe the planets among
the hunter gatherers of the upper palaeolithic,
and traces the evolving story from the planetary
records of the earliest cities, to Pharonic Egypt
through to Hellenistic Greek astronomy culmi-
nating in Ptolemy. The necessity to observe played
its part in the perceptual changes wrought by the
Copernican revolution, as well as the observa-
tional advances achieved by such extraordinary
characters as Tycho with his sharpest of eyes, and
his luxurious practice of total astronomy. The two
epochal advances published in 1609, both born
through planetary observation, namely Kepler’s
discovery of the true nature of the orbit of Mars
and Harriot and Galileo’s observations of the
Moon, have a pivotal place in this account.
Features7 Provides a uniques sketch of the psychology
behind planet hunting 7 Outlines the naked-eye
era—starting in prehistory—and leading up to the
great developments of 400 years ago which bring
to an end the whole era in which the naked-eye
and sight-lines to kraal posts and stones and
geometric figures originally scrawled in the sand
were the sole instruments
ContentsPreface.- Beginnings.- By Passion Driven.-
Nomads.- Innana’s Antics.- Pure Ambrosia.-
Revolutions.- A Passion in Bohemia.- Moon over
Padua.- Figures of Cynthia.- Afterglow.- Index.
Fields of interestAstronomy, Observations and Techniques; Popular
Science in Astronomy; Planetology
Target groupsScience and space enthusiasts; history of science
readers
P. Ulivi, Italy; D. Harland, Glasgow, UK
Robotic Exploration of the Solar SystemPart 3: The Modern Era, 1997-2009
Paolo Ulivi and David Harland provide in Robotic
Exploration of the Solar System a detailed history
of unmanned missions of exploration of our Solar
System As in their previous book Lunar Explora-
tion, the subject will be treated wherever possible
from an engineering and scientific standpoint.
Technical descriptions of the spacecraft, of their
mission designs and of instrumentations will
be provided. Scientific results will be discussed
in considerable depth, together with details of
mission management.
The project will deliver three volumes totaling
over 1000 pages that will provide comprehensive
coverage of the topic with thousands of references
to the professional literature that should make it
the ‘first port of call’ for people seeking informa-
tion on the topic.
Features7 The 3-volume series will provide comprehen-
sive coverage with thousands of references to the
professional literature that should make it the 'first
port of call' for people seeking information on
the topic 7 Emphasises the technology of space
probes 7 Comprehensive coverage ranges from
the earliest planetary probes to the most recent
planetary flights and missions
ContentsThe last flagship.- Exploration at its best.- Mars
invaded.- The future.- Appendix A: Men to Mars.
Fields of interestPopular Science in Astronomy; Astronomy, Astro-
physics and Cosmology; Extraterrestrial Physics,
Space Sciences
Target groupsSpace science and exploration enthusiasts, space
historians, students and engineers
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due February 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2010. Approx. 250 p. 50 illus., 24 in color. (Springer Praxis
Books / Space Exploration) Softcover
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1349-4
Discount groupP
Physics and Astronomy
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. 76 illus. in color. Softcover
7 $34.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5970-6
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
2010. Approx. 400 p. 225 illus. (Springer Praxis Books /
Space Exploration) Softcover
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-0-387-09627-8
springer.com/booksellers82 Springer News 2/2010Education
J. Dronkers, Maastricht University, The Netherlands
(Ed.)
Quality and Inequality of EducationCross-National Perspectives
Most research up to now using the PISA data is
restricted to educational research. Interesting as
that educational question is, the chapters here
use the PISA, and other data, to explore more
profoundly the relationship between education
and the various forms of inequality in European
and other modern societies. The work comes
from two different perspectives: one that looks
at how the different characteristics of societies,
their economies, and their educational systems
influence the average educational achievements of
specific groups of pupils, such as immigrants, in
those societies; and a second, which explores how,
and in what degree, the characteristics of schools,
educational systems and labour-markets either
hardens or softens differences in the educational
outcomes of various groups of pupils.
Features7 Analyses the PISA en ESS data without political
constrains on questions or outcomes 7 Compares
Asian and European countries 7 Pays special
attention to immigrants' educational outcomes
From the contents1. The Gordian Knot between Quality and
Inequality of Education. A Cross-National Attempt
to Unravelling. 2. Institutional arrangements
and educational outcomes. 3. Migration and
educational inequality. 4. Education in Europe
& Asia: analogies and differences. 5. Features of
Educational Systems as Factors in the Creation of
Unequal Educational Outcomes.
Fields of interestSociology of Education; Educational Policy; Social
Policy
Target groupsEducationalists, educational policy makers,
graduate students learning cross-national research
R. M. McKenzie, Northumbria University, Newcastle,
UK
The Social Psychology of English as a Global LanguageAttitudes, Awareness and Identity in the
Japanese Context
This ground-breaking work is a detailed account of
an innovative and in-depth study of the attitudes
of in excess of 500 Japanese learners towards a
number of standard and non-standard as well as
native and non-native varieties of English speech.
The research refines the investigation of learner
attitudes by employing a range of pioneering tech-
niques of attitude measurement. These methods
are largely incorporated from the strong traditions
that exist in the fields of social psychology and
second language acquisition and utilize both direct
and indirect techniques of attitude measurement.
The author locates the findings in the context of
the wealth of literature on native speaker evalua-
tions of languages and language varieties.
The study is unique in that the results provide clear
evidence of both attitude change and high levels
of linguistic awareness among the informants
of social and geographical diversity within the
English language.
Features7 Demonstrates the pedagogical value and
language planning implications of investigating
the English language learners’ attitudes towards
specific varieties of the target language
7 Discusses the findings of the study in terms of
the learning and teaching English in the Japanese
context and in relation to the global spread of
English generally
Fields of interestApplied Linguistics; Sociolinguistics
Target groupsEducators, researchers and students in the fields of
applied linguistics (in particular, world Englishes/
English as a Lingua Franca), Japan studies, TESOL,
second language acquisition, social psychology
of language and sociolinguistics (in particular,
variationist sociolinguistics) both inside and
outside Japan
J. Reeves, University of Stirling, UK
Professional Learning as Relational Practice
Given the emphasis on transforming professional
work through the adoption of enquiry-based and
trans-disciplinary approaches to service develop-
ment, there is an urgent need for those involved in
professional education to develop a robust under-
standing of how changes in practice occur. A more
inclusive approach to the analysis of the processes
involved across the varied and interrelated
contexts in which they occur is thus very timely.
In this book, Jenny Reeves sets out to explore
the gap between the experience of professional
learning as an interactive, dynamic and socially
contextualised process, and descriptions that are
often individualistic, overly linear and largely
context-free. She makes the claim that this disjunc-
ture is the outcome of modes of enquiry that
concentrate on limited selections of the available
data.
Features7 A new way of describing and thinking about
professional learning processes 7 Provides an
empirically based method of examining learning
as a phenomenon of dynamic, networked systems
7 Throws new light on processes of knowledge
exchange and creation in professional contexts
From the contentsPreface. Acknowledgements.- 1: Adopting a
New Approach to Professional Learning.- Part 1:
Mapping the Relational Spaces of Educating. Intro-
duction. 2: Describing Educating Systems. 3: The
Field of Educating: Tracing Relations and Relays.
4: Making Learning Spaces Visible. Summary.-
Part 2: Professional Learning as Relational Prac-
tice. Introduction. 5: Changing Self: Interactions of
Space and Identity.
Fields of interestProfessional and Vocational Education; Admin-
istration, Organization and Leadership; Teaching
and Teacher Education
Target groupsResearchers, educators and educational leaders
concerned with professional education and
learning
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 255 p. Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3992-7
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due September 2010
2010. Approx. 220 p. (Educational Linguistics, Volume
10) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8565-8
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 190 p. Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8738-6
springer.com/librarybooks 83Springer News 2/2010 Social Sciences
C. Arvanitopoulos, Constantinos Karamanlis
Institute for Democracy, Athens, Greece (Ed.)
Reforming EuropeThe Role of the Centre-Right
In the 2009 elections, the European centre-right
emerged victorious, thus affirming its political
domination in contemporary European politics.
The aim of this book is not to provide an analysis
of the factors that contributed to the EPP’s political
prevalence. Instead, it is to help this large political
family maintain its vigour of political thought and
policy prescriptions. The book provides a forum for
prominent centre-right thinkers to debate the major
European problems of our times, with particular
emphasis on the management of the financial
crisis and the next institutional steps regarding the
European integration project. It assembles the views
of politicians, academics and think-tank fellows
from different national backgrounds and dissimilar
ideological perspectives, who unfold their vision for
Europe’s future. Overall, the book attempts to both
highlight and stimulate the centre-right contribu-
tion to the discussion of Europe’s main contempo-
rary challenges.
Features7 Offers a multidimensional and up-to-date
approach to the topic 7 Presents the views of
politicians, academics and think-tank fellows
7 Presents different national backgrounds and
ideological perspectives
From the contentsThe History and Foundations of European Integra-
tion: The Debate on the Future of the Union.- The
Centre-Right for a New Europe.- Knowledge: The
Foundation for a Stronger Europe.- The EPP’s Role
During the European Electoral Campaigns in 2004
and 2009.- Society, Values, Politics: Reflections on the
Basic Dilemmas of European Society and the Demand
for Moral Choices.- Conservative Challenges.
Fields of interestPolitical Science; European Integration; Law and
Economics
Target groupsPolicy makers, researchers in political science
D. G. Bates, J. Tucker, Hunter College, City University
of New York, NY, USA (Eds.)
Human EcologyContemporary Research and Practice
This comprehensive sourcebook on human
ecology combines 25 source articles published
in the journal Human Ecology, enhanced with
new research updates and thematic commentary.
Intended as a follow up to Case Studies in Human
Ecology, it includes an entirely new group of
articles, with the same accessible, comprehensive
coverage that made Case Studies so popular.
Human Ecology: Research and Practice covers four
important areas: Philosophy, Theory and Methods;
Changing Subsistence Practices; Agricultural
Intensification and Population Dynamics; and,
Common Property Resources and Conservation.
As a group, these articles represent the major
contributions to the study of Human Ecology since
the publication of the previous volume.
Each article includes a concise introduction by the
Editor, giving necessary and thoughtful context.
The volume covers an overview of human ecology
as a field within environmental studies, new direc-
tions in contemporary research, new methods and
techniques, and cultural landscapes.
Features7 Comprehensive coverage of the field of human
ecology 7 Provides insight into the current
state of the field as well as future directions
7 Published and highly-cited articles are updated
with new research since publication and contextual
introductions
ContentsPart 1: Philosophy, Theory, and Methods.-
Part 2: Changing Subsistence Patterns.-
Part 3: Agricultural Intensification/Population
Pressure.- Glossary.
Fields of interestAnthropology; Population Economics; Nature
Conservation
Target groupsResearchers in human ecology, environmental
studies, and population dynamics
P. Belford, Ironbridge Gorge Museum, Shropshire,
UK; J. Schofield, English Heritage, Swindon, UK;
J. Carman, Institute of Archaeology and Antiquity
Arts, Birmingham, UK
Archaeological Practice and Heritage in Great Britain
This manual provides a unique ‘user guide’ to
practicing archaeology and working in the cultural
heritage sector within the diverse settings of Great
Britain, comprising of: England, Scotland, Wales,
the Isle of Man and the Channel Islands.
As part of their training, archaeologists often
seek work in parts of Britain, either for experi-
ence before travelling elsewhere, or directly as
part of their career progression. While this does
involve reading published material on excavation
techniques, archaeological theory, and specific
heritage management practices, or research using
the Internet, the ideal preparation to working in
Britain for the first time requires practitioners
to know a little about a lot. Currently, there is
no single resource which provides that primary
resource for budding archaeologists.
Features7 The first hands-on manual for archaeology in
Great Britain since 1993 7 Includes England,
Scotland, Wales, the Isle of Man and the Channel
Islands 7 Includes an appendix of useful websites
Contents1. Introduction: archaeology in Great Britain.
2. A history of archaeology in Britain. 3. The
archaeological resource in Great Britain: a brief
survey. 4. Legal and administrative frameworks.
5. Acquiring Data: archaeological method and
practice. 6. Achieving Results: analysis, applica-
tion, publication and dissemination. 7. Opportu-
nities and Funding. Appendix: Useful websites.
Bibliography. Index.
Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage
Target groupsProfessionals and academics who work in Great
Britain and those who want to become acquainted
on the practices and methodology of archaeolo-
gists working in Great Britain
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
2010. XXIV, 295 p. 8 illus. (The Constantinos Karamanlis
Institute for Democracy Series on European and Interna-
tional Affairs) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-00559-6
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 360 p. 10 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $140.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5700-9
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
2010. IX, 225 p. (World Archaeological Congress Cultural
Heritage Manual Series) Hardcover
7 approx. $145.00
ISBN 978-0-387-09452-6
springer.com/booksellers84 Springer News 2/2010Social Sciences
J. Broadbent, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN, USA; V. Brockman, Southwest Minnesota State
University, Marshall, MN, USA (Eds.)
East Asian Social MovementsPower Protest and Change in a Dynamic
Region
The chapters in this international volume cover
most of the areas and countries traditionally
defined as belonging to East Asia: Japan, Taiwan,
South Korea, Hong Kong, Singapore and China.
The case studies included in this volume confront
the utility of using the Western concept of civil
society, represented in its most active form – social
movements – to think about East Asia popular
politics. Along with providing an array of impor-
tant case studies of social movements in East Asia,
the introduction, chapters and conclusion in the
book take up three major theoretical questions:
(1) the effect of the East Asian cultural, social and
institutional context upon the mobilization, activi-
ties and outcomes of social movements in that
region, (2) the role of social movements in larger
transformative processes, (3) utility of Western
social movement concepts in explaining social
movements in East Asia.
Features7 The only edited book examining social move-
ments in East Asia 7 A direct contrast to books
focused on Western social movements and the
societies they're born from 7 International
volume with contributors from throughout
East Asia
Fields of interestSociology; Political Science; Regional and Cultural
Studies
Target groupsPeople who study civil society and social move-
ments on an international basis as well as those
studying Asian politics and society
P. Chauhan, Indiana University, Bloomington,
IN, USA; T. Garge, Archaeological Study of India,
New Delhi, India
Pursuing Archaeological Re-search in IndiaAncient Indica Rediscovered
This manual, part of the WAC Cultural Heritage
Manual series, represents a source of reference for
those interested in pursuing professional archaeo-
logical research in India. This book provides
readers with basic information of archaeological
research in India, such as: (1) General Indian
geography, (2) A brief history of archaeological
research and development of field methods,
(3) The diversity of the Indian archaeological
record, (4) The scope of ethnoarchaeology on
various cultural groups, (5) Important governing
bodies and legislative practices, (6) Cultural norms
and ethics for archaeologists, as well as practical
knowledge - relevant organizations for advice and
collaboration, obtaining an official field permit
and research visa, understanding unique field-
work methods in Indian cultural and ecological
contexts, and managing cultural heritage and
research data. This first-of -its-kind manual for
the Indian subcontinent will be indispensable to
anyone working in the archaeology of the region.
Features7 The first manual to focus on the Indian subcon-
tinent 7 A very practical resource for those
already working in India and for those who want
to collaborate with archaeologists and cultural
heritage managers in India 7 Aims to encourage
and enhance foreign collaborations with Indian
archaeologists
Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage; History
Target groupsArchaeologists, museum curators and cultural
heritage managers working in India or who plan to
work in India; also of interest to those who work
with artifacts and material culture from this area
R. D. Drennan, University of Pittsburgh, PA, USA
Statistics for Archaeologists, Second EditionA Common Sense Approach
In the decade since its publication, the first edition
of Statistics for Archaeologists has become a staple
in the classroom. Taking a jargon-free approach,
this teaching tool introduces the basic principles of
statistics to archaeologists. The author covers the
necessary techniques for analyzing data collected
in the field and laboratory as well as for evalu-
ating the significance of the relationships between
variables. In addition, chapters discuss the special
concerns of working with samples. This well-
illustrated guide features several practice problems
making it an ideal text for students in archaeology
and anthropology.
Features7 Three brand new sections: resampling
approaches, point sampling, multivariate analysis
7 Same clear and easy-to-use format that made
the first edition so successful 7 Updates and
clarifications throughout the book, based on feed-
back from students and teachers
From the contentsNumerical Exploration: 1. Batches of Numbers
(Stem-and-leaf Plots, Histograms). 2. The Level, or
Center, of a Batch (Mean and Median).
3. The Spread or Dispersion of a Batch (Range,
Midspread, and Standard Deviation).
4. Comparing Batches (The Box-and-Dot Plot).
5. The Shape or Distribution of a Batch (Symmetry
and Transformations). 6. Categories (Column and
Row Proportions).- Random Sampling:
7. Samples and Populations (Randomness and
Sampling Bias). 8. Different Samples from the
Same Population (Variation, the `Special Batch’,
and Standard Error).
Fields of interestArchaeology; Statistics, general
Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate or early graduate level
students in archaeology
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 340 p. (Nonprofit and Civil Society
Studies) Hardcover
7 approx. $115.00
ISBN 978-0-387-09625-4
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 260 p. (World Archaeological Congress
Cultural Heritage Manual Series) Hardcover
7 approx. $110.00
ISBN 978-0-387-76456-6
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 335 p. (Interdisciplinary Contribu-
tions to Archaeology) Softcover
7 approx. $34.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-6071-9
springer.com/librarybooks 85Springer News 2/2010 Social Sciences
E. Hwang, ICSEAD, Kitakyushu, Japan
The Search for a Unified KoreaPolitical and Economic Implications
The book traces the historical roots of the
existence of the two Koreas and their ideological
divide. It goes on to review the consequences of
South Korea’s alternating policies of “sternness and
sunshine” toward North Korea since World War
II, and presents an analysis of their likely relative
efficacy in achieving re-unification. The book
then examines the effect of international affairs
on the prospects for stability and reunification on
the Korean peninsula and assesses the relevance
of reunification experiences in Germany and
Vietnam to Korea’s situation. Finally, it suggests
how to proceed if the opportunity for reunifica-
tion arises, tackling the issue of how South Korea
can respond to other nations’ interests in the
outcome on the Korean Peninsula and the need for
a multinational body to supervise a North Korean
transition replacing the present regime.
Features7 Timely topic due to the illness of Kim Jong-Il
and fear that North Korean instability could lead to
international problems 7 Takes an international
perspective on the topic and compares possible
reunification of the two Koreas with German and
Vietnamese reunification 7 Reference books on
this topic are rare, especially those dealing with
Korea’s reunification from an economic viewpoint
From the contentsAre Koreans Ideological Victims?- Inter-Korean
Economic Cooperation: The Need for Reciprocity
- Does Lopsided Cooperation Continue to Soothe
the North’s Bluffing Mentality?- The Strain Policy
vs. The Sunshine Policy: Which Will be a Short-
cut?- What If Big Bang Occurs on the Korean
Peninsula?
Fields of interestPolitical Science; Regional/Spatial Science; Inter-
national Economics
Target groupsAcademics, students and researchers with an
interest in Korea, East Asian political economy,
and international diplomacy; public policy practi-
tioners and decision makers in governmental and
international agencies
J. Schofield, English Heritage, Swindon, UK
AftermathReadings in the Archaeology of Recent
Conflict
Conflict archaeology is a growing and important
field in archaeology, with implications on the state
of the world today: how humanity has prepared
for, reacted to, and dealt with the consequences of
conflict at a national and international level. As the
field grows, there is an increasing need for research
and development in this area.
Written by one of the most prominent scholars
in this field of growing interest, Placing Trauma,
offers a clear and important overview to research
in the field. It will become an essential source
of information for scholars already involved in
conflict archaeology as well as those just starting
to explore the field. It offers access to previ-
ously hard-to-find but important research. The
author’s comprehensive introduction and useful
commentary on each article make it well-suited for
classroom use.
Features7 Conflict and battlefield archaeology is a new
and growing area of archaeological research
7 Establishes the full scope of conflict and battle-
field archaeology by bringing together a spectrum
of approaches to the subject 7 Offers an explora-
tion of potential future developments for the field
ContentsIntroduction: Memory and Place.- Monoments
and the Memories of War.- Jessies Cats and other
stories.- Message and materiality in Mesopotamia.-
Views of the Wall.- Archaeologists, activists, and a
contemporary peace camp.- Discordant landscapes.-
The queer archaeology of Green Gate.- Changing
Places.- Aftermath: materiality on the home
front.- D-Day Sites in England.- The role of aerial
photographs in Europe.- Conserving recent military
remains.- Conserving the remains of the battle.
Fields of interestAnthropology; Archaeology; History
Target groupsConflict and battlefield archaeologists, general
archaeologists; heritage studies, history, cultural
geography, and anthropology
A. Spink, Queensland UoT, Brisbane, Australia
Information BehaviorAn Evolutionary Instinct
Information behavior has emerged as an important
aspect of human life, however our knowledge and
understanding of it is incomplete and underdevel-
oped scientifically. Research on the topic is largely
contemporary in focus and has generally not
incorporated results from other disciplines.
In this monograph Spink provides a new under-
standing of information behavior by incorpo-
rating related findings, theories and models from
social sciences, psychology and cognition. In her
presentation, she argues that information behavior
is an important instinctive sociocognitive ability
that can only be fully understood with a highly
interdisciplinary approach. The leitmotivs of her
examination are three important research ques-
tions: First, what is the evolutionary, biological and
developmental nature of information behavior?
Second, what is the role of instinct versus environ-
ment in shaping information behavior? And,
third, how have information behavior capabilities
evolved and developed over time?
ContentsPreface: Information Behavior Challenge - Chapter
1: Introduction - Chapter 2: Information Behavior
Framework - Chapter 3: Evolutionary Foundation
- Chapter 4: Instinct versus Environment - Chapter
5: Human Cognitive and Social Behavior - Chapter
6: Lifetime Development - Chapter 7: Information
Behavior Sub-Processes - Chapter 8: Information
Behavior Over the Ages - Chapter 9: Key Proposi-
tions and Future Directions - References - Index.
Fields of interestAnthropology; Learning and Instruction;
Computers and Society
Target groupsResearchers in information science
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 260 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $119.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1561-0
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. Softcover
7 approx. $29.95
ISBN 978-0-387-09465-6
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
2010. XII, 170 p. (Information Science and Knowledge
Management, Volume 16) Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11496-0
springer.com/booksellers86 Springer News 2/2010Social Sciences
H. Vinken, Minpaku National Museum of Ethnology,
Osaka, Japan; Y. Nishimura, Kowazawa University,
Tokyo, Japan; B. L. White, Doshisha University, Kyoto,
Japan; M. Deguchi, Minpaku National Museum of
Ethnology, Osaka, Japan (Eds.)
Civic Engagement in Contemporary JapanEstablished and Emerging Repertoires
With a variety of contributors from throughout
Japan, involved in a range of both established and
emerging forms of civic engagement from NGOs,
NPOs, to other less mainstream organizations, the
Editors have compiled a comprehensive volume to
give a thorough insiders’ look at the state of civil
society in Japan.
Established forms of civic engagement include
labor unions, and resident and citizens’ move-
ments dating back centuries. In more recent years,
Japan has seen a rise in third sector groups that
parallels a rise worldwide, especially grassroots
community organizations. From political engage-
ment, to underground media, the authors of this
volume closely examine Japan’s development in
civic engagement.
The lessons gleaned from the successes and short-
comings of civic engagement in Japan have strong
applications internationally.
Features7 Insider's look at civic engagement in Japan,
with a background in Western scholarship
7 Interdisciplinary contributors cover the field
comprehensively 7 Covers both established,
mainstream organizations and emerging trends
Fields of interestSociology; Social Policy; Regional and Cultural
Studies
Target groupsResearchers studying civic society, political
sociology, international relations, and Japan
specifically
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 305 p. (Nonprofit and Civil Society
Studies) Hardcover
7 approx. $115.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1503-0
springer.com/librarybooks 87Springer News 2/2010 Philosophy
V. Biceaga, Nipissing University, North Bay, ON,
Canada
The Concept of Passivity in Husserl’s Phenomenology
Building upon Husserl’s challenge to oppositions
such as those between form and content and
between constituting and constituted, The Concept
of Passivity in Husserl’s Phenomenology construes
activity and passivity not as reciprocally exclu-
sive terms but as mutually dependent moments
of acts of consciousness. The book outlines the
contribution of passivity to the constitution of
phenomena as diverse as temporal syntheses,
perceptual associations, memory fulfillment and
cross-cultural communication. The detailed study
of the phenomena of affection, forgetting, habitus
and translation sets out a distinction between three
meanings of passivity: receptivity, sedimentation
or inactuality and alienation. Husserl’s texts are
interpreted as defending the idea that cultural
crises are not brought to a close by replacing
passivity with activity but by having more of both.
Features7 In contrast with recent French and German
commentaries, the vast and fast growing secondary
literature on Husserl in English has tended, with
a few notable exceptions, to overlook the problem
of passivity and the present book aims at covering
this gap 7 This book claims that passivity makes
it such that the sphere of ownness is always already
alterated or infiltrated by alienness
From the contentsIntroduction. 1. The traditionally subordinate role
of passivity. 2. The problematic character of the
notion of passive synthesis. 3. Static and genetic
phenomenology. 4. Preliminary account of the
composition of the passive sphere. 5. Synopsis.-
I. Passivity and Self-temporalization. 1. Time-
consciousness and association. 2. The three levels
of temporality. 3. Double intentionality.
Fields of interestPhenomenology; Aesthetics; Metaphysics
Target groupsAcademic readers of phenomenology, hermeneu-
tics, and poststructuralism
F. Bretelle-Establet, CNRS (REHSEIS & University Paris
Diderot, France (Ed.)
Looking at it from Asia: the Processes that Shaped the Sources of History of Science
The idea of this volume took shape within a group
of scholars working on the history of science in
Asia. Despite the great differences in time, loca-
tions and disciplines between our respective fields
of research, we all faced similar situations: among
the huge mass of written documents available
to historians and that were eventually taken as
sources in the historiography of science, some had
been well studied while others had been dismissed
or ignored. This observation will seem obvious to
historians, whose daily work consists in shaping
corpuses to raise new questions. The diagnosis has
long been established that such selections related
to the historians’ agenda and thereby reflected the
ways in which historiography somehow belonged
to its time.
Features7 Unique subject area 7 No other text book
or supplemental reading exists 7 Can be used
as supplemental reading for history of science in
'non-western' countries
From the contentsI. Modalities of access to documents and artifacts
of the past. I.1 The ancient collections of texts.
I.2 Western actors of the past and collections
of texts.- II. Reshaping a corpus. II.1 Reuniting
collections of texts of the past: Classics and
commentaries. II.2 Reuniting archives from the
past. II.3 Focusing on margins.
Fields of interestHistory of Science; History; Cultural Heritage
Target groupsStudents and scholars of the history and philos-
ophy of science, historical studies, information
studies and Asian studies
M. Hartimo, University of Helsinki, Finland (Ed.)
Phenomenology and Mathematics
During Edmund Husserl’s lifetime, modern logic
and mathematics rapidly developed toward their
current outlook and Husserl’s writings can be
fruitfully compared and contrasted with both 19th
century figures (Boole, Schröder, Weierstrass)
as well as the 20th century characters (Heyting,
Zermelo, Gödel). Besides the more historical
studies, the internal ones on Husserl alone and the
external ones attempting to clarify his role in the
more general context of the developing math-
ematics and logic, Husserl’s phenomenology offers
also a systematically rich but little researched area
of investigation. This volume aims to establish the
starting point for the development, evaluation and
appraisal of the phenomenology of mathematics.
It gathers the contributions of the main scholars
of this emerging field into one publication for the
first time. Combining both historical and system-
atic studies from various angles, the volume charts
answers to the question “What kind of philosophy
of mathematics is phenomenology?”
Features7 Comprehensive list of authors 7 Defines
the state of the art 7 Very important for those
working on phenomenology and mathematics
From the contentsR. Tieszen, Mathematical Realism and Transcen-
dental Phenomenological Idealism; G.E. Rosado
Haddock, Platonism, Phenomenology, and
Interderivability; C. Hill, Husserl on Axiomat-
ization and Arithmetic; D. Lohmar, Intuition in
Mathematics. On the function of eidetic variation
in mathematical proofs; J. Hintikka, How Can a
Phenomenologist Have a Philosophy of Math-
ematics?
Fields of interestPhenomenology; Logic; Philosophy of Science
Target groupsPhenomenologists, philosophers and historians of
mathematics and logic; historians of early analytic
philosophy
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 220 p. (Contributions To Phenomenology,
Volume 62) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3914-9
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 400 p. 18 illus. (Boston Studies in the
Philosophy of Science, Volume 265) Hardcover
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3675-9
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due March 2010
2010. 250 p. (Phaenomenologica, Volume 195)
Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3728-2
springer.com/booksellers88 Springer News 2/2010Philosophy
D. Lohmar, University of Cologne, Germany;
I. Yamaguchi, Toyo University, Japan (Eds.)
New Contributions to Husser-lian Phenomenology of Time
Usually Husserl’s analysis of time-constitution
is thought of in terms of three phases that are
roughly bound up with the central publications,
the Lectures, the Bernau Manuscripts and the
C-Manuscripts. Today, after the publication of the
central texts incorporating the last two phases,
the discussion of Husserl’s analysis of time-
constitution has entered a new phase. This is true
for the interpretation of the latter two texts but
it also affects out reading of the Lectures. Today,
in the aftermath of the recent publication of the
C-Manuscipts, it seems more likely that the seem-
ingly separated first two phases are more close to
each other than expected. The new and broader
context allows for more thorough interpretation of
the whole enterprise of time-constitution.
Features7 Discussion from experts in the field of Husser-
lian phenomenology of time 7 New interpreta-
tion of the whole enterprise of time-constitution
From the contentsR. Bernet, Husserl’s New Phenomenology of Time
Consciousness in the Bernau Manuscripts.
J.B. Brough, Notes on the Absolute Time-Consti-
tuting Flow of Consciousness. J. Dodd, Death and
Time in Husserl’s C-Manuscripts. S. Geniusas,
On Birth, Death, and Sleep in Husserl’s Late
Manuscripts on Time. K. Held, Phenomenology
of ‘Authentic Time’ in Husserl and Heidegger. D.
Lohmar, On the Constitution of the Time of the
World – The emergence of objective time on the
ground of subjective time. Y. Mayzaud, Metaphor
of the Stream. Critical approaches.
J. Mensch, Retention and the Schema. S. Micali,
The Temporalizations of the Absolute Flow of
Time-Consciousness. Liangkang Ni, Horizontal-
intention: Time, Genesis, History –Husserl’s
understanding of their immanent relationship.
Fields of interestPhenomenology
Target groupsResearchers in philosophy and phenomenology
M. A. Roberts, College of New Jersey, Ewing, NJ, USA
Abortion and the Moral Significance of Merely Possible PersonsFinding Middle Ground in Hard Cases
When, if ever, is it morally permissible for a
woman to have an abortion? When, if ever, are
agents morally obligated to bring new persons
into existence—whether by refraining from having
an abortion or by conceiving a child? Questions
of abortion and procreation provoke debates
at the practical level that can seem endless and
emotionally fraught. The same questions also raise
surprisingly deep issues regarding the very nature
and structure of moral law.
The goal of Abortion and the Moral Significance
of Merely Possible Persons is to lay the ground-
work for a more productive discussion by first
identifying the common ground shared by the
relevant parties to the debates—including the
common ground we can agree exists between the
great normative traditions of consequentialism and
deontology. The author then will determine just
how far, starting from that practical and theo-
retical common ground, we may go in resolving
hard cases.
Features7 Explores whether our moral obligation is to
make "happy people," as Narveson put it, or to
make "people happy" 7 Introduces lawyers and
philosophers working in applied ethics to the
issues in moral theory, population ethics and social
choice theory
Fields of interestEthics; Theory of Medicine/Bioethics; Constitu-
tional Law
Target groupsPhilosophers who teach and do research in applied
or theoretical ethics; law school professors who
teach and work in tort law, medicine and the law,
bioethics, constitutional law, family law; graduate
and undergraduate students in philosophy, espe-
cially those taking mid- to upper-level courses, or
graduate courses, in ethics; law students; general
public interested in issues of abortion, contracep-
tion and reproductive technologies
S. Roeser, Delft University of Technology,
The Netherlands (Ed.)
Emotions and Risky Technologies
Technological risks such as cloning, GM-foods,
and nuclear energy spark heated and emotional
debates. Many people are afraid of the possible
unwanted consequences of such technologies.
This gives rise to the following normative question:
do we need emotions in order to be able to judge
whether a technology and its concomitant risks
are morally acceptable? This question has direct
practical implications: should engineers, scientists
and policy makers involved in developing risk
regulation take emotions (of the public, but also
their own) seriously or not?
This book sets the stage for research into moral
emotions and risky technologies. It brings together
leading scholars who work in the areas of risk
perception, moral emotions, and ethics of risk, and
lets them reflect on this exciting and important
new topic. The book should be of interest for
everybody involved with risk regulation, both at
an academic and a practical level.
Features7 The first book to address the new topic of moral
emotions about risky technologies 7 Brings
together empirical and normative-ethical view-
points about risk and emotion 7 Brings together
leading scholars from philosophy and psychology
who work on (moral) emotions and/or risk
ContentsAcknowledgements. Foreword. List of Contribu-
tors. Introduction.- Part I: Emotions as Distortions
about Risk.- Part II: Emotions and Virtues in Risk
Assessment.- Part III: Emotions as a Guide to
Acceptable Risk.- Name and Subject Index.
Fields of interestEthics; Philosophy of Technology; Social Sciences,
general
Target groupsPhilosophers, social scientists and psychologists
who work on risk (and more specifically, on risk
perception, acceptable risk or risk assessment)
and to policy makers and designers of risky
technologies
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Phaenomenologica, Volume 197)
Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8765-2
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 235 p. (Philosophy and Medicine, Volume
107) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3791-6
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 280 p. (The International Library of Ethics,
Law and Technology, Volume 5) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8646-4
springer.com/librarybooks 89Springer News 2/2010 Philosophy
R. E. Sánchez Brigido, Universidad Nacional de
Córdoba, Argentina
Groups, Rules and Legal Practice
Ever since Hart´s The Concept of Law, legal philos-
ophers agree that the practice of law-applying
officials is a fundamental aspect of law. Yet there is
a huge disagreement on the nature of this practice.
Is it a conventional practice? Is it like the practice
that takes place, more generally, when there is a
social rule in a group? Does it share the nature of
collective intentional action? The book explores
the main responses to these questions, and claims
that they fail on two main counts: current theories
do not explain officials´ beliefs that they are under
a duty qua members of an institution, and they
do not explain officials´ disagreement about the
content of these institutional duties. Based on a
particular theory of collective action, the author
elaborates then an account of certain institutions,
and claims that the practice is an institutional
practice of sorts. This would explain officials´
beliefs in institutional duties, and officials´
disagreement about those duties.
Features7 Provides an exhaustive analysis and criticism of
the main theories of the practice of law-applying
officials 7 Proposes an elaborate model of collec-
tive action and of the notion of being under a
duty qua member of a group 7 Provides a novel
account of institutions by employing tools devel-
oped in the field of group and social action
From the contentsAcknowledgements. List of Abbreviations.
Introduction.-1. Three Tests. 2. Accounts Based
on the Idea Of A Social Rule (I): Hart’s Account
and the Coordinative Convention Approach. 3.
Accounts Based on the Idea of a Social Rule (II):
Raz’s Account. 4. Collective Intentional Activities
Shapiro’s Model.
Fields of interestPhilosophy of Law; Demography; Ethics
Target groupsLegal philosophers, social scientists and theorists
interested in collective action
M. Valleriani, Max Planck Institute for the History of
Science, Berlin, Germany
Galileo Engineer
This work systematically investigates and recon-
structs the practical knowledge Galileo shared
during his lifetime.
Galileo shared many aspects of practical knowl-
edge. These included the methods and experience
of foremen and engineers active within various
frameworks. Galileo did not always react to such
scientific impulses in the same way. On the one
hand, he not only shared practical knowledge,
but also acted as an engineer, especially within
the framework of the art of war at the end of the
sixteenth century, and more so during the time he
spent in Padua. On the other hand, his scientific
achievements were largely based on and influenced
by aspects of practical knowledge coming from
particular disciplines and activities, without him
ever becoming an expert in these disciplines.
Features7 Galileo’s activities as a practitioner: the side of
Galileo’s work historians did not relate
7 The practical knowledge shared by Galileo
and from which his science emerged 7 All the
relevant letters from Galileo’s correspondence that
provide an understanding of Galileo as an engineer
translated into English for the first time
From the contentsThe Historical Epistemology of Mechanics.
A foreword by Jürgen Renn. Introduction.-
First section: War and Practice. I: Artist-engineer’s
Apprenticeship and Galileo. II: Instruments
and Machines. III: Galileo’s Private Course on
Fortification.
Fields of interestHistory of Science; Philosophy of Science;
Architectural History and Theory
Target groupsScholars of history of science, who are approaching
the figure of Galileo; the broader group of histo-
rians of the early modern period and learned
people interested in the same epoque; offers
relevant arguments for philosophers of science
S. van Hooft, Deakin University, Melbourne,
Australia; W. Vanderkerckhove, Ghent University,
Belgium (Eds.)
Questioning Cosmopolitanism
This book aims to provide cutting edge essays by
leading scholars on cosmopolitanism. Cosmopoli-
tanism is an emerging movement in global ethics
and provides a meeting point between theorists
of international law, political science, political
philosophy, applied ethics, economics, develop-
ment studies, and international relations. The
second International Conference of the Interna-
tional Global Ethics Association will be held in
Melbourne, Australia in June 2008 on the theme
of ‘Questioning Cosmopolitanism’ and will attract
major scholars from around the world. It is envis-
aged that the best essays from this conference will
be published in the proposed book.
Features7 Contains the very latest in research on cosmo-
politanism as a concept in political philosophy
and in ethics 7 Presents the work of the world’s
leading scholars in this field 7 Written in a
style accessible to interested lay people as well as
scholars and researchers in the relevant fields
7 Brings together ideas from both the Western
and non-Western traditions
From the contentsIntroduction; S. van Hooft and W. Vandekerck-
hove.- Section 1: Cosmopolitan Subjectivity.
Questioning the Questioning of Cosmopolitanism;
N. Dower. Moral Progress and World History:
Ethics and Global Interconnectedness;
A. Linklater. Cosmopolitanism, Identity and
Recognition; S. van Hooft. Redeeming Freedom;
Jiwei Ci. The Cosmopolitan Self and the Fetishism
of Identity; S.K. George. Towards an Ethics of
Hospitality; A. Verlinden. The Cosmopolitan
Stranger.
Fields of interestEthics; Political Philosophy; Political Science
Target groupsScholars and advanced students of international
law, political science, political philosophy, applied
ethics, economics, development studies, and inter-
national relations
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 220 p. (Law and Philosophy Library,
Volume 89) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8769-0
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. 80 illus. (Boston Studies in the
Philosophy of Science, Volume 269) Hardcover
7 approx. $199.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8644-0
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 220 p. (Studies in Global Justice, Volume
6) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8703-4
springer.com/booksellers90 Springer News 2/2010Linguistics
L. deMena Travis, McGill University, Montreal, QC,
Canada
Inner AspectThe Articulation of VP
This monograph probes the structure of the verb
phrase through a cross-linguistic investigation of
the syntax and morphology of relevant construc-
tions. In particular, the author provides evidence
for two event-related non-lexical projections called
“inner aspect” and “event”. The former is found
within the verb phrase and encodes information
on the endpoint of an event. The latter is found
at the edge of the verb phrase and demarcates
the boundary of a particular domain of syntax,
L-syntax. Although languages vary in their use
of these projections and in the way they encode
the endpoints of events, the author argues that
the comparison of a number of languages and the
analysis of a range of constructions results in the
emergence of a consistent picture.
While much of the discussion involves Austro-
nesian languages such as Malagasy and Tagalog,
other languages such as French, Spanish, Swedish,
Scots Gaelic, Chinese, Japanese, Navajo, Slave, and
Kalagan are discussed.
Features7 Argues for a new phrase structure 7 Presents
data from underdocumented languages (in
particular Malagasy) to support this view 7 Uses
cross-linguistic comparisons to support this view
ContentsIntroduction.- Inner Derived Objects.- Inner
Aspect and Event.- Event Structure and Phrase
Structure.- Interaction of Objects and Aspect.-
L-Syntax and S-Syntax.- The Syntax of Achieve-
ments.- Bounds and Coercion.- Conclusion.-
References.
Fields of interestLinguistics (General); Theoretical Linguistics;
Syntax
Target groupsGenerative syntacticians interested in phrase
structure and/or Austronesian languages
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 380 p. (Studies in Natural Language and
Linguistic Theory, Volume 80) Hardcover
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8549-8
springer.com/librarybooks 91Springer News 2/2010 Arts/Design
A. Tymieniecka, The World Institute for Advanced
Phenomenological Research and Learning, Hanover,
NH, USA (Ed.)
Phenomenology and Exis-tentialism in the Twenthieth CenturyBook III. Heralding the New Enlightenment
The great flourishing in the Twentieth Century of
the amalgamated movement of Phenomenology
and Existentialism, having reached its unfolding
and reverberation – as we have shown in our two
preceding books and continue in this one – seems
to have spanned the entire gamut of their marvels.
Although the philosophical field is being still
corroborated by phenomenologico-existential
insights, phenomenology remains itself enigmatic.
The question of its foundations, as the source
of sense remaining unsolved by Husserl (herein
Verducci’s study of Husserl and Fink, infra-page).
And yet, the deepest phenomenologico-existential
inspiration undertakes a new critique of reason
(Verducci), the pivotal role of Imaginatio Creatrix
(Egbe), Jean Wahl’s quest after ultimate meaning
(Kremer-Marietti) and the Logos of the “Moral
Sense” (Cozma and Szmyd). Phenomenology is
then reborn in the ontopoiesis of life (Tymie-
niecka) as “first philosophy” (Haney). We have
here a powerful ferment we may call the New
Enlightenment.
Features7 Presents the third phase of the unfolded and
disseminated flux of phenomenology and existen-
tialism which did transform our culture
7 Its powerful inspirations are spent, without
answering the crucial questions with the self-
validation of phenomenology which Husserl failed
to answer 7 Thus it calls for re-examination of
phenomenology’s foundations as the source of
sense
Fields of interestPhenomenology; Modern Philosophy; History of
Philosophy
Target groupsPhilosophers, historians
Discount groupP
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due March 2010
2010. 350 p. (Analecta Husserliana, Volume 105)
Hardcover
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3784-8
springer.com/booksellers92 Springer News 2/2010Architecture
G. Driendl, G. Lehrl (Eds.)
APOPliving... apartments, houses, cities.
Driendl is one of Austria’s most respected archi-
tects. His buildings show a quality level that is
seldom reached. Not only do they withstand a
second glance, but they even require it. Catch-
words like “wit” and “innovation” might here give
an approximate description of his abilities. His
buildings feature on the cover and are in the table
of contents of trend setting architecture journals
such as GA, AD, Abitare, and others.
APOPwohnen is a very individual book in which
Georg Driendl, in cooperation with specialists,
covers the entire range of the topic “living”. Like
in a theatre play, he divides the topics into acts
and gives each actor a second name. An extract:
orchid: architecture; bay-leaves: money; oak wood:
construction authority.
The book offers a monographic overview on
Driendl‘s residential buildings and is thus a
response to the large international demand. In
the same time, the architect arranges an experts’
dialogue filling with life the totality of residential
theories.
Features7 First monograph on residential buildings
by driendl architects 7 Residential building
based on experience: from socially compatible to
mere luxury 7 Contributions among others by
Liesbeth Waechter-Böhm, Christian Kühn, John
Brown
Fields of interestArchitects; Building Types and Functions
Target groupsArchitects, students, clients
W. Fenz, E. Kraus, B. Kulterer (Eds.)
Kunst im öffentlichen Raum Steiermark. Public Art in Styria.Projekte / Projects 2007-2008
The first yearbook of the Institute for Art in the
Public Space documents 37 art projects achieved in
the whole province from the Institute’s foundation
in fall 2006 up to end of 2008.
Art in the public space has turned out to be one of
the most important communication tools in the
societal sphere. As a part of culture, it occupies
places in people’s every-day lives; its language,
signs, and actions address scientific, political,
social but also architectural-urbanistic situa-
tions. Besides essays on the projects by numerous
authors, the volume gathers also essays on recent
issues around public space, as well as on the
preconditions of art beyond the White Cube (such
as museums and galleries) and on the sense of
temporary and/or permanent objects and interven-
tions. From now on, this publication on public art
in Styria will, as a periodical, appear once a year.
Features7 Public art in Styria 7 37 art projects
7 Topical essays
ContentsIntroduction.- Forewords.- Project documenta-
tions.- Annex.
Fields of interestLandscape Architecture; Performing Arts; Cities,
Countries, Regions
Target groupsArtists, landscape designers, local authorities,
people interested in the arts
Discount groupArchitecture Professional
Due May 2010
Only available in print
2010. Approx. 320 p. 350 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $69.95
ISBN 978-3-7091-0116-2
Discount groupArchitecture Professional
Due February 2010
Only available in print
2010. Approx. 300 p. 120 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 ca. $49.95
ISBN 978-3-7091-0118-6
springer.com/librarybooks 93Springer News 2/2010 Proceedings
Medicine
Lopez-Poveda (Eds), The Neurophysiological
Bases of Auditory Perception
ISBN 978-1-4419-5685-9
7 approx. $269.00
Statistics Lecture Notes in Statistics
González Velasco (Eds), Workshop on Branching
Processes and Their Applications
(Lecture Notes Statistics 197)
ISBN 978-3-642-11154-9
7 $89.95
Computer Science
Dale (Eds), Safety-Critical Systems: Making
Systems Safer - SSS10
ISBN 978-1-84996-085-4
7 $149.00
Huebner (Eds), Open Source Software for
Digital Forensics
ISBN 978-1-4419-5802-0
7 $149.00
Communications in Computer and Information Science
Filipe (Eds), e-Business and Telecommunications
- ICETE 2008 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 48)
ISBN 978-3-642-05196-8
7 $119.00
Gerhäuser (Eds), Constructing Ambient
Intelligence - AmI 2008 (Communications in
Computer and Information Science 32)
ISBN 978-3-642-10606-4
7 approx. $69.95
Kim (Eds), Advances in Communication and
Networking - FGCN 2008 (Communications in
Computer and Information Science 27)
ISBN 978-3-642-10235-6
7 $84.00
Kim (Eds), Advances in Computational Science
and Engineering - FGCN 2008 (Communications
in Computer and Information Science 28)
ISBN 978-3-642-10237-0
7 $84.00
Kim (Eds), Advances in Security Technology -
SecTech 2008 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 29)
ISBN 978-3-642-10239-4
7 $84.00
Kim (Eds), Advances in Software Engineering -
ASEA 2008 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 30)
ISBN 978-3-642-10241-7
7 $84.00
Papasratorn (Eds), Advances in Information
Technology - IAIT 2009 (Communications in
Computer and Information Science 55)
ISBN 978-3-642-10391-9
7 $84.00
Ranchordas (Eds), Computer Vision and
Computer Graphics - Theory and Applications -
VISIGRAPP 2008 (Communications in Computer
and Information Science 24)
ISBN 978-3-642-10225-7
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Advances in Software Engineering -
ASEA 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 59)
ISBN 978-3-642-10618-7
7 $95.00
Slezak (Eds), Bio-Science and Bio-Technology -
BSBT 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 57)
ISBN 978-3-642-10615-6
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Control and Automation - CA 2009
(Communications in Computer and Information
Science 65)
ISBN 978-3-642-10742-9
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Database Theory and Application
- DTA 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 64)
ISBN 978-3-642-10582-1
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Grid and Distributed Computing -
GDC 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 63)
ISBN 978-3-642-10548-7
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Multimedia, Computer Graphics
and Broadcasting (Communications in Computer
and Information Science 60)
ISBN 978-3-642-10511-1
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Signal Processing, Image Processing
and Pattern Recognition - SIP 2009
(Communications in Computer and Information
Science 61)
ISBN 978-3-642-10545-6
7 $95.00
Slezak (Eds), U- and E-Service, Science and
Technology - UNESST 2009 (Communications in
Computer and Information Science 62)
ISBN 978-3-642-10579-1
7 $84.00
Tavangarian (Eds), Intelligent Interactive
Assistance and Mobile Multimedia Computing -
IMC 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 53)
ISBN 978-3-642-10262-2
7 $95.00
IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology
Camenisch (Eds), iNetSec 2009 - Open Research
Problems in Network Security - IFIP Wg 11.4
(IFIP Advs Information 309)
ISBN 978-3-642-05436-5
7 $127.00
Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing
Persson (Eds), The Practice of Enterprise
Modeling - PoEM 2009 (Lecture Notes in Business
Information Processing 39)
ISBN 978-3-642-05351-1
7 $94.00
Lecture Notes in Computer Science
Abdelzaher (Eds), Principles of Distributed
Systems - OPODIS 2009 (LNCS 5923)
ISBN 978-3-642-10876-1
7 $83.00
Abran (Eds), Software Process and Product
Measurement - IWSM 2009 (LNCS 5891)
ISBN 978-3-642-05414-3
7 $83.00
Aldewereld (Eds), Engineering Societies in the
Agents World X - ESAW 2009 (LNAI 5881)
ISBN 978-3-642-10202-8
7 $72.00
Bacon (Eds), Middleware 2009 -
ACM/IFIP/USENIX 2009 (LNCS 5896)
ISBN 978-3-642-10444-2
7 $95.00
Baresi (Eds), Services-Oriented Computing -
ICSOC-ServiceWave 2009 (LNCS 5900)
ISBN 978-3-642-10382-7
7 $119.00
Bayro-Corrochano (Eds), Progress in Pattern
Recognition, Image Analysis, Computer Vision,
and Applications - CIARP 2009 (LNCS 5856)
ISBN 978-3-642-10267-7
7 $167.00
Bebis (Eds), Advances in Visual Computing -
ISVC 2009 Part I (LNCS 5875)
ISBN 978-3-642-10330-8
7 $179.00
springer.com/booksellers94 Springer News 2/2010Proceedings
Bebis (Eds), Advances in Visual Computing -
ISVC 2009 Part II (LNCS 5876)
ISBN 978-3-642-10519-7
7 $191.00
Breitman (Eds), Formal Methods and Software
Engineering - ICFEM 2009 (LNCS 5885)
ISBN 978-3-642-10372-8
7 $131.00
Carswell (Eds), Web and Wireless Geographical
Information Systems - W2GIS 2009 (LNCS 5886)
ISBN 978-3-642-10600-2
7 $72.00
Childs (Eds), Theory of Quantum Computation,
Communication and Cryptography - TQC 2009
(LNCS 5906)
ISBN 978-3-642-10697-2
7 $72.00
Chua (Eds), Semantic Multimedia - SAMT 2009
(LNCS 5887)
ISBN 978-3-642-10542-5
7 $72.00
Datta (Ed), Advances in Computer Science,
Information Security and Privacy - ASIAN 2009
(LNCS 5913)
ISBN 978-3-642-10621-7
7 $72.00
Deaton (Eds), DNA Computing - DNA 15 2009
(LNCS 5877)
ISBN 978-3-642-10603-3
7 $72.00
Deng (Eds), Artificial Intelligence and
Computational Intelligence - AICI 2009
(LNAI 5855)
ISBN 978-3-642-05252-1
7 $131.00
Desmedt (Ed), Information Theoretic Security -
ICITS 2007 (LNCS 4883)
ISBN 978-3-642-10229-5
7 $72.00
Dolev (Ed), Algorithmic Aspects of Wireless
Sensor Networks - ALGOSENSORS 2009
(LNCS 5804)
ISBN 978-3-642-05433-4
7 $72.00
Dolev (Eds), Optical SuperComputing -
OSC 2009 (LNCS 5882)
ISBN 978-3-642-10441-1
7 $72.00
Dong (Eds), Algorithms and Computation -
ISAAC 2009 (LNCS 5878)
ISBN 978-3-642-10630-9
7 $191.00
Egges (Eds), Motion in Games - MIG 2009
(LNCS 5884)
ISBN 978-3-642-10346-9
7 $72.00
Fiala (Eds), Combinatorial Algorithms -
IWOCA 2009 (LNCS 5874)
ISBN 978-3-642-10216-5
7 $95.00
Gal (Eds), Protecting Persons While Protecting
the People - ISIPS 2008 (LNCS 5661)
ISBN 978-3-642-10232-5
7 $72.00
Garay (Eds), Cryptology and Network Security -
CANS 2009 (LNCS 5888)
ISBN 978-3-642-10432-9
7 $107.00
Garcia-Alfaro (Eds), Data Privacy Management
and Autonomous Spontaneous Security -
DPM 2009 and SETOP 2009 (LNCS 5939)
ISBN 978-3-642-11206-5
7 $72.00
Gómez-Pérez (Eds), The Semantic Web -
ASWC 2009 (LNCS 5926)
ISBN 978-3-642-10870-9
7 $83.00
Hernández Aguirre (Eds), MICAI 2009:
Advances in Artificial Intelligence (LNAI 5845)
ISBN 978-3-642-05257-6
7 $131.00
Holzinger (Eds), HCI and Usability for
E-Inclusion - USAB 2009 (LNCS 5889)
ISBN 978-3-642-10307-0
7 $107.00
Hu (Ed), Programming Languages and Systems -
APLAS 2009 (LNCS 5904)
ISBN 978-3-642-10671-2
7 $83.00
Iurgel (Eds), Interactive Storytelling - ICIDS 2009
(LNCS 5915)
ISBN 978-3-642-10642-2
7 $83.00
Jaatun (Eds), Cloud Computing - CloudCom 2009
(LNCS 5931)
ISBN 978-3-642-10664-4
7 $131.00
Jacobson (Eds), Selected Areas in Cryptography -
SAC 2009 (LNCS 5867)
ISBN 978-3-642-05443-3
7 $95.00
Janowicz (Eds), GeoSpatial Semantics - GeoS 2009
(LNCS 5892)
ISBN 978-3-642-10435-0
7 $72.00
Karagiannis (Eds), Knowledge Science,
Engineering and Management - KSEM 2009
(LNAI 5914)
ISBN 978-3-642-10487-9
7 $95.00
Korb (Eds), Artificial Life: Borrowing from
Biology - ACAL 2009 (LNAI 5865)
ISBN 978-3-642-10426-8
7 $72.00
Kowalczyk (Eds), Service-Oriented Computing:
Agents, Semantics, and Engineering -
AAMAS 2009 International Workshop,
SOCASE 2009 (LNCS 5907)
ISBN 978-3-642-10738-2
7 $72.00
Kuflik (Eds), Advances in Ubiquitous User
Modelling (LNCS 5830)
ISBN 978-3-642-05038-1
7 $72.00
Lee (Eds), Future Generation Information
Technology - FGIT 2009 (LNCS 5899)
ISBN 978-3-642-10508-1
7 $83.00
Lee (Eds), Software Technologies for Embedded
and Ubiquitous Systems - SEUS 2009
(LNCS 5860)
ISBN 978-3-642-10264-6
7 $108.00
Leonardi (Ed), Internet and Network Economics -
WINE 2009 (LNCS 5929)
ISBN 978-3-642-10840-2
7 $119.00
Leung (Eds), Neural Information Processing -
ICONIP 2009 Part I (LNCS 5863)
ISBN 978-3-642-10676-7
7 $155.00
Leung (Eds), Neural Information Processing -
ICONIP 2009 Part II (LNCS 5864)
ISBN 978-3-642-10682-8
7 $155.00
Matsui (Ed), Advances in Crytology -
ASIACRYPT 2009 (LNCS 5912)
ISBN 978-3-642-10365-0
7 $131.00
Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful
Internet Systems: OTM 2009 - CoopIS, DOA, IS,
and ODBASE 2009 Part I (LNCS 5870)
ISBN 978-3-642-05147-0
7 $143.00
Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful
Internet Systems: OTM 2009 - CoopIS, DOA, IS,
and ODBASE 2009 Part II (LNCS 5871)
ISBN 978-3-642-05150-0
7 $107.00
Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful
Internet Systems: OTM 2009 Workshops -
ADI, CAMS, EI2N, ISDE, IWSSA, MONET,
OnToContent, ODIS, ORM, OTM Academy,
SWWS, SEMELS, Beyond SAWSDL, and Combek
2009 (LNCS 5872)
ISBN 978-3-642-05289-7
7 $155.00
Meyer (Eds), Knowledge Representation for
Agents and Multi-Agent Systems - KRAMAS 2008
(LNAI 5605)
ISBN 978-3-642-05300-9
7 $72.00
springer.com/librarybooks 95Springer News 2/2010 Proceedings
Muneesawang (Eds), Advances in Multimedia
Informatioin Processing - PCM 2009
(LNCS 5879)
ISBN 978-3-642-10466-4
7 $203.00
Nambiar (Eds), Performance Evaluation and
Benchmarking - TPCTC 2009 (LNCS 5895)
ISBN 978-3-642-10423-7
7 $72.00
Nicholson (Eds), AI 2009: Advances in Artificial
Intelligence (LNAI 5866)
ISBN 978-3-642-10438-1
7 $131.00
Núñez-Queija (Eds), Network Control and
Optimization - NET-COOP 2009 (LNCS 5894)
ISBN 978-3-642-10405-3
7 $72.00
Oliveira (Eds), Formal Methods: Foundations and
Applications - SBMF 2009 (LNCS 5902)
ISBN 978-3-642-10451-0
7 $83.00
Parker (Ed), Cryptography and Coding -
IMACC 2009 (LNCS 5921)
ISBN 978-3-642-10867-9
7 $107.00
Polleres (Eds), Web Reasoning and Rule Systems -
RR 2009 (LNCS 5837)
ISBN 978-3-642-05081-7
7 $72.00
Prakash (Eds), Information Systems Security -
ICISS 2009 (LNCS 5905)
ISBN 978-3-642-10771-9
7 $83.00
Qing (Eds), Information and Communications
Security - ICICS 2009 (LNCS 5927)
ISBN 978-3-642-11144-0
7 $107.00
Reed (Eds), SDL 2009: Design for Motes and
Mobiles (LNCS 5719)
ISBN 978-3-642-04553-0
7 $72.00
Roy (Eds), Progress in Cryptology -
INDOCRYPT 2009 (LNCS 5922)
ISBN 978-3-642-10627-9
7 $95.00
Sakai (Eds), Rough Sets, Fuzzy Sets, Data Mining
and Granular Computing - RSFDGrC 2009
(LNAI 5908)
ISBN 978-3-642-10645-3
7 $107.00
Serra (Eds), AI*IA 2009: Emergent Perspectives in
Artificial Intelligence (LNAI 5883)
ISBN 978-3-642-10290-5
7 $107.00
Spyropoulos (Eds), Self-Organizing Systems -
IWSOS 2009 (LNCS 5918)
ISBN 978-3-642-10864-8
7 $94.00
Stützle (Ed), Learning and Intelligent
Optimization: Designing, Implementing and
Analyzing Effective Heuristics - LION 2009
(LNCS 5851)
ISBN 978-3-642-11168-6
7 $72.00
Tscheligi (Eds), Ambient Intelligence - AmI 2009
(LNCS 5859)
ISBN 978-3-642-05407-5
7 $72.00
Wenyin (Eds), Web Information Systems and
Mining - WISM 2009 (LNCS 5854)
ISBN 978-3-642-05249-1
7 $119.00
Wiederhold (Eds), Combinatorial Image Analysis
- IWCIA 2009 (LNCS 5852)
ISBN 978-3-642-10208-0
7 $95.00
Xie (Eds), Intelligent Robotics and Applications -
ICIRA 2009 (LNAI 5928)
ISBN 978-3-642-10816-7
7 $203.00
Yang (Eds), Principles of Practice in Multi-Agent
Systems (LNAI 5925)
ISBN 978-3-642-11160-0
7 $119.00
Zhou (Eds), Advances in Machine Learning -
ACML 2009 (LNAI 5828)
ISBN 978-3-642-05223-1
7 $95.00
Lecture Notes of the Institute for Computer Sciences, Social Informatics and Telecommunications Engineering
Mueller (Eds), Scalable Information Systems
(Lecture Notes of the Institute for Computer
Sciences, Social-Informatics and
Telecommunications Engineering 18)
ISBN 978-3-642-10484-8
7 $83.00
Special Publications
Morrison (Eds), Environmental Forensics
(Special Publications 322)
ISBN 978-1-84755-258-7
7 approx. $209.00
Waldron (Eds), Total Food
(Special Publications 323)
ISBN 978-1-84755-750-6
7 approx. $169.00
Engineering
Davcev (Eds), ICT Innovations 2009
ISBN 978-3-642-10780-1
7 $339.00
Davoli (Eds), Remote Instrumentation and Virtual
Laboratories
ISBN 978-1-4419-5595-1
7 approx. $169.00
Luo (Ed), Dynamical Systems
ISBN 978-1-4419-5753-5
7 approx. $189.00
Miller (Eds), Computational Biomechanics for
Medicine
ISBN 978-1-4419-5873-0
7 approx. $189.00
Wellnitz et al., Sustainable Automotive
Technologies 2010
ISBN 978-3-642-10796-2
7 $189.00
Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing
Huang (Eds), Proceedings of the 6th CIRP-
Sponsored International Conference on Digital
Enterprise Technology - DET 2009
(Adv. Intel Soft Comp. 66)
ISBN 978-3-642-10429-9
7 $399.00
Snášel (Eds), Advances in Intelligent Web
Mastering - 2 (AISC 67)
ISBN 978-3-642-10686-6
7 $189.00
Wu (Ed), Advanced Technology in Teaching -
WTCS 2009 (Adv. Intel. Soft Comp. 68)
ISBN 978-3-642-11275-1
7 approx. $399.00
Wu (Ed), Software Engineering and Knowledge
Engineering: Theory and Practice - KESE 2009
(Adv. Intel. Soft Computing 69)
ISBN 978-3-642-03717-7
7 $399.00
AIP Conference Proceedings
Ao (Eds), IAENG Transactions on Engineering
Technologies Volume 3 (AIP Conf. Proc. 1174)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0713-8
7 $174.00
IUTAM Bookservices
Dattaguru (Eds), IUTAM Symposium on Multi-
Functional Material Structures and Systems
(IUTAM Bookseries 19)
ISBN 978-90-481-3770-1
7 $159.00
springer.com/booksellers96 Springer News 2/2010Proceedings
Physics
American Institute of Physics (Ed), 2010 Graduate
Programs in Physics, Astronomy, and Related
Fields
ISBN 978-0-7354-0717-6
7 $76.00
Brandl (Eds), 400 Years of Astronomical
Telescopes <with CD>
ISBN 978-90-481-2232-5
7 $149.00
AIP Conference Proceedings
Abdel Harith (Ed), The 7th International
Conference on Laser Applications
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1172)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0711-4
7 $99.00
Balazs (Eds), 5th International Workshop on the
Dark Side of the Universe (AIP Conf. Proc. 1178)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0719-0
7 $89.00
Chatillon (Eds), 4th International Workshop on
Nuclear Fission and Fission-Product Spectroscopy
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1175)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0714-5
7 $224.00
Chigrin (Ed), Theoretical and Computational
Nanophotonics (TaCoNa-Photonics 2009)
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1176)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0715-2
7 $129.00
Guzik (Eds), Stellar Pulsation
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1170)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0707-7
7 $319.00
Handoko (Eds), International Workshop on
Advanced Material for New and Renewable
Energy (AIP Conf. Proc. 1169)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0706-0
7 $169.00
Hubeny (Eds), Recent Directions in Astrophysical
Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiation
Hydrodynamics (AIP Conf. Proc. 1171)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0710-7
7 $159.00
Secula (Eds), Frontiers of Characterization and
Metrology for Nanoelectronics
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1173)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0712-1
7 $219.00
Weiland (Ed), From Leonardo to ITER, Nonlinear
and Coherence Aspects (AIP Conf. Proc. 1177)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0716-9
7 $99.00
Astrophysics and Space Science Proceedings
Chaudhuri (Eds), Recent Advances in
Spectroscopy (Astrophysics and Space Science
Proceedings)
ISBN 978-3-642-10321-6
7 $189.00
Goswami (Eds), Principles and Perspectives in
Cosmochemistry - Kodai School on Synthesis of
Elements in Stars (Astrophysics and Space Science
Proceedings)
ISBN 978-3-642-10351-3
7 $249.00
Rodriguez (Eds), Highlights of Spanish
Astrophysics V (Astrophysics and Space Science
Proceedings) <with onlines files/updates>
ISBN 978-3-642-11249-2
7 approx. $249.00
Springer Proceedings in Physics
Bellucci (Ed), The Attractor Mechanism -
INFN-Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati School
2007 (Springer Proceedings in Physics 134)
ISBN 978-3-642-10735-1
7 $249.00
Earth Science/Geography International Association of Geodesy Symposia
Mertikas (Ed), Gravity, Geoid and Earth
Observation - IAG Commission 2 2008
(IAG Symp. 135)
ISBN 978-3-642-10633-0
7 $209.00
Pageoph Topical Volumes
Becker (Eds), Recent Advances in Nuclear
Explosion Monitoring (Pageoph Topical Volumes)
ISBN 978-3-0346-0370-6
7 approx. $69.95
Environmental Sciences
Xu (Eds), Molecular Environmental Soil Science
at the Interfaces in the Earth’s Critical Zone
ISBN 978-3-642-05296-5
7 $409.00
Business/Economics Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems
Jones (Eds), New Developments in Multiple
Objective and Goal Programming
(Lecture Notes Economics 638)
ISBN 978-3-642-10353-7
7 $89.95
Philosophy Balzan Foundation
International Balzan Foundation (Ed),
Truth in Science, the Humanities and Religion
ISBN 978-1-4020-9895-6
7 approx. $129.00
Sales and Service
Bookstore and Library Sales:
Matt Conmy, Vice President, Trade Sales
tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 578
e-mail: [email protected]
Trade Marketing Support:
Casey Spear, Product Manager
Trade Channel Marketing
tel: 800-777-4643 ext.622
e-mail: [email protected]
Agency Account Information
7 Library Approval Plan
7 Bookseller Agency Plan
7 Annual Prepayment Plan
7 Standing Orders
Attn: Joe Kozakiewicz
P.O. Box 2485
Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485
tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 303
fax: 201-348-4505
e-mail: [email protected]
To Order:
Springer
P.O. Box 2485
Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485
or call
800-SPRINGER, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM ET
or fax
201-348-4505
or e-mail
World Wide Web:
Springer: springer.com
Apress: www.apress.com
Birkhäuser: www.birkhauser.com
Copernicus: www.copernicusbooks.com
Key College: www.keycollege.com
Key Curriculum: www.keypress.com
Returns:
Returns must be in resaleable condition. Please include a copy of the original invoice
or packing slip along with your shipment. For your protection, we recommend all
returns be sent via a traceable method. Damaged books must be reported within two
months of billing date. Springer reserves the right to reject any return that does not
follow the procedures detailed above.
Returns in the Americas (excluding Canada):
Springer
c/o Mercedes/ABC Distribution Center
Brooklyn Navy Yard; Bldg. 3
Brooklyn, NY 11205
Returns in Canada:
Springer
c/o Georgetown Terminal Warehouse
34 Armstrong Avenue
Georgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9
Prices:
Please note that all prices are in US $, and are subject to change without notice.
Continuation Orders
Library Approval Plan:
All books are automatically supplied directly to your library on the date of publication.
A minimum of one major discipline on all publications must be selected to receive the
Library Approval Plan discount of 15%.
Bookseller Agency Plan:
The bookseller automatically receives all new titles upon publication. To receive the
special agency discount, a minimum of one major discipline must be selected. Modifi-
cations in the plan may be made at any time.
Annual Prepayment Plan:
Prepayments will be accepted only for subscriptions to Landolt-
Börnstein. To enroll in this plan, the library must agree to make one prepayment
based on our estimate of the number of volumes and the subscription cost. A prepaid
invoice will reflect a 5% discount on the major handbooks.
Standing Orders:
Approval, and standing order customers receive a 15% discount on orders for all series
except Landolt-Börnstein. Prepayment is not required for standing orders.
Change of Address for Continuation Orders:
Publisher must be notified at least eight weeks in advance.
Please indicate:
7 journal or standing order title
7 date on which the change is to take effect
7 old address
7 new address
For more information, contact: Joe Kozakiewicz (above).
General InformationSpringer News 2/2010
Discount Key
P = Professional
MC = Medicine/Clinical
MR = Medicine/Reference
T = Trade
C = Computer Trade
L = Landolt-Bornstein Handbook
S = Special Software
Springer
NEWS
springer.comABCDABCD233 Spring Street New York, NY 10013
Apress
AIP Press
American Institute of Physics
Birkhäuser
Copernicus
Current Medicine
Friends of ED
Humana Press
Lavoisier-Intercept
Physica Verlag
Springer-Praxis
The Royal Society of Chemistry
Springer Wien NewYork
Steinkopff Verlag
Vieweg
2010
AB
V7002
New York
Heidelberg
Dordrecht
London
Tokyo
Boston
Basel
Berlin
Hong Kong
Milan
New Delhi
Paris
2
FEBRUARY
2010
Want this by e-mail?
Subscribe now to the monthly
Library Books E-Newsletter:
springer.com/librarybooks
Get all the content of this catalog in PDF, Excel, and HTML.
FEBRUARY
2010
Want this by e-mail?
Subscribe now to the monthly
Library Books E-Newsletter:
springer.com/librarybooks
Get all the content of this catalog in PDF, Excel, and HTML.
Want this by e-mail?
Subscribe now to the monthly
Library Books E-Newsletter:
springer.com/librarybooks
Get all the content of this catalog in PDF, Excel, and HTML.